Ignore:
Timestamp:
Mar 1, 2010, 3:05:48 PM (15 years ago)
Author:
Herwig Bauernfeind
Message:

Update Samba 3.3.x to 3.3.11

Location:
branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages
Files:
83 edited

Legend:

Unmodified
Added
Removed

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/cifs.upcall.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: cifs.upcall
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "CIFS\&.UPCALL" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "CIFS\&.UPCALL" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170cifs.upcall \- Userspace upcall helper for Common Internet File System (CIFS)
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 cifs\&.upcall [\-\-trust\-dns|\-t] [\-\-version|\-v] {keyid}
     174\FCcifs\&.upcall\F[] [\-\-trust\-dns|\-t] [\-\-version|\-v] {keyid}
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    71221.RS 4
    72222.\}
     223.fam C
     224.ps -1
    73225.nf
     226.if t \{\
     227.sp -1
     228.\}
     229.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     230.sp -1
     231
    74232#OPERATION  TYPE           D C PROGRAM ARG1 ARG2\&.\&.\&.
    75233#=========  =============  = = ================================
    76234create      cifs\&.spnego    * * /usr/local/sbin/cifs\&.upcall %k
    77235create      dns_resolver   * * /usr/local/sbin/cifs\&.upcall %k
    78 .fi
     236.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     237.if t \{\
     238.sp 1
     239.\}
     240.fi
     241.fam
     242.ps +1
    79243.if n \{\
    80244.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/eventlogadm.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: eventlogadm
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "EVENTLOGADM" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "EVENTLOGADM" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170eventlogadm \- push records into the Samba event log store
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 eventlogadm [\fB\-d\fR] [\fB\-h\fR] \fB\-o\fR\ addsource\ \fIEVENTLOG\fR\ \fISOURCENAME\fR\ \fIMSGFILE\fR
     174\FCeventlogadm\F[] [\fB\-d\fR] [\fB\-h\fR] \fB\-o\fR\ \FCaddsource\F[]\ \fIEVENTLOG\fR\ \fISOURCENAME\fR\ \fIMSGFILE\fR
     175.fam
     176.fam C
    26177.HP \w'\ 'u
    27 eventlogadm [\fB\-d\fR] [\fB\-h\fR] \fB\-o\fR\ write\ \fIEVENTLOG\fR
     178\FCeventlogadm\F[] [\fB\-d\fR] [\fB\-h\fR] \fB\-o\fR\ \FCwrite\F[]\ \fIEVENTLOG\fR
     179.fam
    28180.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    29181.PP
    … …  
    32184suite\&.
    33185.PP
    34 eventlogadm
     186\FCeventlogadm\F[]
    35187is a filter that accepts formatted event log records on standard input and writes them to the Samba event log store\&. Windows client can then manipulate these record using the usual administration tools\&.
    36188.SH "OPTIONS"
    … …  
    39191.RS 4
    40192The
    41 \-d
     193\FC\-d\F[]
    42194option causes
    43 eventlogadm
     195\FCeventlogadm\F[]
    44196to emit debugging information\&.
    45197.RE
    46198.PP
    47 \fB\-o\fR addsource \fIEVENTLOG\fR \fISOURCENAME\fR \fIMSGFILE\fR
     199\fB\-o\fR \FCaddsource\F[] \fIEVENTLOG\fR \fISOURCENAME\fR \fIMSGFILE\fR
    48200.RS 4
    49201The
    50 \-o addsource
     202\FC\-o addsource\F[]
    51203option creates a new event log source\&.
    52204.RE
    53205.PP
    54 \fB\-o\fR write \fIEVENTLOG\fR
     206\fB\-o\fR \FCwrite\F[] \fIEVENTLOG\fR
    55207.RS 4
    56208The
    57 \-o write
     209\FC\-o write\F[]
    58210reads event log records from standard input and writes them to the Samba event log store named by EVENTLOG\&.
    59211.RE
    … …  
    66218.PP
    67219For the write operation,
    68 eventlogadm
     220\FCeventlogadm\F[]
    69221expects to be able to read structured records from standard input\&. These records are a sequence of lines, with the record key and data separated by a colon character\&. Records are separated by at least one or more blank line\&.
    70222.PP
    … …  
    80232.\}
    81233
    82 LEN
     234\FCLEN\F[]
    83235\- This field should be 0, since
    84 eventlogadm
     236\FCeventlogadm\F[]
    85237will calculate this value\&.
    86238.RE
    … …  
    95247.\}
    96248
    97 RS1
     249\FCRS1\F[]
    98250\- This must be the value 1699505740\&.
    99251.RE
    … …  
    108260.\}
    109261
    110 RCN
     262\FCRCN\F[]
    111263\- This field should be 0\&.
    112264.RE
    … …  
    121273.\}
    122274
    123 TMG
     275\FCTMG\F[]
    124276\- The time the eventlog record was generated; format is the number of seconds since 00:00:00 January 1, 1970, UTC\&.
    125277.RE
    … …  
    134286.\}
    135287
    136 TMW
     288\FCTMW\F[]
    137289\- The time the eventlog record was written; format is the number of seconds since 00:00:00 January 1, 1970, UTC\&.
    138290.RE
    … …  
    147299.\}
    148300
    149 EID
     301\FCEID\F[]
    150302\- The eventlog ID\&.
    151303.RE
    … …  
    160312.\}
    161313
    162 ETP
     314\FCETP\F[]
    163315\- The event type \-\- one of "INFO", "ERROR", "WARNING", "AUDIT SUCCESS" or "AUDIT FAILURE"\&.
    164316.RE
    … …  
    173325.\}
    174326
    175 ECT
     327\FCECT\F[]
    176328\- The event category; this depends on the message file\&. It is primarily used as a means of filtering in the eventlog viewer\&.
    177329.RE
    … …  
    186338.\}
    187339
    188 RS2
     340\FCRS2\F[]
    189341\- This field should be 0\&.
    190342.RE
    … …  
    199351.\}
    200352
    201 CRN
     353\FCCRN\F[]
    202354\- This field should be 0\&.
    203355.RE
    … …  
    212364.\}
    213365
    214 USL
     366\FCUSL\F[]
    215367\- This field should be 0\&.
    216368.RE
    … …  
    225377.\}
    226378
    227 SRC
     379\FCSRC\F[]
    228380\- This field contains the source name associated with the event log\&. If a message file is used with an event log, there will be a registry entry for associating this source name with a message file DLL\&.
    229381.RE
    … …  
    238390.\}
    239391
    240 SRN
     392\FCSRN\F[]
    241393\- The name of the machine on which the eventlog was generated\&. This is typically the host name\&.
    242394.RE
    … …  
    251403.\}
    252404
    253 STR
     405\FCSTR\F[]
    254406\- The text associated with the eventlog\&. There may be more than one string in a record\&.
    255407.RE
    … …  
    264416.\}
    265417
    266 DAT
     418\FCDAT\F[]
    267419\- This field should be left unset\&.
    268420.SH "EXAMPLES"
    269421.PP
    270422An example of the record format accepted by
    271 eventlogadm:
     423\FCeventlogadm\F[]:
    272424.sp
    273425.if n \{\
    274426.RS 4
    275427.\}
     428.fam C
     429.ps -1
    276430.nf
     431.if t \{\
     432.sp -1
     433.\}
     434.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     435.sp -1
     436
    277437        LEN: 0
    278438        RS1: 1699505740
    … …  
    291451        DAT:
    292452       
    293 .fi
     453.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     454.if t \{\
     455.sp 1
     456.\}
     457.fi
     458.fam
     459.ps +1
    294460.if n \{\
    295461.RE
    … …  
    301467.RS 4
    302468.\}
     469.fam C
     470.ps -1
    303471.nf
     472.if t \{\
     473.sp -1
     474.\}
     475.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     476.sp -1
     477
    304478        eventlogadm \-o addsource Application MyApplication | \e\e
    305479                %SystemRoot%/system32/MyApplication\&.dll
    306480       
    307 .fi
     481.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     482.if t \{\
     483.sp 1
     484.\}
     485.fi
     486.fam
     487.ps +1
    308488.if n \{\
    309489.RE
    … …  
    315495.RS 4
    316496.\}
     497.fam C
     498.ps -1
    317499.nf
     500.if t \{\
     501.sp -1
     502.\}
     503.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     504.sp -1
     505
    318506        tail \-f /var/log/messages | \e\e
    319507                my_program_to_parse_into_eventlog_records | \e\e
    320508                eventlogadm SystemLogEvents
    321509       
    322 .fi
     510.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     511.if t \{\
     512.sp 1
     513.\}
     514.fi
     515.fam
     516.ps +1
    323517.if n \{\
    324518.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/findsmb.1

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: findsmb
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "FINDSMB" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     9.TH "FINDSMB" "1" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170findsmb \- list info about machines that respond to SMB name queries on a subnet
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 findsmb [subnet\ broadcast\ address]
     174\FCfindsmb\F[] [subnet\ broadcast\ address]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    30180suite\&.
    31181.PP
    32 findsmb
     182\FCfindsmb\F[]
    33183is a perl script that prints out several pieces of information about machines on a subnet that respond to SMB name query requests\&. It uses
    34184\fBnmblookup\fR(1)
    … …  
    41191.RS 4
    42192Controls whether
    43 findsmb
     193\FCfindsmb\F[]
    44194takes bugs in Windows95 into account when trying to find a Netbios name registered of the remote machine\&. This option is disabled by default because it is specific to Windows 95 and Windows 95 machines only\&. If set,
    45195\fBnmblookup\fR(1)
    … …  
    52202.RS 4
    53203Without this option,
    54 findsmb
     204\FCfindsmb \F[]
    55205will probe the subnet of the machine where
    56206\fBfindsmb\fR(1)
    … …  
    64214.PP
    65215The output of
    66 findsmb
     216\FCfindsmb\F[]
    67217lists the following information for all machines that respond to the initial
    68 nmblookup
     218\FCnmblookup\F[]
    69219for any name: IP address, NetBIOS name, Workgroup name, operating system, and SMB server version\&.
    70220.PP
    … …  
    76226\fBnmbd\fR(8)
    77227running\&. If
    78 nmbd
     228\FCnmbd\F[]
    79229is running on the system, you will only get the IP address and the DNS name of the machine\&. To get proper responses from Windows 95 and Windows 98 machines, the command must be run as root and with
    80230\fB\-r\fR
    81231option on a machine without
    82 nmbd
     232\FCnmbd\F[]
    83233running\&.
    84234.PP
    85235For example, running
    86 findsmb
     236\FCfindsmb\F[]
    87237without
    88238\fB\-r\fR
    … …  
    92242.RS 4
    93243.\}
     244.fam C
     245.ps -1
    94246.nf
     247.if t \{\
     248.sp -1
     249.\}
     250.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     251.sp -1
     252
    95253IP ADDR         NETBIOS NAME   WORKGROUP/OS/VERSION
    96254\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-
    … …  
    105263192\&.168\&.35\&.93   FROGSTAR\-PC    [MVENGR] [Windows 5\&.0] [Windows 2000 LAN Manager]
    106264192\&.168\&.35\&.97   HERBNT1       *[HERB\-NT] [Windows NT 4\&.0] [NT LAN Manager 4\&.0]
    107 .fi
     265.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     266.if t \{\
     267.sp 1
     268.\}
     269.fi
     270.fam
     271.ps +1
    108272.if n \{\
    109273.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/idmap_ad.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: idmap_ad
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "IDMAP_AD" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "IDMAP_AD" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170idmap_ad \- Samba\'s idmap_ad Backend for Winbind
    23171.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    … …  
    42190.RS 4
    43191.\}
     192.fam C
     193.ps -1
    44194.nf
     195.if t \{\
     196.sp -1
     197.\}
     198.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     199.sp -1
     200
    45201        [global]
    46202        idmap backend = tdb
    … …  
    51207        idmap config CORP : range = 1000\-999999
    52208       
    53 .fi
     209.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     210.if t \{\
     211.sp 1
     212.\}
     213.fi
     214.fam
     215.ps +1
    54216.if n \{\
    55217.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/idmap_adex.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: idmap_adex
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "IDMAP_ADEX" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "IDMAP_ADEX" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170idmap_adex \- Samba\'s idmap_adex Backend for Winbind
    23171.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    … …  
    38186.RS 4
    39187.\}
     188.fam C
     189.ps -1
    40190.nf
     191.if t \{\
     192.sp -1
     193.\}
     194.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     195.sp -1
     196
    41197        [global]
    42198        idmap backend = adex
    … …  
    47203        winbind normalize names = yes
    48204       
    49 .fi
     205.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     206.if t \{\
     207.sp 1
     208.\}
     209.fi
     210.fam
     211.ps +1
    50212.if n \{\
    51213.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/idmap_hash.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: idmap_hash
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "IDMAP_HASH" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "IDMAP_HASH" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170idmap_hash \- Samba\'s idmap_hash Backend for Winbind
    23171.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    … …  
    39187.RS 4
    40188.\}
     189.fam C
     190.ps -1
    41191.nf
     192.if t \{\
     193.sp -1
     194.\}
     195.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     196.sp -1
     197
    42198        [global]
    43199        idmap backend = hash
    … …  
    49205        idmap_hash:name_map = /etc/samba/name_map\&.cfg
    50206       
    51 .fi
     207.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     208.if t \{\
     209.sp 1
     210.\}
     211.fi
     212.fam
     213.ps +1
    52214.if n \{\
    53215.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/idmap_ldap.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: idmap_ldap
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "IDMAP_LDAP" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "IDMAP_LDAP" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170idmap_ldap \- Samba\'s idmap_ldap Backend for Winbind
    23171.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    … …  
    75223.RS 4
    76224.\}
     225.fam C
     226.ps -1
    77227.nf
     228.if t \{\
     229.sp -1
     230.\}
     231.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     232.sp -1
     233
    78234        [global]
    79235        idmap backend = ldap:ldap://localhost/
    … …  
    85241        idmap alloc config : ldap_base_dn = ou=idmap,dc=example,dc=com
    86242       
    87 .fi
     243.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     244.if t \{\
     245.sp 1
     246.\}
     247.fi
     248.fam
     249.ps +1
    88250.if n \{\
    89251.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/idmap_nss.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: idmap_nss
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "IDMAP_NSS" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "IDMAP_NSS" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170idmap_nss \- Samba\'s idmap_nss Backend for Winbind
    23171.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    … …  
    31179.RS 4
    32180.\}
     181.fam C
     182.ps -1
    33183.nf
     184.if t \{\
     185.sp -1
     186.\}
     187.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     188.sp -1
     189
    34190        [global]
    35191        idmap backend = tdb
    … …  
    40196        idmap config SAMBA : range = 1000\-999999
    41197       
    42 .fi
     198.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     199.if t \{\
     200.sp 1
     201.\}
     202.fi
     203.fam
     204.ps +1
    43205.if n \{\
    44206.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/idmap_rid.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: idmap_rid
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "IDMAP_RID" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "IDMAP_RID" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170idmap_rid \- Samba\'s idmap_rid Backend for Winbind
    23171.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    … …  
    44192.RS 4
    45193.\}
     194.fam C
     195.ps -1
    46196.nf
     197.if t \{\
     198.sp -1
     199.\}
     200.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     201.sp -1
     202
    47203        [global]
    48204        idmap backend = tdb
    … …  
    53209        idmap config TRUSTED : range    = 50000 \- 99999
    54210       
    55 .fi
     211.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     212.if t \{\
     213.sp 1
     214.\}
     215.fi
     216.fam
     217.ps +1
    56218.if n \{\
    57219.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/idmap_tdb.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: idmap_tdb
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "IDMAP_TDB" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "IDMAP_TDB" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170idmap_tdb \- Samba\'s idmap_tdb Backend for Winbind
    23171.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    … …  
    44192.RS 4
    45193.\}
    46 .nf
     194.fam C
     195.ps -1
     196.nf
     197.if t \{\
     198.sp -1
     199.\}
     200.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     201.sp -1
     202
    47203        [global]
    48204        # "idmap backend = tdb" is redundant here since it is the default
    … …  
    51207        idmap gid = 1000000\-2000000
    52208       
    53 .fi
     209.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     210.if t \{\
     211.sp 1
     212.\}
     213.fi
     214.fam
     215.ps +1
    54216.if n \{\
    55217.RE
    … …  
    61223.RS 4
    62224.\}
    63 .nf
     225.fam C
     226.ps -1
     227.nf
     228.if t \{\
     229.sp -1
     230.\}
     231.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     232.sp -1
     233
    64234        [global]
    65235        idmap backend = ldap
    … …  
    72242        idmap config DOM1 : range = 1000000\-2000000
    73243       
    74 .fi
     244.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     245.if t \{\
     246.sp 1
     247.\}
     248.fi
     249.fam
     250.ps +1
    75251.if n \{\
    76252.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/idmap_tdb2.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: idmap_tdb2
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "IDMAP_TDB2" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "IDMAP_TDB2" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170idmap_tdb2 \- Samba\'s idmap_tdb2 Backend for Winbind
    23171.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    … …  
    45193.RS 4
    46194.\}
    47 .nf
     195.fam C
     196.ps -1
     197.nf
     198.if t \{\
     199.sp -1
     200.\}
     201.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     202.sp -1
     203
    48204        SIDTOID S\-1\-xxxx
    49205        IDTOSID UID xxxx
    50206        IDTOSID GID xxxx
    51207       
    52 .fi
     208.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     209.if t \{\
     210.sp 1
     211.\}
     212.fi
     213.fam
     214.ps +1
    53215.if n \{\
    54216.RE
    … …  
    60222.RS 4
    61223.\}
    62 .nf
     224.fam C
     225.ps -1
     226.nf
     227.if t \{\
     228.sp -1
     229.\}
     230.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     231.sp -1
     232
    63233        UID:yyyy
    64234        GID:yyyy
    … …  
    66236        ERR:yyyy
    67237       
    68 .fi
     238.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     239.if t \{\
     240.sp 1
     241.\}
     242.fi
     243.fam
     244.ps +1
    69245.if n \{\
    70246.RE
    … …  
    79255.RS 4
    80256.\}
    81 .nf
     257.fam C
     258.ps -1
     259.nf
     260.if t \{\
     261.sp -1
     262.\}
     263.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     264.sp -1
     265
    82266        [global]
    83267        idmap backend = tdb2
    … …  
    85269        idmap gid = 1000000\-2000000
    86270       
    87 .fi
     271.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     272.if t \{\
     273.sp 1
     274.\}
     275.fi
     276.fam
     277.ps +1
    88278.if n \{\
    89279.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/ldb.3

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: ldb
    32.\"    Author: [see the "Author" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: C Library Functions
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "LDB" "3" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "C Library Functions"
     9.TH "LDB" "3" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "C Library Functions"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170ldb \- A light\-weight database library
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
    24 .sp
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.sp
     173.fam C
     174.ps -1
    25175.nf
    26176#include <ldb\&.h>
    27177.fi
    28 .SH "DESCRIPTION"
     178.fam
     179.ps +1
     180.SH "description"
    29181.PP
    30182ldb is a light weight embedded database library and API\&. With a programming interface that is very similar to LDAP, ldb can store its data either in a tdb(3) database or in a real LDAP database\&.
    … …  
    429581\fBldb_set_debug_stderr(3)\fR
    430582\- set a debug handler for stderr output
    431 .SH "AUTHOR"
     583.SH "Author"
    432584.PP
    433585ldb was written by

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/ldbadd.1

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: ldbadd
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "LDBADD" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     9.TH "LDBADD" "1" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170ldbadd \- Command\-line utility for adding records to an LDB
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 ldbadd [\-h] [\-H\ LDB\-URL] [ldif\-file1] [ldif\-file2] [\&.\&.\&.]
     174\FCldbadd\F[] [\-h] [\-H\ LDB\-URL] [ldif\-file1] [ldif\-file2] [\&.\&.\&.]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/ldbdel.1

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: ldbdel
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "LDBDEL" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     9.TH "LDBDEL" "1" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170ldbdel \- Command\-line program for deleting LDB records
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 ldbdel [\-h] [\-H\ LDB\-URL] [dn] [\&.\&.\&.]
     174\FCldbdel\F[] [\-h] [\-H\ LDB\-URL] [dn] [\&.\&.\&.]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/ldbedit.1

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: ldbedit
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "LDBEDIT" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     9.TH "LDBEDIT" "1" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170ldbedit \- Edit LDB databases using your preferred editor
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 ldbedit [\-?] [\-\-usage] [\-s\ base|one|sub] [\-b\ basedn] [\-a] [\-e\ editor] [\-H\ LDB\-URL] [expression] [attributes...]
     174\FCldbedit\F[] [\-?] [\-\-usage] [\-s\ base|one|sub] [\-b\ basedn] [\-a] [\-e\ editor] [\-H\ LDB\-URL] [expression] [attributes...]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/ldbmodify.1

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: ldbmodify
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "LDBMODIFY" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     9.TH "LDBMODIFY" "1" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170ldbmodify \- Modify records in a LDB database
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 ldbmodify [\-H\ LDB\-URL] [ldif\-file]
     174\FCldbmodify\F[] [\-H\ LDB\-URL] [ldif\-file]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/ldbrename.1

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: ldbrename
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: [FIXME: manual]
    76.\"    Source: [FIXME: source]
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "LDBRENAME" "1" "01/14/2010" "[FIXME: source]" "[FIXME: manual]"
     9.TH "LDBRENAME" "1" "02/22/2010" "[FIXME: source]" "[FIXME: manual]"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170ldbrename \- Edit LDB databases using your favorite editor
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 ldbrename [\-h] [\-o\ options] {olddn} {newdb}
     174\FCldbrename\F[] [\-h] [\-o\ options] {olddn} {newdb}
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/ldbsearch.1

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: ldbsearch
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "LDBSEARCH" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     9.TH "LDBSEARCH" "1" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170ldbsearch \- Search for records in a LDB database
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 ldbsearch [\-h] [\-s\ base|one|sub] [\-b\ basedn] [\-i] [\-H\ LDB\-URL] [expression] [attributes]
     174\FCldbsearch\F[] [\-h] [\-s\ base|one|sub] [\-b\ basedn] [\-i] [\-H\ LDB\-URL] [expression] [attributes]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/libsmbclient.7

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: libsmbclient
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: 7
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "LIBSMBCLIENT" "7" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "7"
     9.TH "LIBSMBCLIENT" "7" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "7"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170libsmbclient \- An extension library for browsers and that can be used as a generic browsing API\&.
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25174.PP
    26175Browser URL:
    27 smb://[[[domain:]user[:password@]]server[/share[/path[/file]]]] [?options]
     176\FCsmb://[[[domain:]user[:password@]]server[/share[/path[/file]]]] [?options] \F[]
     177.fam
    28178.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    29179.PP
    … …  
    33183.PP
    34184
    35 libsmbclient
     185\FClibsmbclient\F[]
    36186is a library toolset that permits applications to manipulate CIFS/SMB network resources using many of the standards POSIX functions available for manipulating local UNIX/Linux files\&. It permits much more than just browsing, files can be opened and read or written, permissions changed, file times modified, attributes and ACL\'s can be manipulated, and so on\&. Of course, its functionality includes all the capabilities commonly called browsing\&.
    37187.PP
    38188
    39 libsmbclient
     189\FClibsmbclient\F[]
    40190can not be used directly from the command line, instead it provides an extension of the capabilities of tools such as file managers and browsers\&. This man page describes the configuration options for this tool so that the user may obtain greatest utility of use\&.
    41191.SH "OPTIONS"
    … …  
    48198.sp
    49199The method of locating the list of workgroups (domains also) varies depending on the setting of the context variable
    50 (context\->options\&.browse_max_lmb_count)\&. It is the responsibility of the application that calls this library to set this to a sensible value\&. This is a compile\-time option\&. This value determines the maximum number of local master browsers to query for the list of workgroups\&. In order to ensure that the list is complete for those present on the network, all master browsers must be querried\&. If there are a large number of workgroups on the network, the time spent querying will be significant\&. For small networks (just a few workgroups), it is suggested to set this value to 0, instructing libsmbclient to query all local master browsers\&. In an environment that has many workgroups a more reasonable setting may be around 3\&.
     200\FC(context\->options\&.browse_max_lmb_count)\F[]\&. It is the responsibility of the application that calls this library to set this to a sensible value\&. This is a compile\-time option\&. This value determines the maximum number of local master browsers to query for the list of workgroups\&. In order to ensure that the list is complete for those present on the network, all master browsers must be querried\&. If there are a large number of workgroups on the network, the time spent querying will be significant\&. For small networks (just a few workgroups), it is suggested to set this value to 0, instructing libsmbclient to query all local master browsers\&. In an environment that has many workgroups a more reasonable setting may be around 3\&.
    51201.RE
    52202.PP
    … …  
    57207.PP
    58208When libsmbclient is invoked by an application it searches for a directory called
    59 \&.smb
     209\FC\&.smb\F[]
    60210in the $HOME directory that is specified in the users shell environment\&. It then searches for a file called
    61 smb\&.conf
     211\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    62212which, if present, will fully over\-ride the system
    63 /etc/samba/smb\&.conf
     213\FC/etc/samba/smb\&.conf\F[]
    64214file\&. If instead libsmbclient finds a file called
    65 ~/\&.smb/smb\&.conf\&.append, it will read the system
    66 /etc/samba/smb\&.conf
     215\FC~/\&.smb/smb\&.conf\&.append\F[], it will read the system
     216\FC/etc/samba/smb\&.conf\F[]
    67217and then append the contents of the
    68 ~/\&.smb/smb\&.conf\&.append
     218\FC~/\&.smb/smb\&.conf\&.append\F[]
    69219to it\&.
    70220.PP
    71221
    72 libsmbclient
     222\FClibsmbclient\F[]
    73223will check the users shell environment for the
    74 USER
     224\FCUSER\F[]
    75225parameter and will use its value when if the
    76 user
     226\FCuser\F[]
    77227parameter was not included in the URL\&.
    78228.SH "PROGRAMMERS GUIDE"

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/lmhosts.5

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: lmhosts
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: File Formats and Conventions
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "LMHOSTS" "5" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "File Formats and Conventions"
     9.TH "LMHOSTS" "5" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "File Formats and Conventions"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170lmhosts \- The Samba NetBIOS hosts file
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
    24 .PP
    25 lmhosts
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.PP
     173\FClmhosts\F[]
    26174is the
    27175\fBsamba\fR(7)
    … …  
    33181suite\&.
    34182.PP
    35 lmhosts
     183\FClmhosts\F[]
    36184is the
    37185\fISamba \fR
    38186NetBIOS name to IP address mapping file\&. It is very similar to the
    39 /etc/hosts
     187\FC/etc/hosts\F[]
    40188file format, except that the hostname component must correspond to the NetBIOS naming format\&.
    41189.SH "FILE FORMAT"
    … …  
    73221.RS 4
    74222.\}
     223.fam C
     224.ps -1
    75225.nf
     226.if t \{\
     227.sp -1
     228.\}
     229.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     230.sp -1
     231
    76232#
    77233# Sample Samba lmhosts file\&.
    … …  
    80236192\&.9\&.200\&.20      NTSERVER#20
    81237192\&.9\&.200\&.21      SAMBASERVER
    82 .fi
     238.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     239.if t \{\
     240.sp 1
     241.\}
     242.fi
     243.fam
     244.ps +1
    83245.if n \{\
    84246.RE
    … …  
    90252.PP
    91253The default location of the
    92 lmhosts
     254\FClmhosts\F[]
    93255file is in the same directory as the
    94256\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    … …  
    97259.PP
    98260lmhosts is loaded from the configuration directory\&. This is usually
    99 /etc/samba
     261\FC/etc/samba\F[]
    100262or
    101 /usr/local/samba/lib\&.
     263\FC/usr/local/samba/lib\F[]\&.
    102264.SH "VERSION"
    103265.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/log2pcap.1

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: log2pcap
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "LOG2PCAP" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     9.TH "LOG2PCAP" "1" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170log2pcap \- Extract network traces from Samba log files
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 log2pcap [\-h] [\-q] [logfile] [pcap_file]
     174\FClog2pcap\F[] [\-h] [\-q] [logfile] [pcap_file]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    30180suite\&.
    31181.PP
    32 log2pcap
     182\FClog2pcap\F[]
    33183reads in a samba log file and generates a pcap file (readable by most sniffers, such as ethereal or tcpdump) based on the packet dumps in the log file\&.
    34184.PP
    … …  
    77227.RS 4
    78228.\}
    79 .nf
    80                         $ log2pcap < /var/log/* > trace\&.pcap
     229.fam C
     230.ps -1
     231.nf
     232.if t \{\
     233.sp -1
     234.\}
     235.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     236.sp -1
     237
     238                        \FC$\F[] log2pcap < /var/log/* > trace\&.pcap
    81239       
    82 .fi
     240.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     241.if t \{\
     242.sp 1
     243.\}
     244.fi
     245.fam
     246.ps +1
    83247.if n \{\
    84248.RE
    … …  
    90254.RS 4
    91255.\}
    92 .nf
    93         $ log2pcap \-h samba\&.log | text2pcap \-T 139,139 \- trace\&.pcap
     256.fam C
     257.ps -1
     258.nf
     259.if t \{\
     260.sp -1
     261.\}
     262.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     263.sp -1
     264
     265        \FC$\F[] log2pcap \-h samba\&.log | text2pcap \-T 139,139 \- trace\&.pcap
    94266       
    95 .fi
     267.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     268.if t \{\
     269.sp 1
     270.\}
     271.fi
     272.fam
     273.ps +1
    96274.if n \{\
    97275.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/mount.cifs.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: mount.cifs
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "MOUNT\&.CIFS" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "MOUNT\&.CIFS" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170mount.cifs \- mount using the Common Internet File System (CIFS)
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 mount\&.cifs {service} {mount\-point} [\-o\ options]
     174\FCmount\&.cifs\F[] {service} {mount\-point} [\-o\ options]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    56206.\}
    57207.RS 4
     208.BM yellow
    58209.it 1 an-trap
    59210.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    71222\fIcred=\fR\&.
    72223.sp .5v
     224.EM yellow
    73225.RE
    74226.RE
    … …  
    92244.RS 4
    93245.\}
     246.fam C
     247.ps -1
    94248.nf
     249.if t \{\
     250.sp -1
     251.\}
     252.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     253.sp -1
     254
    95255                username=\fIvalue\fR
    96256                password=\fIvalue\fR
    97257                domain=\fIvalue\fR
     258.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     259.if t \{\
     260.sp 1
     261.\}
    98262.fi
     263.fam
     264.ps +1
    99265.if n \{\
    100266.RE
    … …  
    102268.sp
    103269This is preferred over having passwords in plaintext in a shared file, such as
    104 /etc/fstab\&. Be sure to protect any credentials file properly\&.
     270\FC/etc/fstab\F[]\&. Be sure to protect any credentials file properly\&.
    105271.RE
    106272.PP
    … …  
    386552.PP
    387553The primary mechanism for making configuration changes and for reading debug information for the cifs vfs is via the Linux /proc filesystem\&. In the directory
    388 /proc/fs/cifs
     554\FC/proc/fs/cifs\F[]
    389555are various configuration files and pseudo files which can display debug information\&. There are additional startup options such as maximum buffer size and number of buffers which only may be set when the kernel cifs vfs (cifs\&.ko module) is loaded\&. These can be seen by running the modinfo utility against the file cifs\&.ko which will list the options that may be passed to cifs during module installation (device driver load)\&. For more information see the kernel file
    390 fs/cifs/README\&.
     556\FCfs/cifs/README\F[]\&.
    391557.SH "BUGS"
    392558.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/net.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: net
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "NET" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "NET" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170net \- Tool for administration of Samba and remote CIFS servers\&.
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 net {<ads|rap|rpc>} [\-h] [\-w\ workgroup] [\-W\ myworkgroup] [\-U\ user] [\-I\ ip\-address] [\-p\ port] [\-n\ myname] [\-s\ conffile] [\-S\ server] [\-l] [\-P] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-V] [\-\-request\-timeout\ seconds]
     174\FCnet\F[] {<ads|rap|rpc>} [\-h] [\-w\ workgroup] [\-W\ myworkgroup] [\-U\ user] [\-I\ ip\-address] [\-p\ port] [\-n\ myname] [\-s\ conffile] [\-S\ server] [\-l] [\-P] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-V] [\-\-request\-timeout\ seconds]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    68218\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    69219parameter in the
    70 smb\&.conf
     220\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    71221file\&. However, a command line setting will take precedence over settings in
    72 smb\&.conf\&.
     222\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]\&.
    73223.RE
    74224.PP
    … …  
    76226.RS 4
    77227The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    78 smb\&.conf
     228\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    79229for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    80230.RE
    … …  
    112262\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    113263parameter in the
    114 smb\&.conf
     264\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    115265file\&.
    116266.RE
    … …  
    122272.PP
    123273The
    124 NET TIME
     274\FCNET TIME\F[]
    125275command allows you to view the time on a remote server or synchronise the time on the local server with the time on the remote server\&.
    126276.SS "TIME"
    127277.PP
    128278Without any options, the
    129 NET TIME
     279\FCNET TIME\F[]
    130280command displays the time on the remote server\&.
    131281.SS "TIME SYSTEM"
    132282.PP
    133283Displays the time on the remote server in a format ready for
    134 /bin/date\&.
     284\FC/bin/date\F[]\&.
    135285.SS "TIME SET"
    136286.PP
    137287Tries to set the date and time of the local server to that on the remote server using
    138 /bin/date\&.
     288\FC/bin/date\F[]\&.
    139289.SS "TIME ZONE"
    140290.PP
    … …  
    205355List files opened by specified
    206356\fIuser\fR\&. Please note that
    207 net rap file user
     357\FCnet rap file user\F[]
    208358does not work against Samba servers\&.
    209359.SS "SESSION"
    … …  
    239389.\}
    240390.RS 4
     391.BM yellow
    241392.it 1 an-trap
    242393.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    250401Currently NOT implemented\&.
    251402.sp .5v
     403.EM yellow
    252404.RE
    253405.SS "RAP GROUPMEMBER"
    … …  
    270422.\}
    271423.RS 4
     424.BM yellow
    272425.it 1 an-trap
    273426.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    281434Currently NOT implemented\&.
    282435.sp .5v
     436.EM yellow
    283437.RE
    284438.SS "RAP SERVICE"
    … …  
    290444.\}
    291445.RS 4
     446.BM yellow
    292447.it 1 an-trap
    293448.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    301456Currently NOT implemented\&.
    302457.sp .5v
     458.EM yellow
    303459.RE
    304460.SS "RAP SERVICE STOP"
    … …  
    309465.\}
    310466.RS 4
     467.BM yellow
    311468.it 1 an-trap
    312469.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    320477Currently NOT implemented\&.
    321478.sp .5v
     479.EM yellow
    322480.RE
    323481.SS "RAP PASSWORD \fIUSER\fR \fIOLDPASS\fR \fINEWPASS\fR"
    … …  
    477635.RS 4
    478636.\}
     637.fam C
     638.ps -1
    479639.nf
     640.if t \{\
     641.sp -1
     642.\}
     643.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     644.sp -1
     645
    480646net groupmap add {rid=int|sid=string} unixgroup=string \e
    481647        [type={domain|local}] [ntgroup=string] [comment=string]
     648.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     649.if t \{\
     650.sp 1
     651.\}
    482652.fi
     653.fam
     654.ps +1
    483655.if n \{\
    484656.RE
    … …  
    500672.RS 4
    501673.\}
     674.fam C
     675.ps -1
    502676.nf
     677.if t \{\
     678.sp -1
     679.\}
     680.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     681.sp -1
     682
    503683net groupmap modify {ntgroup=string|sid=SID} [unixgroup=string] \e
    504684       [comment=string] [type={domain|local}]
     685.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     686.if t \{\
     687.sp 1
     688.\}
    505689.fi
     690.fam
     691.ps +1
    506692.if n \{\
    507693.RE
    … …  
    535721\fB\'I\'\fR
    536722(interdomain trust account)\&. If the command is used against localhost it has the same effect as
    537 smbpasswd \-a \-i DOMAIN\&. Please note that both commands expect a appropriate UNIX account\&.
     723\FCsmbpasswd \-a \-i DOMAIN\F[]\&. Please note that both commands expect a appropriate UNIX account\&.
    538724.SS "RPC TRUSTDOM DEL DOMAIN"
    539725.PP
    540726Remove interdomain trust account for
    541727\fIDOMAIN\fR\&. If it is used against localhost it has the same effect as
    542 smbpasswd \-x DOMAIN$\&.
     728\FCsmbpasswd \-x DOMAIN$\F[]\&.
    543729.SS "RPC TRUSTDOM ESTABLISH DOMAIN"
    544730.PP
    … …  
    598784.PP
    599785Fetch domain SID and store it in the local
    600 secrets\&.tdb\&.
     786\FCsecrets\&.tdb\F[]\&.
    601787.SS "ADS LEAVE"
    602788.PP
    … …  
    605791.PP
    606792Print out status of machine account of the local machine in ADS\&. Prints out quite some debug info\&. Aimed at developers, regular users should use
    607 NET ADS TESTJOIN\&.
     793\FCNET ADS TESTJOIN\F[]\&.
    608794.SS "ADS PRINTER"
    609795.SS "ADS PRINTER INFO [PRINTER] [SERVER]"

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/nmbd.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: nmbd
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "NMBD" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "NMBD" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170nmbd \- NetBIOS name server to provide NetBIOS over IP naming services to clients
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 nmbd [\-D] [\-F] [\-S] [\-a] [\-i] [\-o] [\-h] [\-V] [\-d\ <debug\ level>] [\-H\ <lmhosts\ file>] [\-l\ <log\ directory>] [\-p\ <port\ number>] [\-s\ <configuration\ file>]
     174\FCnmbd\F[] [\-D] [\-F] [\-S] [\-a] [\-i] [\-o] [\-h] [\-V] [\-d\ <debug\ level>] [\-H\ <lmhosts\ file>] [\-l\ <log\ directory>] [\-p\ <port\ number>] [\-s\ <configuration\ file>]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    30180suite\&.
    31181.PP
    32 nmbd
     182\FCnmbd\F[]
    33183is a server that understands and can reply to NetBIOS over IP name service requests, like those produced by SMB/CIFS clients such as Windows 95/98/ME, Windows NT, Windows 2000, Windows XP and LanManager clients\&. It also participates in the browsing protocols which make up the Windows "Network Neighborhood" view\&.
    34184.PP
    … …  
    36186.PP
    37187Amongst other services,
    38 nmbd
     188\FCnmbd\F[]
    39189will listen for such requests, and if its own NetBIOS name is specified it will respond with the IP number of the host it is running on\&. Its "own NetBIOS name" is by default the primary DNS name of the host it is running on, but this can be overridden by the
    40190\m[blue]\fBnetbios name\fR\m[]
    41191in
    42 smb\&.conf\&. Thus
    43 nmbd
     192\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]\&. Thus
     193\FCnmbd\F[]
    44194will reply to broadcast queries for its own name(s)\&. Additional names for
    45 nmbd
     195\FCnmbd\F[]
    46196to respond on can be set via parameters in the
    47197\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    48198configuration file\&.
    49199.PP
    50 nmbd
     200\FCnmbd\F[]
    51201can also be used as a WINS (Windows Internet Name Server) server\&. What this basically means is that it will act as a WINS database server, creating a database from name registration requests that it receives and replying to queries from clients for these names\&.
    52202.PP
    53203In addition,
    54 nmbd
     204\FCnmbd\F[]
    55205can act as a WINS proxy, relaying broadcast queries from clients that do not understand how to talk the WINS protocol to a WINS server\&.
    56206.SH "OPTIONS"
    … …  
    59209.RS 4
    60210If specified, this parameter causes
    61 nmbd
     211\FCnmbd\F[]
    62212to operate as a daemon\&. That is, it detaches itself and runs in the background, fielding requests on the appropriate port\&. By default,
    63 nmbd
     213\FCnmbd\F[]
    64214will operate as a daemon if launched from a command shell\&. nmbd can also be operated from the
    65 inetd
     215\FCinetd\F[]
    66216meta\-daemon, although this is not recommended\&.
    67217.RE
    … …  
    70220.RS 4
    71221If specified, this parameter causes the main
    72 nmbd
     222\FCnmbd\F[]
    73223process to not daemonize, i\&.e\&. double\-fork and disassociate with the terminal\&. Child processes are still created as normal to service each connection request, but the main process does not exit\&. This operation mode is suitable for running
    74 nmbd
     224\FCnmbd\F[]
    75225under process supervisors such as
    76 supervise
     226\FCsupervise\F[]
    77227and
    78 svscan
     228\FCsvscan\F[]
    79229from Daniel J\&. Bernstein\'s
    80 daemontools
     230\FCdaemontools\F[]
    81231package, or the AIX process monitor\&.
    82232.RE
    … …  
    85235.RS 4
    86236If specified, this parameter causes
    87 nmbd
     237\FCnmbd\F[]
    88238to log to standard output rather than a file\&.
    89239.RE
    … …  
    92242.RS 4
    93243If this parameter is specified it causes the server to run "interactively", not as a daemon, even if the server is executed on the command line of a shell\&. Setting this parameter negates the implicit daemon mode when run from the command line\&.
    94 nmbd
     244\FCnmbd\F[]
    95245also logs to standard output, as if the
    96246\fB\-S\fR
    … …  
    112262\fINOT\fR
    113263used by
    114 nmbd
     264\FCnmbd\F[]
    115265to answer any name queries\&. Adding a line to this file affects name NetBIOS resolution from this host
    116266\fIONLY\fR\&.
    117267.sp
    118268The default path to this file is compiled into Samba as part of the build process\&. Common defaults are
    119 /usr/local/samba/lib/lmhosts,
    120 /usr/samba/lib/lmhosts
     269\FC/usr/local/samba/lib/lmhosts\F[],
     270\FC/usr/samba/lib/lmhosts\F[]
    121271or
    122 /etc/samba/lmhosts\&. See the
     272\FC/etc/samba/lmhosts\F[]\&. See the
    123273\fBlmhosts\fR(5)
    124274man page for details on the contents of this file\&.
    … …  
    137287\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    138288parameter in the
    139 smb\&.conf
     289\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    140290file\&.
    141291.RE
    … …  
    149299.RS 4
    150300The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    151 smb\&.conf
     301\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    152302for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    153303.RE
    … …  
    163313.RS 4
    164314UDP port number is a positive integer value\&. This option changes the default UDP port number (normally 137) that
    165 nmbd
     315\FCnmbd\F[]
    166316responds to name queries on\&. Don\'t use this option unless you are an expert, in which case you won\'t need help!
    167317.RE
    168318.SH "FILES"
    169319.PP
    170 /etc/inetd\&.conf
     320\FC/etc/inetd\&.conf\F[]
    171321.RS 4
    172322If the server is to be run by the
    173 inetd
     323\FCinetd\F[]
    174324meta\-daemon, this file must contain suitable startup information for the meta\-daemon\&.
    175325.RE
    176326.PP
    177 /etc/rc
     327\FC/etc/rc\F[]
    178328.RS 4
    179329or whatever initialization script your system uses)\&.
    … …  
    182332.RE
    183333.PP
    184 /etc/services
     334\FC/etc/services\F[]
    185335.RS 4
    186336If running the server via the meta\-daemon
    187 inetd, this file must contain a mapping of service name (e\&.g\&., netbios\-ssn) to service port (e\&.g\&., 139) and protocol type (e\&.g\&., tcp)\&.
    188 .RE
    189 .PP
    190 /usr/local/samba/lib/smb\&.conf
     337\FCinetd\F[], this file must contain a mapping of service name (e\&.g\&., netbios\-ssn) to service port (e\&.g\&., 139) and protocol type (e\&.g\&., tcp)\&.
     338.RE
     339.PP
     340\FC/usr/local/samba/lib/smb\&.conf\F[]
    191341.RS 4
    192342This is the default location of the
    193343\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    194344server configuration file\&. Other common places that systems install this file are
    195 /usr/samba/lib/smb\&.conf
     345\FC/usr/samba/lib/smb\&.conf\F[]
    196346and
    197 /etc/samba/smb\&.conf\&.
     347\FC/etc/samba/smb\&.conf\F[]\&.
    198348.sp
    199349When run as a WINS server (see the
    … …  
    202352\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    203353man page),
    204 nmbd
     354\FCnmbd\F[]
    205355will store the WINS database in the file
    206 wins\&.dat
     356\FCwins\&.dat\F[]
    207357in the
    208 var/locks
     358\FCvar/locks\F[]
    209359directory configured under wherever Samba was configured to install itself\&.
    210360.sp
    211361If
    212 nmbd
     362\FCnmbd\F[]
    213363is acting as a
    214364\fI browse master\fR
    … …  
    218368\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    219369man page,
    220 nmbd
     370\FCnmbd\F[]
    221371will store the browsing database in the file
    222 browse\&.dat
     372\FCbrowse\&.dat \F[]
    223373in the
    224 var/locks
     374\FCvar/locks\F[]
    225375directory configured under wherever Samba was configured to install itself\&.
    226376.RE
    … …  
    228378.PP
    229379To shut down an
    230 nmbd
     380\FCnmbd\F[]
    231381process it is recommended that SIGKILL (\-9)
    232382\fINOT\fR
    233383be used, except as a last resort, as this may leave the name database in an inconsistent state\&. The correct way to terminate
    234 nmbd
     384\FCnmbd\F[]
    235385is to send it a SIGTERM (\-15) signal and wait for it to die on its own\&.
    236386.PP
    237 nmbd
     387\FCnmbd\F[]
    238388will accept SIGHUP, which will cause it to dump out its namelists into the file
    239 namelist\&.debug
     389\FCnamelist\&.debug \F[]
    240390in the
    241 /usr/local/samba/var/locks
     391\FC/usr/local/samba/var/locks\F[]
    242392directory (or the
    243 var/locks
     393\FCvar/locks\F[]
    244394directory configured under wherever Samba was configured to install itself)\&. This will also cause
    245 nmbd
     395\FCnmbd\F[]
    246396to dump out its server database in the
    247 log\&.nmb
     397\FClog\&.nmb\F[]
    248398file\&.
    249399.PP
    … …  
    263413\fBtestparm\fR(1),
    264414\fBtestprns\fR(1), and the Internet RFC\'s
    265 rfc1001\&.txt,
    266 rfc1002\&.txt\&. In addition the CIFS (formerly SMB) specification is available as a link from the Web page
     415\FCrfc1001\&.txt\F[],
     416\FCrfc1002\&.txt\F[]\&. In addition the CIFS (formerly SMB) specification is available as a link from the Web page
    267417http://samba\&.org/cifs/\&.
    268418.SH "AUTHOR"

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/nmblookup.1

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: nmblookup
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "NMBLOOKUP" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     9.TH "NMBLOOKUP" "1" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170nmblookup \- NetBIOS over TCP/IP client used to lookup NetBIOS names
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 nmblookup [\-M] [\-R] [\-S] [\-r] [\-A] [\-h] [\-B\ <broadcast\ address>] [\-U\ <unicast\ address>] [\-d\ <debug\ level>] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>] [\-i\ <NetBIOS\ scope>] [\-T] [\-f] {name}
     174\FCnmblookup\F[] [\-M] [\-R] [\-S] [\-r] [\-A] [\-h] [\-B\ <broadcast\ address>] [\-U\ <unicast\ address>] [\-d\ <debug\ level>] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>] [\-i\ <NetBIOS\ scope>] [\-T] [\-f] {name}
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    30180suite\&.
    31181.PP
    32 nmblookup
     182\FCnmblookup\F[]
    33183is used to query NetBIOS names and map them to IP addresses in a network using NetBIOS over TCP/IP queries\&. The options allow the name queries to be directed at a particular IP broadcast area or to a particular machine\&. All queries are done over UDP\&.
    34184.SH "OPTIONS"
    … …  
    75225\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    76226parameter in the
    77 smb\&.conf
     227\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    78228file\&. However, a command line setting will take precedence over settings in
    79 smb\&.conf\&.
     229\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]\&.
    80230.RE
    81231.PP
    … …  
    83233.RS 4
    84234This specifies a NetBIOS scope that
    85 nmblookup
     235\FCnmblookup\F[]
    86236will use to communicate with when generating NetBIOS names\&. For details on the use of NetBIOS scopes, see rfc1001\&.txt and rfc1002\&.txt\&. NetBIOS scopes are
    87237\fIvery\fR
    … …  
    97247.RS 4
    98248TCP socket options to set on the client socket\&. See the socket options parameter in the
    99 smb\&.conf
     249\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    100250manual page for the list of valid options\&.
    101251.RE
    … …  
    135285\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    136286parameter in the
    137 smb\&.conf
     287\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    138288file\&.
    139289.RE
    … …  
    147297.RS 4
    148298The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    149 smb\&.conf
     299\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    150300for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    151301.RE
    … …  
    178328.SH "EXAMPLES"
    179329.PP
    180 nmblookup
     330\FCnmblookup\F[]
    181331can be used to query a WINS server (in the same way
    182 nslookup
     332\FCnslookup\F[]
    183333is used to query DNS servers)\&. To query a WINS server,
    184 nmblookup
     334\FCnmblookup\F[]
    185335must be called like this:
    186336.PP
    187 nmblookup \-U server \-R \'name\'
     337\FCnmblookup \-U server \-R \'name\'\F[]
    188338.PP
    189339For example, running :
    190340.PP
    191 nmblookup \-U samba\&.org \-R \'IRIX#1B\'
     341\FCnmblookup \-U samba\&.org \-R \'IRIX#1B\'\F[]
    192342.PP
    193343would query the WINS server samba\&.org for the domain master browser (1B name type) for the IRIX workgroup\&.

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/ntlm_auth.1

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: ntlm_auth
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "NTLM_AUTH" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     9.TH "NTLM_AUTH" "1" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170ntlm_auth \- tool to allow external access to Winbind\'s NTLM authentication function
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 ntlm_auth [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-l\ logdir] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>]
     174\FCntlm_auth\F[] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-l\ logdir] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    30180suite\&.
    31181.PP
    32 ntlm_auth
    33 is a helper utility that authenticates users using NT/LM authentication\&. It returns 0 if the users is authenticated successfully and 1 if access was denied\&. ntlm_auth uses winbind to access the user and authentication data for a domain\&. This utility is only indended to be used by other programs (currently
     182\FCntlm_auth\F[]
     183is a helper utility that authenticates users using NT/LM authentication\&. It returns 0 if the users is authenticated successfully and 1 if access was denied\&. ntlm_auth uses winbind to access the user and authentication data for a domain\&. This utility is only intended to be used by other programs (currently
    34184Squid
    35185and
    … …  
    42192.PP
    43193Some of these commands also require access to the directory
    44 winbindd_privileged
     194\FCwinbindd_privileged\F[]
    45195in
    46 $LOCKDIR\&. This should be done either by running this command as root or providing group access to the
    47 winbindd_privileged
     196\FC$LOCKDIR\F[]\&. This should be done either by running this command as root or providing group access to the
     197\FCwinbindd_privileged\F[]
    48198directory\&. For security reasons, this directory should not be world\-accessable\&.
    49199.SH "OPTIONS"
    … …  
    68218.sp
    69219Requires access to the directory
    70 winbindd_privileged
     220\FCwinbindd_privileged\F[]
    71221in
    72 $LOCKDIR\&. The protocol used is described here:
     222\FC$LOCKDIR\F[]\&. The protocol used is described here:
    73223http://devel\&.squid\-cache\&.org/ntlm/squid_helper_protocol\&.html\&. This protocol has been extended to allow the NTLMSSP Negotiate packet to be included as an argument to the
    74 YR
     224\FCYR\F[]
    75225command\&. (Thus avoiding loss of information in the protocol exchange)\&.
    76226.RE
    … …  
    81231.sp
    82232This helper is a client, and as such may be run by any user\&. The protocol used is effectively the reverse of the previous protocol\&. A
    83 YR
     233\FCYR\F[]
    84234command (without any arguments) starts the authentication exchange\&.
    85235.RE
    … …  
    88238.RS 4
    89239Server\-side helper that implements GSS\-SPNEGO\&. This uses a protocol that is almost the same as
    90 squid\-2\&.5\-ntlmssp, but has some subtle differences that are undocumented outside the source at this stage\&.
     240\FCsquid\-2\&.5\-ntlmssp\F[], but has some subtle differences that are undocumented outside the source at this stage\&.
    91241.sp
    92242Requires access to the directory
    93 winbindd_privileged
     243\FCwinbindd_privileged\F[]
    94244in
    95 $LOCKDIR\&.
     245\FC$LOCKDIR\F[]\&.
    96246.RE
    97247.PP
    … …  
    106256.sp
    107257This protocol consists of lines in the form:
    108 Parameter: value
     258\FCParameter: value\F[]
    109259and
    110 Parameter:: Base64\-encode value\&. The presence of a single period
    111 \&.
     260\FCParameter:: Base64\-encode value\F[]\&. The presence of a single period
     261\FC\&.\F[]
    112262indicates that one side has finished supplying data to the other\&. (Which in turn could cause the helper to authenticate the user)\&.
    113263.sp
    … …  
    143293.RS 4
    144294The 8 byte
    145 LANMAN Challenge
     295\FCLANMAN Challenge\F[]
    146296value, generated randomly by the server, or (in cases such as MSCHAPv2) generated in some way by both the server and the client\&.
    147297.PP \fBExample\ \&7.\ \&\fR LANMAN\-Challege: 0102030405060708
    … …  
    151301.RS 4
    152302The 24 byte
    153 LANMAN Response
     303\FCLANMAN Response\F[]
    154304value, calculated from the user\'s password and the supplied
    155 LANMAN Challenge\&. Typically, this is provided over the network by a client wishing to authenticate\&.
     305\FCLANMAN Challenge\F[]\&. Typically, this is provided over the network by a client wishing to authenticate\&.
    156306.PP \fBExample\ \&8.\ \&\fR LANMAN\-Response: 0102030405060708090A0B0C0D0E0F101112131415161718
    157307.RE
    … …  
    160310.RS 4
    161311The >= 24 byte
    162 NT Response
     312\FCNT Response\F[]
    163313calculated from the user\'s password and the supplied
    164 LANMAN Challenge\&. Typically, this is provided over the network by a client wishing to authenticate\&.
     314\FCLANMAN Challenge\F[]\&. Typically, this is provided over the network by a client wishing to authenticate\&.
    165315.PP \fBExample\ \&9.\ \&\fR NT\-Response: 0102030405060708090A0B0C0D0E0F101112131415161718
    166316.RE
    … …  
    188338.\}
    189339.RS 4
     340.BM yellow
    190341.it 1 an-trap
    191342.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    200351                a newline\&.  They may also need to decode strings from
    201352                the helper, which likewise may have been base64 encoded\&..sp .5v
     353.EM yellow
    202354.RE
    203355.RE
    … …  
    256408.RS 4
    257409Perform Diagnostics on the authentication chain\&. Uses the password from
    258 \-\-password
     410\FC\-\-password\F[]
    259411or prompts for one\&.
    260412.RE
    … …  
    277429\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    278430parameter in the
    279 smb\&.conf
     431\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    280432file\&.
    281433.RE
    … …  
    289441.RS 4
    290442The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    291 smb\&.conf
     443\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    292444for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    293445.RE
    … …  
    307459.PP
    308460To setup ntlm_auth for use by squid 2\&.5, with both basic and NTLMSSP authentication, the following should be placed in the
    309 squid\&.conf
     461\FCsquid\&.conf\F[]
    310462file\&.
    311463.sp
    … …  
    313465.RS 4
    314466.\}
     467.fam C
     468.ps -1
    315469.nf
     470.if t \{\
     471.sp -1
     472.\}
     473.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     474.sp -1
     475
    316476auth_param ntlm program ntlm_auth \-\-helper\-protocol=squid\-2\&.5\-ntlmssp
    317477auth_param basic program ntlm_auth \-\-helper\-protocol=squid\-2\&.5\-basic
    … …  
    319479auth_param basic realm Squid proxy\-caching web server
    320480auth_param basic credentialsttl 2 hours
     481.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     482.if t \{\
     483.sp 1
     484.\}
    321485.fi
     486.fam
     487.ps +1
    322488.if n \{\
    323489.RE
    … …  
    327493.\}
    328494.RS 4
     495.BM yellow
    329496.it 1 an-trap
    330497.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    337504.PP
    338505This example assumes that ntlm_auth has been installed into your path, and that the group permissions on
    339 winbindd_privileged
     506\FCwinbindd_privileged\F[]
    340507are as described above\&.
    341508.sp .5v
     509.EM yellow
    342510.RE
    343511.PP
    344512To setup ntlm_auth for use by squid 2\&.5 with group limitation in addition to the above example, the following should be added to the
    345 squid\&.conf
     513\FCsquid\&.conf\F[]
    346514file\&.
    347515.sp
    … …  
    349517.RS 4
    350518.\}
     519.fam C
     520.ps -1
    351521.nf
     522.if t \{\
     523.sp -1
     524.\}
     525.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     526.sp -1
     527
    352528auth_param ntlm program ntlm_auth \-\-helper\-protocol=squid\-2\&.5\-ntlmssp \-\-require\-membership\-of=\'WORKGROUP\eDomain Users\'
    353529auth_param basic program ntlm_auth \-\-helper\-protocol=squid\-2\&.5\-basic \-\-require\-membership\-of=\'WORKGROUP\eDomain Users\'
     530.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     531.if t \{\
     532.sp 1
     533.\}
    354534.fi
     535.fam
     536.ps +1
    355537.if n \{\
    356538.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/pam_winbind.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: pam_winbind
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: 8
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "PAM_WINBIND" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "8"
     9.TH "PAM_WINBIND" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "8"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170pam_winbind \- PAM module for Winbind
    23171.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    … …  
    35183.RS 4
    36184.\}
     185.fam C
     186.ps -1
    37187.nf
     188.if t \{\
     189.sp -1
     190.\}
     191.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     192.sp -1
     193
    38194                            \&.\&.\&.
    39195                            auth      required        pam_env\&.so
    … …  
    49205                            \&.\&.\&.
    50206               
    51 .fi
     207.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     208.if t \{\
     209.sp 1
     210.\}
     211.fi
     212.fam
     213.ps +1
    52214.if n \{\
    53215.RE
    … …  
    58220.PP
    59221pam_winbind supports several options which can either be set in the PAM configuration files or in the pam_winbind configuration file situated at
    60 /etc/security/pam_winbind\&.conf\&. Options from the PAM configuration file take precedence to those from the configuration file\&.
     222\FC/etc/security/pam_winbind\&.conf\F[]\&. Options from the PAM configuration file take precedence to those from the configuration file\&.
    61223.PP
    62224debug
    … …  
    76238or
    77239\fIMYDOMAIN\e\emyuser\fR\&. pam_winbind will, in that case, lookup the SID internally\&. Note that NAME may not contain any spaces\&. It is thus recommended to only use SIDs\&. You can verify the list of SIDs a user is a member of with
    78 wbinfo \-\-user\-sids=SID\&.
     240\FCwbinfo \-\-user\-sids=SID\F[]\&.
    79241.RE
    80242.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/pdbedit.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: pdbedit
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "PDBEDIT" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "PDBEDIT" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170pdbedit \- manage the SAM database (Database of Samba Users)
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 pdbedit [\-L] [\-v] [\-w] [\-u\ username] [\-f\ fullname] [\-h\ homedir] [\-D\ drive] [\-S\ script] [\-p\ profile] [\-a] [\-t,\ \-\-password\-from\-stdin] [\-m] [\-r] [\-x] [\-i\ passdb\-backend] [\-e\ passdb\-backend] [\-b\ passdb\-backend] [\-g] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-s\ configfile] [\-P\ account\-policy] [\-C\ value] [\-c\ account\-control] [\-y]
     174\FCpdbedit\F[] [\-L] [\-v] [\-w] [\-u\ username] [\-f\ fullname] [\-h\ homedir] [\-D\ drive] [\-S\ script] [\-p\ profile] [\-a] [\-t,\ \-\-password\-from\-stdin] [\-m] [\-r] [\-x] [\-i\ passdb\-backend] [\-e\ passdb\-backend] [\-b\ passdb\-backend] [\-g] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-s\ configfile] [\-P\ account\-policy] [\-C\ value] [\-c\ account\-control] [\-y]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    42192.sp
    43193Example:
    44 pdbedit \-L
    45 .sp
    46 .if n \{\
    47 .RS 4
    48 .\}
     194\FCpdbedit \-L\F[]
     195.sp
     196.if n \{\
     197.RS 4
     198.\}
     199.fam C
     200.ps -1
    49201.nf
     202.if t \{\
     203.sp -1
     204.\}
     205.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     206.sp -1
     207
    50208sorce:500:Simo Sorce
    51209samba:45:Test User
    52 .fi
     210.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     211.if t \{\
     212.sp 1
     213.\}
     214.fi
     215.fam
     216.ps +1
    53217.if n \{\
    54218.RE
    … …  
    61225.sp
    62226Example:
    63 pdbedit \-L \-v
    64 .sp
    65 .if n \{\
    66 .RS 4
    67 .\}
     227\FCpdbedit \-L \-v\F[]
     228.sp
     229.if n \{\
     230.RS 4
     231.\}
     232.fam C
     233.ps -1
    68234.nf
     235.if t \{\
     236.sp -1
     237.\}
     238.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     239.sp -1
     240
    69241\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-
    70242username:       sorce
    … …  
    85257Logon Script:   
    86258Profile Path:   \e\eBERSERKER\eprofile
    87 .fi
     259.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     260.if t \{\
     261.sp 1
     262.\}
     263.fi
     264.fam
     265.ps +1
    88266.if n \{\
    89267.RE
    … …  
    94272.RS 4
    95273This option sets the "smbpasswd" listing format\&. It will make pdbedit list the users in the database, printing out the account fields in a format compatible with the
    96 smbpasswd
     274\FCsmbpasswd\F[]
    97275file format\&. (see the
    98276\fBsmbpasswd\fR(5)
    … …  
    100278.sp
    101279Example:
    102 pdbedit \-L \-w
    103 .sp
    104 .if n \{\
    105 .RS 4
    106 .\}
     280\FCpdbedit \-L \-w\F[]
     281.sp
     282.if n \{\
     283.RS 4
     284.\}
     285.fam C
     286.ps -1
    107287.nf
     288.if t \{\
     289.sp -1
     290.\}
     291.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     292.sp -1
     293
    108294sorce:500:508818B733CE64BEAAD3B435B51404EE:
    109295          D2A2418EFC466A8A0F6B1DBB5C3DB80C:
    … …  
    112298          BC281CE3F53B6A5146629CD4751D3490:
    113299          [UX         ]:LCT\-3BFA1E8D:
    114 .fi
     300.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     301.if t \{\
     302.sp 1
     303.\}
     304.fi
     305.fam
     306.ps +1
    115307.if n \{\
    116308.RE
    … …  
    132324.sp
    133325Example:
    134 \-f "Simo Sorce"
     326\FC\-f "Simo Sorce"\F[]
    135327.RE
    136328.PP
    … …  
    140332.sp
    141333Example:
    142 \-h "\e\e\e\eBERSERKER\e\esorce"
     334\FC\-h "\e\e\e\eBERSERKER\e\esorce"\F[]
    143335.RE
    144336.PP
    … …  
    148340.sp
    149341Example:
    150 \-D "H:"
     342\FC\-D "H:"\F[]
    151343.RE
    152344.PP
    … …  
    156348.sp
    157349Example:
    158 \-S "\e\e\e\eBERSERKER\e\enetlogon\e\esorce\&.bat"
     350\FC\-S "\e\e\e\eBERSERKER\e\enetlogon\e\esorce\&.bat"\F[]
    159351.RE
    160352.PP
    … …  
    164356.sp
    165357Example:
    166 \-p "\e\e\e\eBERSERKER\e\enetlogon"
     358\FC\-p "\e\e\e\eBERSERKER\e\enetlogon"\F[]
    167359.RE
    168360.PP
    … …  
    172364.sp
    173365Example:
    174 \-G S\-1\-5\-21\-2447931902\-1787058256\-3961074038\-1201
     366\FC\-G S\-1\-5\-21\-2447931902\-1787058256\-3961074038\-1201\F[]
    175367.RE
    176368.PP
    … …  
    180372.sp
    181373Example:
    182 \-U S\-1\-5\-21\-2447931902\-1787058256\-3961074038\-5004
     374\FC\-U S\-1\-5\-21\-2447931902\-1787058256\-3961074038\-5004\F[]
    183375.RE
    184376.PP
    … …  
    312504.sp
    313505Example:
    314 \-c "[X ]"
     506\FC\-c "[X ]"\F[]
    315507.RE
    316508.PP
    … …  
    320512.sp
    321513Example:
    322 pdbedit \-a \-u sorce
    323 .sp
    324 .if n \{\
    325 .RS 4
    326 .\}
     514\FCpdbedit \-a \-u sorce\F[]
     515.sp
     516.if n \{\
     517.RS 4
     518.\}
     519.fam C
     520.ps -1
    327521.nf
     522.BB lightgray
    328523new password:
    329524retype new password
    330 .fi
    331 .if n \{\
    332 .RE
    333 .\}
    334 .sp
    335 .if n \{\
    336 .sp
    337 .\}
    338 .RS 4
     525.EB lightgray
     526.fi
     527.fam
     528.ps +1
     529.if n \{\
     530.RE
     531.\}
     532.sp
     533.if n \{\
     534.sp
     535.\}
     536.RS 4
     537.BM yellow
    339538.it 1 an-trap
    340539.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    350549.sp
    351550If you wish to add a user and synchronise the password that immediately, use
    352 smbpasswd\'s
     551\FCsmbpasswd\F[]\'s
    353552\fB\-a\fR
    354553option\&.
    355554.sp .5v
     555.EM yellow
    356556.RE
    357557.RE
    … …  
    360560.RS 4
    361561This option causes pdbedit to read the password from standard input, rather than from /dev/tty (like the
    362 passwd(1)
     562\FCpasswd(1)\F[]
    363563program does)\&. The password has to be submitted twice and terminated by a newline each\&.
    364564.RE
    … …  
    376576.sp
    377577Example:
    378 pdbedit \-a \-m \-u w2k\-wks
     578\FCpdbedit \-a \-m \-u w2k\-wks\F[]
    379579.RE
    380580.PP
    … …  
    384584.sp
    385585Example:
    386 pdbedit \-x \-u bob
     586\FCpdbedit \-x \-u bob\F[]
    387587.RE
    388588.PP
    … …  
    394594.sp
    395595Example:
    396 pdbedit \-i smbpasswd:/etc/smbpasswd\&.old
     596\FCpdbedit \-i smbpasswd:/etc/smbpasswd\&.old \F[]
    397597.RE
    398598.PP
    … …  
    404604.sp
    405605Example:
    406 pdbedit \-e smbpasswd:/root/samba\-users\&.backup
     606\FCpdbedit \-e smbpasswd:/root/samba\-users\&.backup\F[]
    407607.RE
    408608.PP
    … …  
    422622.sp
    423623Example:
    424 pdbedit \-b xml:/root/pdb\-backup\&.xml \-l
     624\FCpdbedit \-b xml:/root/pdb\-backup\&.xml \-l\F[]
    425625.RE
    426626.PP
    … …  
    432632.sp
    433633Example:
    434 pdbedit \-P "bad lockout attempt"
    435 .sp
    436 .if n \{\
    437 .RS 4
    438 .\}
     634\FCpdbedit \-P "bad lockout attempt"\F[]
     635.sp
     636.if n \{\
     637.RS 4
     638.\}
     639.fam C
     640.ps -1
    439641.nf
     642.if t \{\
     643.sp -1
     644.\}
     645.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     646.sp -1
     647
    440648account policy value for bad lockout attempt is 0
    441 .fi
     649.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     650.if t \{\
     651.sp 1
     652.\}
     653.fi
     654.fam
     655.ps +1
    442656.if n \{\
    443657.RE
    … …  
    452666.sp
    453667Example:
    454 pdbedit \-P "bad lockout attempt" \-C 3
    455 .sp
    456 .if n \{\
    457 .RS 4
    458 .\}
     668\FCpdbedit \-P "bad lockout attempt" \-C 3\F[]
     669.sp
     670.if n \{\
     671.RS 4
     672.\}
     673.fam C
     674.ps -1
    459675.nf
     676.if t \{\
     677.sp -1
     678.\}
     679.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     680.sp -1
     681
    460682account policy value for bad lockout attempt was 0
    461683account policy value for bad lockout attempt is now 3
    462 .fi
     684.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     685.if t \{\
     686.sp 1
     687.\}
     688.fi
     689.fam
     690.ps +1
    463691.if n \{\
    464692.RE
    … …  
    476704.sp
    477705Example:
    478 pdbedit \-y \-i tdbsam: \-e ldapsam:ldap://my\&.ldap\&.host
     706\FCpdbedit \-y \-i tdbsam: \-e ldapsam:ldap://my\&.ldap\&.host\F[]
    479707.RE
    480708.PP
    … …  
    496724\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    497725parameter in the
    498 smb\&.conf
     726\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    499727file\&.
    500728.RE
    … …  
    508736.RS 4
    509737The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    510 smb\&.conf
     738\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    511739for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    512740.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/profiles.1

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: profiles
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "PROFILES" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     9.TH "PROFILES" "1" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170profiles \- A utility to report and change SIDs in registry files
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 profiles [\-v] [\-c\ SID] [\-n\ SID] {file}
     174\FCprofiles\F[] [\-v] [\-c\ SID] [\-n\ SID] {file}
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    30180suite\&.
    31181.PP
    32 profiles
     182\FCprofiles\F[]
    33183is a utility that reports and changes SIDs in windows registry files\&. It currently only supports NT\&.
    34184.SH "OPTIONS"
    … …  
    47197.RS 4
    48198Change all occurences of SID1 in
    49 file
     199\FCfile\F[]
    50200by SID2\&.
    51201.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/rpcclient.1

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: rpcclient
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "RPCCLIENT" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     9.TH "RPCCLIENT" "1" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170rpcclient \- tool for executing client side MS\-RPC functions
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 rpcclient [\-A\ authfile] [\-c\ <command\ string>] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-h] [\-l\ logdir] [\-N] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>] [\-U\ username[%password]] [\-W\ workgroup] [\-N] [\-I\ destinationIP] {server}
     174\FCrpcclient\F[] [\-A\ authfile] [\-c\ <command\ string>] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-h] [\-l\ logdir] [\-N] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>] [\-U\ username[%password]] [\-W\ workgroup] [\-N] [\-I\ destinationIP] {server}
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    30180suite\&.
    31181.PP
    32 rpcclient
     182\FCrpcclient\F[]
    33183is a utility initially developed to test MS\-RPC functionality in Samba itself\&. It has undergone several stages of development and stability\&. Many system administrators have now written scripts around it to manage Windows NT clients from their UNIX workstation\&.
    34184.SH "OPTIONS"
    … …  
    71221\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    72222parameter in the
    73 smb\&.conf
     223\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    74224file\&.
    75225.RE
    … …  
    83233.RS 4
    84234The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    85 smb\&.conf
     235\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    86236for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    87237.RE
    … …  
    108258.RE
    109259.PP
     260\-C|\-\-use\-ccache
     261.RS 4
     262Try to use the credentials cached by winbind\&.
     263.RE
     264.PP
    110265\-A|\-\-authentication\-file=filename
    111266.RS 4
    … …  
    115270.RS 4
    116271.\}
     272.fam C
     273.ps -1
    117274.nf
     275.if t \{\
     276.sp -1
     277.\}
     278.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     279.sp -1
     280
    118281username = <value>
    119282password = <value>
    120283domain   = <value>
     284.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     285.if t \{\
     286.sp 1
     287.\}
    121288.fi
     289.fam
     290.ps +1
    122291.if n \{\
    123292.RE
    … …  
    144313.sp
    145314Be cautious about including passwords in scripts\&. Also, on many systems the command line of a running process may be seen via the
    146 ps
     315\FCps\F[]
    147316command\&. To be safe always allow
    148 rpcclient
     317\FCrpcclient\F[]
    149318to prompt for a password and type it in directly\&.
    150319.RE
    … …  
    155324\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    156325parameter in the
    157 smb\&.conf
     326\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    158327file\&. However, a command line setting will take precedence over settings in
    159 smb\&.conf\&.
     328\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]\&.
    160329.RE
    161330.PP
    … …  
    163332.RS 4
    164333This specifies a NetBIOS scope that
    165 nmblookup
     334\FCnmblookup\F[]
    166335will use to communicate with when generating NetBIOS names\&. For details on the use of NetBIOS scopes, see rfc1001\&.txt and rfc1002\&.txt\&. NetBIOS scopes are
    167336\fIvery\fR
    … …  
    177346.RS 4
    178347TCP socket options to set on the client socket\&. See the socket options parameter in the
    179 smb\&.conf
     348\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    180349manual page for the list of valid options\&.
    181350.RE
    … …  
    414583.RS 4
    415584Execute an AddPrinterDriver() RPC to install the printer driver information on the server\&. Note that the driver files should already exist in the directory returned by
    416 getdriverdir\&. Possible values for
     585\FCgetdriverdir\F[]\&. Possible values for
    417586\fIarch\fR
    418587are the same as those for the
    419 getdriverdir
     588\FCgetdriverdir\F[]
    420589command\&. The
    421590\fIconfig\fR
    … …  
    425594.RS 4
    426595.\}
     596.fam C
     597.ps -1
    427598.nf
     599.if t \{\
     600.sp -1
     601.\}
     602.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     603.sp -1
     604
    428605Long Printer Name:\e
    429606Driver File Name:\e
    … …  
    434611Default Data Type:\e
    435612Comma Separated list of Files
     613.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     614.if t \{\
     615.sp 1
     616.\}
    436617.fi
     618.fam
     619.ps +1
    437620.if n \{\
    438621.RE
    … …  
    451634.RS 4
    452635Add a printer on the remote server\&. This printer will be automatically shared\&. Be aware that the printer driver must already be installed on the server (see
    453 adddriver) and the
     636\FCadddriver\F[]) and the
    454637\fIport\fRmust be a valid port name (see
    455 enumports\&.
     638\FCenumports\F[]\&.
    456639.RE
    457640.PP
    … …  
    504687.RS 4
    505688Retrieve the data for a given printer setting\&. See the
    506 enumdata
     689\FCenumdata\F[]
    507690command for more information\&. This command corresponds to the GetPrinterData() MS Platform SDK function\&.
    508691.RE
    … …  
    545728.sp
    546729See also the
    547 enumprinters
     730\FCenumprinters\F[]
    548731and
    549 enumdrivers
     732\FCenumdrivers\F[]
    550733commands for obtaining a list of of installed printers and drivers\&.
    551734.RE
    … …  
    636819.RS 4
    637820Exit
    638 rpcclient\&.
     821\FCrpcclient \F[]\&.
    639822.RE
    640823.SH "BUGS"
    641824.PP
    642 rpcclient
     825\FCrpcclient\F[]
    643826is designed as a developer testing tool and may not be robust in certain areas (such as command line parsing)\&. It has been known to generate a core dump upon failures when invalid parameters where passed to the interpreter\&.
    644827.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/samba.7

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: samba
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: Miscellanea
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "SAMBA" "7" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "Miscellanea"
     9.TH "SAMBA" "7" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "Miscellanea"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170samba \- A Windows SMB/CIFS fileserver for UNIX
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 samba
     174\FCsamba\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    32182.RS 4
    33183The
    34 smbd
     184\FCsmbd\F[]
    35185daemon provides the file and print services to SMB clients, such as Windows 95/98, Windows NT, Windows for Workgroups or LanManager\&. The configuration file for this daemon is described in
    36186\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    … …  
    40190.RS 4
    41191The
    42 nmbd
     192\FCnmbd\F[]
    43193daemon provides NetBIOS nameservice and browsing support\&. The configuration file for this daemon is described in
    44194\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    … …  
    48198.RS 4
    49199The
    50 smbclient
     200\FCsmbclient\F[]
    51201program implements a simple ftp\-like client\&. This is useful for accessing SMB shares on other compatible servers (such as Windows NT), and can also be used to allow a UNIX box to print to a printer attached to any SMB server (such as a PC running Windows NT)\&.
    52202.RE
    … …  
    55205.RS 4
    56206The
    57 testparm
     207\FCtestparm\F[]
    58208utility is a simple syntax checker for Samba\'s
    59209\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    … …  
    64214.RS 4
    65215The
    66 testprns
     216\FCtestprns\F[]
    67217utility supports testing printer names defined in your
    68 printcap
     218\FCprintcap\F[]
    69219file used by Samba\&.
    70220.RE
    … …  
    73223.RS 4
    74224The
    75 smbstatus
     225\FCsmbstatus\F[]
    76226tool provides access to information about the current connections to
    77 smbd\&.
     227\FCsmbd\F[]\&.
    78228.RE
    79229.PP
    … …  
    81231.RS 4
    82232The
    83 nmblookup
     233\FCnmblookup\F[]
    84234tools allows NetBIOS name queries to be made from a UNIX host\&.
    85235.RE
    … …  
    88238.RS 4
    89239The
    90 smbpasswd
     240\FCsmbpasswd\F[]
    91241command is a tool for changing LanMan and Windows NT password hashes on Samba and Windows NT servers\&.
    92242.RE
    … …  
    95245.RS 4
    96246The
    97 smbcacls
     247\FCsmbcacls\F[]
    98248command is a tool to set ACL\'s on remote CIFS servers\&.
    99249.RE
    … …  
    102252.RS 4
    103253The
    104 smbsh
     254\FCsmbsh\F[]
    105255command is a program that allows you to run a unix shell with with an overloaded VFS\&.
    106256.RE
    … …  
    109259.RS 4
    110260The
    111 smbtree
     261\FCsmbtree\F[]
    112262command is a text\-based network neighborhood tool\&.
    113263.RE
    … …  
    116266.RS 4
    117267The
    118 smbtar
     268\FCsmbtar\F[]
    119269can make backups of data on CIFS/SMB servers\&.
    120270.RE
    … …  
    122272\fBsmbspool\fR(8)
    123273.RS 4
    124 smbspool
     274\FCsmbspool\F[]
    125275is a helper utility for printing on printers connected to CIFS servers\&.
    126276.RE
    … …  
    128278\fBsmbcontrol\fR(1)
    129279.RS 4
    130 smbcontrol
     280\FCsmbcontrol\F[]
    131281is a utility that can change the behaviour of running samba daemons\&.
    132282.RE
    … …  
    134284\fBrpcclient\fR(1)
    135285.RS 4
    136 rpcclient
     286\FCrpcclient\F[]
    137287is a utility that can be used to execute RPC commands on remote CIFS servers\&.
    138288.RE
    … …  
    141291.RS 4
    142292The
    143 pdbedit
     293\FCpdbedit\F[]
    144294command can be used to maintain the local user database on a samba server\&.
    145295.RE
    … …  
    148298.RS 4
    149299The
    150 findsmb
     300\FCfindsmb\F[]
    151301command can be used to find SMB servers on the local network\&.
    152302.RE
    … …  
    155305.RS 4
    156306The
    157 net
     307\FCnet\F[]
    158308command is supposed to work similar to the DOS/Windows NET\&.EXE command\&.
    159309.RE
    … …  
    161311\fBswat\fR(8)
    162312.RS 4
    163 swat
     313\FCswat\F[]
    164314is a web\-based interface to configuring
    165 smb\&.conf\&.
     315\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]\&.
    166316.RE
    167317.PP
    168318\fBwinbindd\fR(8)
    169319.RS 4
    170 winbindd
     320\FCwinbindd\F[]
    171321is a daemon that is used for integrating authentication and the user database into unix\&.
    172322.RE
    … …  
    174324\fBwbinfo\fR(1)
    175325.RS 4
    176 wbinfo
     326\FCwbinfo\F[]
    177327is a utility that retrieves and stores information related to winbind\&.
    178328.RE
    … …  
    180330\fBprofiles\fR(1)
    181331.RS 4
    182 profiles
     332\FCprofiles\F[]
    183333is a command\-line utility that can be used to replace all occurences of a certain SID with another SID\&.
    184334.RE
    … …  
    186336\fBlog2pcap\fR(1)
    187337.RS 4
    188 log2pcap
     338\FClog2pcap\F[]
    189339is a utility for generating pcap trace files from Samba log files\&.
    190340.RE
    … …  
    192342\fBvfstest\fR(1)
    193343.RS 4
    194 vfstest
     344\FCvfstest\F[]
    195345is a utility that can be used to test vfs modules\&.
    196346.RE
    … …  
    198348\fBntlm_auth\fR(1)
    199349.RS 4
    200 ntlm_auth
     350\FCntlm_auth\F[]
    201351is a helper\-utility for external programs wanting to do NTLM\-authentication\&.
    202352.RE
    … …  
    204354\fBsmbmount\fR(8), \fBsmbumount\fR(8), \fBsmbmnt\fR(8)
    205355.RS 4
    206 smbmount,smbumount
     356\FCsmbmount\F[],\FCsmbumount\F[]
    207357and
    208 smbmnt
     358\FCsmbmnt\F[]
    209359are commands that can be used to mount CIFS/SMB shares on Linux\&.
    210360.RE
    … …  
    212362\fBsmbcquotas\fR(1)
    213363.RS 4
    214 smbcquotas
     364\FCsmbcquotas\F[]
    215365is a tool that can set remote QUOTA\'s on server with NTFS 5\&.
    216366.RE
    … …  
    247397http://devel\&.samba\&.org/
    248398for information on how to do it properly\&. We prefer patches in
    249 diff \-u
     399\FCdiff \-u\F[]
    250400format\&.
    251401.SH "CONTRIBUTORS"
    252402.PP
    253403Contributors to the project are now too numerous to mention here but all deserve the thanks of all Samba users\&. To see a full list, look at the
    254 change\-log
     404\FCchange\-log\F[]
    255405in the source package for the pre\-CVS changes and at
    256406http://cvs\&.samba\&.org/

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/sharesec.1

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: sharesec
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "SHARESEC" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     9.TH "SHARESEC" "1" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170sharesec \- Set or get share ACLs
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 sharesec {sharename} [\-r,\ \-\-remove=ACL] [\-m,\ \-\-modify=ACL] [\-a,\ \-\-add=ACL] [\-R,\ \-\-replace=ACLs] [\-D,\ \-\-delete] [\-v,\ \-\-view] [\-M,\ \-\-machine\-sid] [\-F,\ \-\-force] [\-d,\ \-\-debuglevel=DEBUGLEVEL] [\-s,\ \-\-configfile=CONFIGFILE] [\-l,\ \-\-log\-basename=LOGFILEBASE] [\-V,\ \-\-version] [\-?,\ \-\-help] [\-\-usage]
     174\FCsharesec\F[] {sharename} [\-r,\ \-\-remove=ACL] [\-m,\ \-\-modify=ACL] [\-a,\ \-\-add=ACL] [\-R,\ \-\-replace=ACLs] [\-D,\ \-\-delete] [\-v,\ \-\-view] [\-M,\ \-\-machine\-sid] [\-F,\ \-\-force] [\-d,\ \-\-debuglevel=DEBUGLEVEL] [\-s,\ \-\-configfile=CONFIGFILE] [\-l,\ \-\-log\-basename=LOGFILEBASE] [\-V,\ \-\-version] [\-?,\ \-\-help] [\-\-usage]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 sharesec
     183\FCsharesec\F[]
    34184program manipulates share permissions on SMB file shares\&.
    35185.SH "OPTIONS"
    36186.PP
    37187The following options are available to the
    38 sharesec
     188\FCsharesec\F[]
    39189program\&. The format of ACLs is described in the section ACL FORMAT
    40190.PP
    … …  
    91241\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    92242parameter in the
    93 smb\&.conf
     243\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    94244file\&.
    95245.RE
    … …  
    103253.RS 4
    104254The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    105 smb\&.conf
     255\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    106256for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    107257.RE
    … …  
    120270.RS 4
    121271.\}
     272.fam C
     273.ps -1
    122274.nf
     275.if t \{\
     276.sp -1
     277.\}
     278.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     279.sp -1
     280
    123281        REVISION:<revision number>
    124282        OWNER:<sid or name>
    … …  
    126284        ACL:<sid or name>:<type>/<flags>/<mask>
    127285       
    128 .fi
     286.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     287.if t \{\
     288.sp 1
     289.\}
     290.fi
     291.fam
     292.ps +1
    129293.if n \{\
    130294.RE
    … …  
    253417.PP
    254418The
    255 sharesec
     419\FCsharesec\F[]
    256420program sets the exit status depending on the success or otherwise of the operations performed\&. The exit status may be one of the following values\&.
    257421.PP
    258422If the operation succeeded, sharesec returns and exit status of 0\&. If
    259 sharesec
     423\FCsharesec\F[]
    260424couldn\'t connect to the specified server, or there was an error getting or setting the ACLs, an exit status of 1 is returned\&. If there was an error parsing any command line arguments, an exit status of 2 is returned\&.
    261425.SH "EXAMPLES"
    … …  
    269433.RS 4
    270434.\}
     435.fam C
     436.ps -1
    271437.nf
     438.if t \{\
     439.sp -1
     440.\}
     441.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     442.sp -1
     443
    272444        host:~ # sharesec share \-a S\-1\-5\-21\-1866488690\-1365729215\-3963860297\-17724:ALLOWED/0/FULL
    273445       
    274 .fi
     446.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     447.if t \{\
     448.sp 1
     449.\}
     450.fi
     451.fam
     452.ps +1
    275453.if n \{\
    276454.RE
    … …  
    283461.RS 4
    284462.\}
     463.fam C
     464.ps -1
    285465.nf
     466.if t \{\
     467.sp -1
     468.\}
     469.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     470.sp -1
     471
    286472        host:~ # sharesec share \-v
    287473        REVISION:1
    … …  
    291477        ACL:S\-1\-5\-21\-1866488690\-1365729215\-3963860297\-17724:ALLOWED/0/FULL
    292478       
    293 .fi
     479.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     480.if t \{\
     481.sp 1
     482.\}
     483.fi
     484.fam
     485.ps +1
    294486.if n \{\
    295487.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/smb.conf.5

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: smb.conf
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: File Formats and Conventions
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "SMB\&.CONF" "5" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "File Formats and Conventions"
     9.TH "SMB\&.CONF" "5" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "File Formats and Conventions"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170smb.conf \- The configuration file for the Samba suite
    23171.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    24172.PP
    25173The
    26 smb\&.conf
     174\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    27175file is a configuration file for the Samba suite\&.
    28 smb\&.conf
     176\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    29177contains runtime configuration information for the Samba programs\&. The
    30 smb\&.conf
     178\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    31179file is designed to be configured and administered by the
    32180\fBswat\fR(8)
    … …  
    39187.RS 4
    40188.\}
     189.fam C
     190.ps -1
    41191.nf
     192.if t \{\
     193.sp -1
     194.\}
     195.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     196.sp -1
     197
    42198\fIname\fR = \fIvalue \fR
     199.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     200.if t \{\
     201.sp 1
     202.\}
    43203.fi
     204.fam
     205.ps +1
    44206.if n \{\
    45207.RE
    … …  
    55217.PP
    56218Any line ending in a
    57 \(lq\e\(rq
     219\(lq\FC\e\F[]\(rq
    58220is continued on the next line in the customary UNIX fashion\&.
    59221.PP
    … …  
    78240.PP
    79241Sections other than guest services will require a password to access them\&. The client provides the username\&. As older clients only provide passwords and not usernames, you may specify a list of usernames to check against the password using the
    80 user =
     242\FCuser =\F[]
    81243option in the share definition\&. For modern clients such as Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000, this should not be necessary\&.
    82244.PP
    … …  
    84246.PP
    85247The following sample section defines a file space share\&. The user has write access to the path
    86 /home/bar\&. The share is accessed via the share name
    87 foo:
     248\FC/home/bar\F[]\&. The share is accessed via the share name
     249\FCfoo\F[]:
    88250.sp
    89251.if n \{\
    90252.RS 4
    91253.\}
     254.fam C
     255.ps -1
    92256.nf
     257.if t \{\
     258.sp -1
     259.\}
     260.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     261.sp -1
     262
    93263        \fI[foo]\fR
    94264        \m[blue]\fBpath = /home/bar\fR\m[]
    95265        \m[blue]\fBread only = no\fR\m[]
     266.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     267.if t \{\
     268.sp 1
     269.\}
    96270.fi
     271.fam
     272.ps +1
    97273.if n \{\
    98274.RE
    … …  
    106282.RS 4
    107283.\}
     284.fam C
     285.ps -1
    108286.nf
     287.if t \{\
     288.sp -1
     289.\}
     290.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     291.sp -1
     292
    109293        \fI[aprinter]\fR
    110294        \m[blue]\fBpath = /usr/spool/public\fR\m[]
    … …  
    112296        \m[blue]\fBprintable = yes\fR\m[]
    113297        \m[blue]\fBguest ok = yes\fR\m[]
     298.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     299.if t \{\
     300.sp 1
     301.\}
    114302.fi
     303.fam
     304.ps +1
    115305.if n \{\
    116306.RE
    … …  
    159349.RS 4
    160350.\}
     351.fam C
     352.ps -1
    161353.nf
     354.if t \{\
     355.sp -1
     356.\}
     357.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     358.sp -1
     359
    162360\fBpath = /data/pchome/%S\fR
     361.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     362.if t \{\
     363.sp 1
     364.\}
    163365.fi
     366.fam
     367.ps +1
    164368.if n \{\
    165369.RE
    … …  
    178382.RS 4
    179383.\}
     384.fam C
     385.ps -1
    180386.nf
     387.if t \{\
     388.sp -1
     389.\}
     390.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     391.sp -1
     392
    181393\fI[homes]\fR
    182394\m[blue]\fBread only = no\fR\m[]
     395.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     396.if t \{\
     397.sp 1
     398.\}
    183399.fi
     400.fam
     401.ps +1
    184402.if n \{\
    185403.RE
    … …  
    246464.RS 4
    247465.\}
     466.fam C
     467.ps -1
    248468.nf
     469.if t \{\
     470.sp -1
     471.\}
     472.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     473.sp -1
     474
    249475\fI[printers]\fR
    250476\m[blue]\fBpath = /usr/spool/public\fR\m[]
    251477\m[blue]\fBguest ok = yes\fR\m[]
    252478\m[blue]\fBprintable = yes\fR\m[]
     479.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     480.if t \{\
     481.sp 1
     482.\}
    253483.fi
     484.fam
     485.ps +1
    254486.if n \{\
    255487.RE
    … …  
    261493.RS 4
    262494.\}
     495.fam C
     496.ps -1
    263497.nf
     498.if t \{\
     499.sp -1
     500.\}
     501.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     502.sp -1
     503
    264504alias|alias|alias|alias\&.\&.\&.   
     505.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     506.if t \{\
     507.sp 1
     508.\}
    265509.fi
     510.fam
     511.ps +1
    266512.if n \{\
    267513.RE
    … …  
    270516Each alias should be an acceptable printer name for your printing subsystem\&. In the [global] section, specify the new file as your printcap\&. The server will only recognize names found in your pseudo\-printcap, which of course can contain whatever aliases you like\&. The same technique could be used simply to limit access to a subset of your local printers\&.
    271517.PP
    272 An alias, by the way, is defined as any component of the first entry of a printcap record\&. Records are separated by newlines, components (if there are more than one) are separated by vertical bar symbols (|)\&.
     518An alias, by the way, is defined as any component of the first entry of a printcap record\&. Records are separated by newlines, components (if there are more than one) are separated by vertical bar symbols (\FC|\F[])\&.
    273519.if n \{\
    274520.sp
    275521.\}
    276522.RS 4
     523.BM yellow
    277524.it 1 an-trap
    278525.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    285532.PP
    286533On SYSV systems which use lpstat to determine what printers are defined on the system you may be able to use
    287 printcap name = lpstat
     534\FCprintcap name = lpstat\F[]
    288535to automatically obtain a list of printers\&. See the
    289 printcap name
     536\FCprintcap name\F[]
    290537option for more details\&.
    291538.sp .5v
     539.EM yellow
    292540.RE
    293541.SH "USERSHARES"
    … …  
    333581.PP
    334582To allow members of the UNIX group
    335 foo
     583\FCfoo\F[]
    336584to create user defined shares, create the directory to contain the share definitions as follows:
    337585.PP
    … …  
    341589.RS 4
    342590.\}
     591.fam C
     592.ps -1
    343593.nf
     594.if t \{\
     595.sp -1
     596.\}
     597.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     598.sp -1
     599
    344600mkdir /usr/local/samba/lib/usershares
    345601chgrp foo /usr/local/samba/lib/usershares
    346602chmod 1770 /usr/local/samba/lib/usershares
     603.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     604.if t \{\
     605.sp 1
     606.\}
    347607.fi
     608.fam
     609.ps +1
    348610.if n \{\
    349611.RE
    … …  
    355617.RS 4
    356618.\}
     619.fam C
     620.ps -1
    357621.nf
     622.if t \{\
     623.sp -1
     624.\}
     625.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     626.sp -1
     627
    358628        \m[blue]\fBusershare path = /usr/local/samba/lib/usershares\fR\m[]
    359629        \m[blue]\fBusershare max shares = 10\fR\m[] # (or the desired number of shares)
     630.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     631.if t \{\
     632.sp 1
     633.\}
    360634.fi
     635.fam
     636.ps +1
    361637.if n \{\
    362638.RE
    … …  
    364640.sp
    365641to the global section of your
    366 smb\&.conf\&. Members of the group foo may then manipulate the user defined shares using the following commands\&.
     642\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]\&. Members of the group foo may then manipulate the user defined shares using the following commands\&.
    367643.PP
    368644net usershare add sharename path [comment] [acl] [guest_ok=[y|n]]
    … …  
    528804.RS 4
    529805the path of the service\'s home directory, obtained from your NIS auto\&.map entry\&. The NIS auto\&.map entry is split up as
    530 %N:%p\&.
     806\FC%N:%p\F[]\&.
    531807.RE
    532808.PP
    533809There are some quite creative things that can be done with these substitutions and other
    534 smb\&.conf
     810\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    535811options\&.
    536812.SH "NAME MANGLING"
    537813.PP
    538814Samba supports
    539 name mangling
     815\FCname mangling\F[]
    540816so that DOS and Windows clients can use files that don\'t conform to the 8\&.3 format\&. It can also be set to adjust the case of 8\&.3 format filenames\&.
    541817.PP
    … …  
    567843.RS 4
    568844controls whether new files (ie\&. files that don\'t currently exist in the filesystem) are created with the case that the client passes, or if they are forced to be the
    569 default
     845\FCdefault\F[]
    570846case\&. Default
    571847\fIyes\fR\&.
    … …  
    575851.RS 4
    576852controls if new files (ie\&. files that don\'t currently exist in the filesystem) which conform to 8\&.3 syntax, that is all in upper case and of suitable length, are created upper case, or if they are forced to be the
    577 default
     853\FCdefault\F[]
    578854case\&. This option can be used with
    579 preserve case = yes
     855\FCpreserve case = yes\F[]
    580856to permit long filenames to retain their case, while short names are lowercased\&. Default
    581857\fIyes\fR\&.
    … …  
    600876.\}
    601877If the client has passed a username/password pair and that username/password pair is validated by the UNIX system\'s password programs, the connection is made as that username\&. This includes the
    602 \e\eserver\eservice%\fIusername\fR
     878\FC\e\eserver\eservice\F[]%\fIusername\fR
    603879method of passing a username\&.
    604880.RE
    … …  
    646922.\}
    647923If a
    648 user =
     924\FCuser = \F[]
    649925field is given in the
    650 smb\&.conf
     926\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    651927file for the service and the client has supplied a password, and that password matches (according to the UNIX system\'s password checking) with one of the usernames from the
    652 user =
     928\FCuser =\F[]
    653929field, the connection is made as the username in the
    654 user =
     930\FCuser =\F[]
    655931line\&. If one of the usernames in the
    656 user =
     932\FCuser =\F[]
    657933list begins with a
    658 @, that name expands to a list of names in the group of the same name\&.
     934\FC@\F[], that name expands to a list of names in the group of the same name\&.
    659935.RE
    660936.sp
    … …  
    668944.\}
    669945If the service is a guest service, a connection is made as the username given in the
    670 guest account =
     946\FCguest account =\F[]
    671947for the service, irrespective of the supplied password\&.
    672948.RE
    … …  
    674950.PP
    675951Starting with Samba version 3\&.2\&.0, the capability to store Samba configuration in the registry is available\&. The configuration is stored in the registry key
    676 \fIHKLM\eSoftware\eSamba\esmbconf\fR\&. There are two levels of registry configuration:
     952\fI\FCHKLM\eSoftware\eSamba\esmbconf\F[]\fR\&. There are two levels of registry configuration:
    677953.sp
    678954.RS 4
    … …  
    7371013\fInet (rpc) registry\fR
    7381014in the key
    739 \fIHKLM\eSoftware\eSamba\esmbconf\fR\&. More conveniently, the
     1015\fI\FCHKLM\eSoftware\eSamba\esmbconf\F[]\fR\&. More conveniently, the
    7401016\fIconf\fR
    7411017subcommand of the
    … …  
    7581034.sp
    7591035Default:
    760 \fI\fIabort shutdown script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI""\fR\fI \fR
    761 .sp
    762 Example:
    763 \fI\fIabort shutdown script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/sbin/shutdown \-c\fR\fI \fR
     1036\fI\fIabort shutdown script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC""\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1037.sp
     1038Example:
     1039\fI\fIabort shutdown script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/sbin/shutdown \-c\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    7641040.RE
    7651041
    … …  
    7741050.sp
    7751051Default:
    776 \fI\fIacl check permissions\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fITrue\fR\fI \fR
     1052\fI\fIacl check permissions\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCTrue\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    7771053.RE
    7781054
    … …  
    7901066.sp
    7911067Default:
    792 \fI\fIacl compatibility\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIAuto\fR\fI \fR
    793 .sp
    794 Example:
    795 \fI\fIacl compatibility\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIwin2k\fR\fI \fR
     1068\fI\fIacl compatibility\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCAuto\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1069.sp
     1070Example:
     1071\fI\fIacl compatibility\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCwin2k\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    7961072.RE
    7971073
    … …  
    8191095.sp
    8201096Default:
    821 \fI\fIacl group control\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     1097\fI\fIacl group control\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    8221098.RE
    8231099
    … …  
    8301106.sp
    8311107Default:
    832 \fI\fIacl map full control\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fITrue\fR\fI \fR
     1108\fI\fIacl map full control\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCTrue\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    8331109.RE
    8341110
    … …  
    8461122.sp
    8471123Default:
    848 \fI\fIadd group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    849 .sp
    850 Example:
    851 \fI\fIadd group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/sbin/groupadd %g\fR\fI \fR
     1124\fI\fIadd group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1125.sp
     1126Example:
     1127\fI\fIadd group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/sbin/groupadd %g\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    8521128.RE
    8531129
    … …  
    8641140.sp
    8651141Default:
    866 \fI\fIadd machine script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    867 .sp
    868 Example:
    869 \fI\fIadd machine script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/sbin/adduser \-n \-g machines \-c Machine \-d /var/lib/nobody \-s /bin/false %u\fR\fI \fR
     1142\fI\fIadd machine script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1143.sp
     1144Example:
     1145\fI\fIadd machine script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/sbin/adduser \-n \-g machines \-c Machine \-d /var/lib/nobody \-s /bin/false %u\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    8701146.RE
    8711147
    … …  
    9011177.sp
    9021178Default:
    903 \fI\fIadd port command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    904 .sp
    905 Example:
    906 \fI\fIadd port command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/etc/samba/scripts/addport\&.sh\fR\fI \fR
     1179\fI\fIadd port command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1180.sp
     1181Example:
     1182\fI\fIadd port command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/etc/samba/scripts/addport\&.sh\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    9071183.RE
    9081184
    … …  
    9161192\fIaddprinter command\fR
    9171193defines a script to be run which will perform the necessary operations for adding the printer to the print system and to add the appropriate service definition to the
    918 smb\&.conf
     1194\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    9191195file in order that it can be shared by
    9201196\fBsmbd\fR(8)\&.
    … …  
    9951271\fIaddprinter command\fR
    9961272has been executed,
    997 smbd
     1273\FCsmbd\F[]
    9981274will reparse the
    999 smb\&.conf
     1275\FC smb\&.conf\F[]
    10001276to determine if the share defined by the APW exists\&. If the sharename is still invalid, then
    1001 smbd
     1277\FCsmbd \F[]
    10021278will return an ACCESS_DENIED error to the client\&.
    10031279.sp
    … …  
    10071283.sp
    10081284Default:
    1009 \fI\fIaddprinter command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    1010 .sp
    1011 Example:
    1012 \fI\fIaddprinter command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/bin/addprinter\fR\fI \fR
     1285\fI\fIaddprinter command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1286.sp
     1287Example:
     1288\fI\fIaddprinter command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/bin/addprinter\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    10131289.RE
    10141290
    … …  
    10201296\fIadd share command\fR
    10211297is used to define an external program or script which will add a new service definition to
    1022 smb\&.conf\&.
     1298\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]\&.
    10231299.sp
    10241300In order to successfully execute the
    10251301\fIadd share command\fR,
    1026 smbd
     1302\FCsmbd\F[]
    10271303requires that the administrator connects using a root account (i\&.e\&. uid == 0) or has the
    1028 SeDiskOperatorPrivilege\&. Scripts defined in the
     1304\FCSeDiskOperatorPrivilege\F[]\&. Scripts defined in the
    10291305\fIadd share command\fR
    10301306parameter are executed as root\&.
    10311307.sp
    10321308When executed,
    1033 smbd
     1309\FCsmbd\F[]
    10341310will automatically invoke the
    10351311\fIadd share command\fR
    … …  
    10461322\fIconfigFile\fR
    10471323\- the location of the global
    1048 smb\&.conf
     1324\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    10491325file\&.
    10501326.RE
    … …  
    11021378.sp
    11031379Default:
    1104 \fI\fIadd share command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    1105 .sp
    1106 Example:
    1107 \fI\fIadd share command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/bin/addshare\fR\fI \fR
     1380\fI\fIadd share command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1381.sp
     1382Example:
     1383\fI\fIadd share command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/bin/addshare\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    11081384.RE
    11091385
    … …  
    11381414\m[blue]\fBpassword server\fR\m[]
    11391415and attempts to authenticate the given user with the given password\&. If the authentication succeeds then
    1140 smbd
     1416\FCsmbd\F[]
    11411417attempts to find a UNIX user in the UNIX password database to map the Windows user into\&. If this lookup fails, and
    11421418\m[blue]\fBadd user script\fR\m[]
    11431419is set then
    1144 smbd
     1420\FCsmbd\F[]
    11451421will call the specified script
    11461422\fIAS ROOT\fR, expanding any
    … …  
    11491425.sp
    11501426If this script successfully creates the user then
    1151 smbd
     1427\FCsmbd\F[]
    11521428will continue on as though the UNIX user already existed\&. In this way, UNIX users are dynamically created to match existing Windows NT accounts\&.
    11531429.sp
    … …  
    11581434.sp
    11591435Default:
    1160 \fI\fIadd user script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    1161 .sp
    1162 Example:
    1163 \fI\fIadd user script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/samba/bin/add_user %u\fR\fI \fR
     1436\fI\fIadd user script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1437.sp
     1438Example:
     1439\fI\fIadd user script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/samba/bin/add_user %u\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    11641440.RE
    11651441
    … …  
    11771453.sp
    11781454Note that the
    1179 adduser
     1455\FCadduser\F[]
    11801456command used in the example below does not support the used syntax on all systems\&.
    11811457.sp
    11821458Default:
    1183 \fI\fIadd user to group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    1184 .sp
    1185 Example:
    1186 \fI\fIadd user to group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/sbin/adduser %u %g\fR\fI \fR
     1459\fI\fIadd user to group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1460.sp
     1461Example:
     1462\fI\fIadd user to group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/sbin/adduser %u %g\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    11871463.RE
    11881464
    … …  
    12001476.sp
    12011477Default:
    1202 \fI\fIadministrative share\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     1478\fI\fIadministrative share\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    12031479.RE
    12041480
    … …  
    12161492.sp
    12171493Default:
    1218 \fI\fIadmin users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    1219 .sp
    1220 Example:
    1221 \fI\fIadmin users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIjason\fR\fI \fR
     1494\fI\fIadmin users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1495.sp
     1496Example:
     1497\fI\fIadmin users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCjason\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    12221498.RE
    12231499
    … …  
    12311507.sp
    12321508Default:
    1233 \fI\fIafs share\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     1509\fI\fIafs share\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    12341510.RE
    12351511
    … …  
    12431519.sp
    12441520Default:
    1245 \fI\fIafs username map\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    1246 .sp
    1247 Example:
    1248 \fI\fIafs username map\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI%u@afs\&.samba\&.org\fR\fI \fR
     1521\fI\fIafs username map\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1522.sp
     1523Example:
     1524\fI\fIafs username map\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC%u@afs\&.samba\&.org\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    12491525.RE
    12501526
    … …  
    12641540.sp
    12651541Default:
    1266 \fI\fIaio read size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    1267 .sp
    1268 Example:
    1269 \fI\fIaio read size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI16384 # Use asynchronous I/O for reads bigger than 16KB request size\fR\fI \fR
     1542\fI\fIaio read size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1543.sp
     1544Example:
     1545\fI\fIaio read size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC16384 # Use asynchronous I/O for reads bigger than 16KB request size\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    12701546.RE
    12711547
    … …  
    12811557.sp
    12821558Default:
    1283 \fI\fIaio write behind\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    1284 .sp
    1285 Example:
    1286 \fI\fIaio write behind\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/*\&.tmp/\fR\fI \fR
     1559\fI\fIaio write behind\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1560.sp
     1561Example:
     1562\fI\fIaio write behind\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/*\&.tmp/\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    12871563.RE
    12881564
    … …  
    13021578.sp
    13031579Default:
    1304 \fI\fIaio write size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    1305 .sp
    1306 Example:
    1307 \fI\fIaio write size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI16384 # Use asynchronous I/O for writes bigger than 16KB request size\fR\fI \fR
     1580\fI\fIaio write size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1581.sp
     1582Example:
     1583\fI\fIaio write size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC16384 # Use asynchronous I/O for writes bigger than 16KB request size\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    13081584.RE
    13091585
    … …  
    13191595.sp
    13201596Default:
    1321 \fI\fIalgorithmic rid base\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1000\fR\fI \fR
    1322 .sp
    1323 Example:
    1324 \fI\fIalgorithmic rid base\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI100000\fR\fI \fR
     1597\fI\fIalgorithmic rid base\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1598.sp
     1599Example:
     1600\fI\fIalgorithmic rid base\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC100000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    13251601.RE
    13261602
    … …  
    13341610.sp
    13351611Default:
    1336 \fI\fIallocation roundup size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1048576\fR\fI \fR
    1337 .sp
    1338 Example:
    1339 \fI\fIallocation roundup size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0 # (to disable roundups)\fR\fI \fR
     1612\fI\fIallocation roundup size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1048576\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1613.sp
     1614Example:
     1615\fI\fIallocation roundup size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0 # (to disable roundups)\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    13401616.RE
    13411617
    … …  
    13551631.sp
    13561632Default:
    1357 \fI\fIallow trusted domains\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     1633\fI\fIallow trusted domains\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    13581634.RE
    13591635
    … …  
    13671643.sp
    13681644Default:
    1369 \fI\fIannounce as\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fINT Server\fR\fI \fR
    1370 .sp
    1371 Example:
    1372 \fI\fIannounce as\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIWin95\fR\fI \fR
     1645\fI\fIannounce as\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCNT Server\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1646.sp
     1647Example:
     1648\fI\fIannounce as\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCWin95\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    13731649.RE
    13741650
    … …  
    13801656.sp
    13811657Default:
    1382 \fI\fIannounce version\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI4\&.9\fR\fI \fR
    1383 .sp
    1384 Example:
    1385 \fI\fIannounce version\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI2\&.0\fR\fI \fR
     1658\fI\fIannounce version\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC4\&.9\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1659.sp
     1660Example:
     1661\fI\fIannounce version\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC2\&.0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    13861662.RE
    13871663
    … …  
    13911667.RS 4
    13921668This option allows the administrator to chose what authentication methods
    1393 smbd
     1669\FCsmbd\F[]
    13941670will use when authenticating a user\&. This option defaults to sensible values based on
    13951671\m[blue]\fBsecurity\fR\m[]\&. This should be considered a developer option and used only in rare circumstances\&. In the majority (if not all) of production servers, the default setting should be adequate\&.
    … …  
    14101686.sp
    14111687Default:
    1412 \fI\fIauth methods\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    1413 .sp
    1414 Example:
    1415 \fI\fIauth methods\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIguest sam winbind\fR\fI \fR
     1688\fI\fIauth methods\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1689.sp
     1690Example:
     1691\fI\fIauth methods\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCguest sam winbind\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    14161692.RE
    14171693
    … …  
    14261702.sp
    14271703Default:
    1428 \fI\fIavailable\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     1704\fI\fIavailable\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    14291705.RE
    14301706
    … …  
    14401716.sp
    14411717For name service it causes
    1442 nmbd
     1718\FCnmbd\F[]
    14431719to bind to ports 137 and 138 on the interfaces listed in the
    14441720\m[blue]\fBinterfaces\fR\m[]
    14451721parameter\&.
    1446 nmbd
     1722\FCnmbd\F[]
    14471723also binds to the "all addresses" interface (0\&.0\&.0\&.0) on ports 137 and 138 for the purposes of reading broadcast messages\&. If this option is not set then
    1448 nmbd
     1724\FCnmbd\F[]
    14491725will service name requests on all of these sockets\&. If
    14501726\m[blue]\fBbind interfaces only\fR\m[]
    14511727is set then
    1452 nmbd
     1728\FCnmbd\F[]
    14531729will check the source address of any packets coming in on the broadcast sockets and discard any that don\'t match the broadcast addresses of the interfaces in the
    14541730\m[blue]\fBinterfaces\fR\m[]
    14551731parameter list\&. As unicast packets are received on the other sockets it allows
    1456 nmbd
     1732\FCnmbd\F[]
    14571733to refuse to serve names to machines that send packets that arrive through any interfaces not listed in the
    14581734\m[blue]\fBinterfaces\fR\m[]
    14591735list\&. IP Source address spoofing does defeat this simple check, however, so it must not be used seriously as a security feature for
    1460 nmbd\&.
     1736\FCnmbd\F[]\&.
    14611737.sp
    14621738For file service it causes
    … …  
    14651741\m[blue]\fBinterfaces\fR\m[]
    14661742parameter\&. This restricts the networks that
    1467 smbd
     1743\FCsmbd\F[]
    14681744will serve, to packets coming in on those interfaces\&. Note that you should not use this parameter for machines that are serving PPP or other intermittent or non\-broadcast network interfaces as it will not cope with non\-permanent interfaces\&.
    14691745.sp
    … …  
    14811757.sp
    14821758To change a users SMB password, the
    1483 smbpasswd
     1759\FCsmbpasswd\F[]
    14841760by default connects to the
    14851761\fIlocalhost \- 127\&.0\&.0\&.1\fR
    … …  
    14911767\m[blue]\fBinterfaces\fR\m[]
    14921768parameter list then
    1493 smbpasswd
     1769\FC smbpasswd\F[]
    14941770will fail to connect in it\'s default mode\&.
    1495 smbpasswd
     1771\FCsmbpasswd\F[]
    14961772can be forced to use the primary IP interface of the local host by using its
    14971773\fBsmbpasswd\fR(8)
    … …  
    15021778.sp
    15031779The
    1504 swat
     1780\FCswat\F[]
    15051781status page tries to connect with
    1506 smbd
     1782\FCsmbd\F[]
    15071783and
    1508 nmbd
     1784\FCnmbd\F[]
    15091785at the address
    15101786\fI127\&.0\&.0\&.1\fR
    … …  
    15121788\fI127\&.0\&.0\&.1\fR
    15131789will cause
    1514 smbd
     1790\FC smbd\F[]
    15151791and
    1516 nmbd
     1792\FCnmbd\F[]
    15171793to always show "not running" even if they really are\&. This can prevent
    1518 swat
     1794\FC swat\F[]
    15191795from starting/stopping/restarting
    1520 smbd
     1796\FCsmbd\F[]
    15211797and
    1522 nmbd\&.
    1523 .sp
    1524 Default:
    1525 \fI\fIbind interfaces only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     1798\FCnmbd\F[]\&.
     1799.sp
     1800Default:
     1801\fI\fIbind interfaces only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    15261802.RE
    15271803
    … …  
    15401816.sp
    15411817Default:
    1542 \fI\fIblocking locks\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     1818\fI\fIblocking locks\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    15431819.RE
    15441820
    … …  
    15561832.sp
    15571833Default:
    1558 \fI\fIblock size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1024\fR\fI \fR
    1559 .sp
    1560 Example:
    1561 \fI\fIblock size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI4096\fR\fI \fR
     1834\fI\fIblock size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1024\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1835.sp
     1836Example:
     1837\fI\fIblock size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC4096\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    15621838.RE
    15631839
    … …  
    15771853.sp
    15781854Default:
    1579 \fI\fIbrowseable\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     1855\fI\fIbrowseable\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    15801856.RE
    15811857
    … …  
    15871863\fBsmbd\fR(8)
    15881864will serve a browse list to a client doing a
    1589 NetServerEnum
     1865\FCNetServerEnum\F[]
    15901866call\&. Normally set to
    15911867\fByes\fR\&. You should never need to change this\&.
    15921868.sp
    15931869Default:
    1594 \fI\fIbrowse list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     1870\fI\fIbrowse list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    15951871.RE
    15961872
    … …  
    16111887.sp
    16121888Default:
    1613 \fI\fIcase sensitive\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     1889\fI\fIcase sensitive\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    16141890.RE
    16151891
    … …  
    16231899.sp
    16241900Default:
    1625 \fI\fIchange notify\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     1901\fI\fIchange notify\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    16261902.RE
    16271903
    … …  
    16331909\fIchange share command\fR
    16341910is used to define an external program or script which will modify an existing service definition in
    1635 smb\&.conf\&.
     1911\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]\&.
    16361912.sp
    16371913In order to successfully execute the
    16381914\fIchange share command\fR,
    1639 smbd
     1915\FCsmbd\F[]
    16401916requires that the administrator connects using a root account (i\&.e\&. uid == 0) or has the
    1641 SeDiskOperatorPrivilege\&. Scripts defined in the
     1917\FCSeDiskOperatorPrivilege\F[]\&. Scripts defined in the
    16421918\fIchange share command\fR
    16431919parameter are executed as root\&.
    16441920.sp
    16451921When executed,
    1646 smbd
     1922\FCsmbd\F[]
    16471923will automatically invoke the
    16481924\fIchange share command\fR
    … …  
    16591935\fIconfigFile\fR
    16601936\- the location of the global
    1661 smb\&.conf
     1937\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    16621938file\&.
    16631939.RE
    … …  
    17141990.sp
    17151991Default:
    1716 \fI\fIchange share command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    1717 .sp
    1718 Example:
    1719 \fI\fIchange share command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/bin/changeshare\fR\fI \fR
     1992\fI\fIchange share command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1993.sp
     1994Example:
     1995\fI\fIchange share command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/bin/changeshare\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    17201996.RE
    17211997
    … …  
    17292005.sp
    17302006Note: In the example directory is a sample program called
    1731 crackcheck
     2007\FCcrackcheck\F[]
    17322008that uses cracklib to check the password quality\&.
    17332009.sp
    17342010Default:
    1735 \fI\fIcheck password script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIDisabled\fR\fI \fR
    1736 .sp
    1737 Example:
    1738 \fI\fIcheck password script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/sbin/crackcheck\fR\fI \fR
     2011\fI\fIcheck password script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCDisabled\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2012.sp
     2013Example:
     2014\fI\fIcheck password script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/sbin/crackcheck\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    17392015.RE
    17402016
    … …  
    17502026.sp
    17512027Disabling this option will also disable the
    1752 client plaintext auth
     2028\FCclient plaintext auth\F[]
    17532029option\&.
    17542030.sp
    17552031Likewise, if the
    1756 client ntlmv2 auth
     2032\FCclient ntlmv2 auth\F[]
    17572033parameter is enabled, then only NTLMv2 logins will be attempted\&.
    17582034.sp
    17592035Default:
    1760 \fI\fIclient lanman auth\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     2036\fI\fIclient lanman auth\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    17612037.RE
    17622038
    … …  
    17792055are only available if Samba has been compiled against a modern OpenLDAP version (2\&.3\&.x or higher)\&.
    17802056.sp
    1781 This option is needed in the case of Domain Controllers enforcing the usage of signed LDAP connections (e\&.g\&. Windows 2000 SP3 or higher)\&. LDAP sign and seal can be controlled with the registry key "HKLM\eSystem\eCurrentControlSet\eServices\e
    1782 NTDS\eParameters\eLDAPServerIntegrity" on the Windows server side\&.
     2057This option is needed in the case of Domain Controllers enforcing the usage of signed LDAP connections (e\&.g\&. Windows 2000 SP3 or higher)\&. LDAP sign and seal can be controlled with the registry key "\FCHKLM\eSystem\eCurrentControlSet\eServices\e\F[]
     2058\FCNTDS\eParameters\eLDAPServerIntegrity\F[]" on the Windows server side\&.
    17832059.sp
    17842060Depending on the used KRB5 library (MIT and older Heimdal versions) it is possible that the message "integrity only" is not supported\&. In this case,
    … …  
    17952071.sp
    17962072Default:
    1797 \fI\fIclient ldap sasl wrapping\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIplain\fR\fI \fR
     2073\fI\fIclient ldap sasl wrapping\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCplain\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    17982074.RE
    17992075
    … …  
    18092085.sp
    18102086Similarly, if enabled, NTLMv1,
    1811 client lanman auth
     2087\FCclient lanman auth\F[]
    18122088and
    1813 client plaintext auth
     2089\FCclient plaintext auth\F[]
    18142090authentication will be disabled\&. This also disables share\-level authentication\&.
    18152091.sp
    18162092If disabled, an NTLM response (and possibly a LANMAN response) will be sent by the client, depending on the value of
    1817 client lanman auth\&.
     2093\FCclient lanman auth\F[]\&.
    18182094.sp
    18192095Note that some sites (particularly those following \'best practice\' security polices) only allow NTLMv2 responses, and not the weaker LM or NTLM\&.
    18202096.sp
    18212097Default:
    1822 \fI\fIclient ntlmv2 auth\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     2098\fI\fIclient ntlmv2 auth\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    18232099.RE
    18242100
    … …  
    18302106.sp
    18312107Default:
    1832 \fI\fIclient plaintext auth\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     2108\fI\fIclient plaintext auth\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    18332109.RE
    18342110
    … …  
    18462122.sp
    18472123Default:
    1848 \fI\fIclient schannel\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIauto\fR\fI \fR
    1849 .sp
    1850 Example:
    1851 \fI\fIclient schannel\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     2124\fI\fIclient schannel\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCauto\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2125.sp
     2126Example:
     2127\fI\fIclient schannel\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    18522128.RE
    18532129
    … …  
    18652141.sp
    18662142Default:
    1867 \fI\fIclient signing\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIauto\fR\fI \fR
     2143\fI\fIclient signing\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCauto\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    18682144.RE
    18692145
    … …  
    18752151.sp
    18762152Default:
    1877 \fI\fIclient use spnego\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     2153\fI\fIclient use spnego\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    18782154.RE
    18792155
    … …  
    18852161.sp
    18862162Default:
    1887 \fI\fIcluster addresses\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    1888 .sp
    1889 Example:
    1890 \fI\fIcluster addresses\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI10\&.0\&.0\&.1 10\&.0\&.0\&.2 10\&.0\&.0\&.3\fR\fI \fR
     2163\fI\fIcluster addresses\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2164.sp
     2165Example:
     2166\fI\fIcluster addresses\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC10\&.0\&.0\&.1 10\&.0\&.0\&.2 10\&.0\&.0\&.3\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    18912167.RE
    18922168
    … …  
    18982174.sp
    18992175Set this parameter to
    1900 yes
     2176\FCyes\F[]
    19012177only if you have a cluster setup with ctdb running\&.
    19022178.sp
    19032179Default:
    1904 \fI\fIclustering\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     2180\fI\fIclustering\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    19052181.RE
    19062182
    … …  
    19102186.RS 4
    19112187This is a text field that is seen next to a share when a client does a queries the server, either via the network neighborhood or via
    1912 net view
     2188\FCnet view\F[]
    19132189to list what shares are available\&.
    19142190.sp
    … …  
    19182194.sp
    19192195Default:
    1920 \fI\fIcomment\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # No comment\fR\fI \fR
    1921 .sp
    1922 Example:
    1923 \fI\fIcomment\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIFred\'s Files\fR\fI \fR
     2196\fI\fIcomment\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # No comment\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2197.sp
     2198Example:
     2199\fI\fIcomment\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCFred\'s Files\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    19242200.RE
    19252201
    … …  
    19422218.sp
    19432219Default:
    1944 \fI\fIconfig backend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIfile\fR\fI \fR
    1945 .sp
    1946 Example:
    1947 \fI\fIconfig backend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIregistry\fR\fI \fR
     2220\fI\fIconfig backend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCfile\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2221.sp
     2222Example:
     2223\fI\fIconfig backend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCregistry\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    19482224.RE
    19492225
    … …  
    19532229.RS 4
    19542230This allows you to override the config file to use, instead of the default (usually
    1955 smb\&.conf)\&. There is a chicken and egg problem here as this option is set in the config file!
     2231\FCsmb\&.conf\F[])\&. There is a chicken and egg problem here as this option is set in the config file!
    19562232.sp
    19572233For this reason, if the name of the config file has changed when the parameters are loaded then it will reload them from the new config file\&.
    … …  
    19642240.sp
    19652241Example:
    1966 \fI\fIconfig file\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/samba/lib/smb\&.conf\&.%m\fR\fI \fR
     2242\fI\fIconfig file\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/samba/lib/smb\&.conf\&.%m\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    19672243.RE
    19682244
    … …  
    19762252.sp
    19772253Default:
    1978 \fI\fIcopy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    1979 .sp
    1980 Example:
    1981 \fI\fIcopy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIotherservice\fR\fI \fR
     2254\fI\fIcopy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2255.sp
     2256Example:
     2257\fI\fIcopy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCotherservice\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    19822258.RE
    19832259
    … …  
    19992275.sp
    20002276The default value of this parameter removes the
    2001 group
     2277\FCgroup\F[]
    20022278and
    2003 other
     2279\FCother\F[]
    20042280write and execute bits from the UNIX modes\&.
    20052281.sp
    … …  
    20162292.sp
    20172293Default:
    2018 \fI\fIcreate mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0744\fR\fI \fR
    2019 .sp
    2020 Example:
    2021 \fI\fIcreate mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0775\fR\fI \fR
     2294\fI\fIcreate mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0744\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2295.sp
     2296Example:
     2297\fI\fIcreate mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0775\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    20222298.RE
    20232299
    … …  
    20352311.sp
    20362312Default:
    2037 \fI\fIcsc policy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fImanual\fR\fI \fR
    2038 .sp
    2039 Example:
    2040 \fI\fIcsc policy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIprograms\fR\fI \fR
     2313\fI\fIcsc policy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCmanual\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2314.sp
     2315Example:
     2316\fI\fIcsc policy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCprograms\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    20412317.RE
    20422318
    … …  
    20462322.RS 4
    20472323If you set
    2048 clustering=yes, you need to tell Samba where ctdbd listens on its unix domain socket\&. The default path as of ctdb 1\&.0 is /tmp/ctdb\&.socket which you have to explicitly set for Samba in smb\&.conf\&.
    2049 .sp
    2050 Default:
    2051 \fI\fIctdbd socket\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    2052 .sp
    2053 Example:
    2054 \fI\fIctdbd socket\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/tmp/ctdb\&.socket\fR\fI \fR
     2324\FCclustering=yes\F[], you need to tell Samba where ctdbd listens on its unix domain socket\&. The default path as of ctdb 1\&.0 is /tmp/ctdb\&.socket which you have to explicitly set for Samba in smb\&.conf\&.
     2325.sp
     2326Default:
     2327\fI\fIctdbd socket\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2328.sp
     2329Example:
     2330\fI\fIctdbd socket\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/tmp/ctdb\&.socket\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    20552331.RE
    20562332
    … …  
    20672343.sp
    20682344Default:
    2069 \fI\fIcups connection timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI30\fR\fI \fR
    2070 .sp
    2071 Example:
    2072 \fI\fIcups connection timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI60\fR\fI \fR
     2345\fI\fIcups connection timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC30\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2346.sp
     2347Example:
     2348\fI\fIcups connection timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC60\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    20732349.RE
    20742350
    … …  
    20872363\fBraw\fR
    20882364if your CUPS server
    2089 error_log
     2365\FCerror_log\F[]
    20902366file contains messages such as "Unsupported format \'application/octet\-stream\'" when printing from a Windows client through Samba\&. It is no longer necessary to enable system wide raw printing in
    2091 /etc/cups/mime\&.{convs,types}\&.
    2092 .sp
    2093 Default:
    2094 \fI\fIcups options\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI""\fR\fI \fR
    2095 .sp
    2096 Example:
    2097 \fI\fIcups options\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI"raw media=a4"\fR\fI \fR
     2367\FC/etc/cups/mime\&.{convs,types}\F[]\&.
     2368.sp
     2369Default:
     2370\fI\fIcups options\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC""\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2371.sp
     2372Example:
     2373\fI\fIcups options\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC"raw media=a4"\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    20982374.RE
    20992375
    … …  
    21082384.sp
    21092385If set, this option overrides the ServerName option in the CUPS
    2110 client\&.conf\&. This is necessary if you have virtual samba servers that connect to different CUPS daemons\&.
     2386\FCclient\&.conf\F[]\&. This is necessary if you have virtual samba servers that connect to different CUPS daemons\&.
    21112387.sp
    21122388Optionally, a port can be specified by separating the server name and port number with a colon\&. If no port was specified, the default port for IPP (631) will be used\&.
    21132389.sp
    21142390Default:
    2115 \fI\fIcups server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI""\fR\fI \fR
    2116 .sp
    2117 Example:
    2118 \fI\fIcups server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fImycupsserver\fR\fI \fR
    2119 .sp
    2120 Example:
    2121 \fI\fIcups server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fImycupsserver:1631\fR\fI \fR
     2391\fI\fIcups server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC""\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2392.sp
     2393Example:
     2394\fI\fIcups server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCmycupsserver\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2395.sp
     2396Example:
     2397\fI\fIcups server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCmycupsserver:1631\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    21222398.RE
    21232399
    … …  
    21372413.sp
    21382414Default:
    2139 \fI\fIdeadtime\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    2140 .sp
    2141 Example:
    2142 \fI\fIdeadtime\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI15\fR\fI \fR
     2415\fI\fIdeadtime\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2416.sp
     2417Example:
     2418\fI\fIdeadtime\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC15\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    21432419.RE
    21442420
    … …  
    21532429.sp
    21542430Default:
    2155 \fI\fIdebug class\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     2431\fI\fIdebug class\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    21562432.RE
    21572433
    … …  
    21672443.sp
    21682444Default:
    2169 \fI\fIdebug hires timestamp\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     2445\fI\fIdebug hires timestamp\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    21702446.RE
    21712447
    … …  
    21822458.sp
    21832459Default:
    2184 \fI\fIdebug pid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     2460\fI\fIdebug pid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    21852461.RE
    21862462
    … …  
    21982474.sp
    21992475Default:
    2200 \fI\fIdebug prefix timestamp\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     2476\fI\fIdebug prefix timestamp\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    22012477.RE
    22022478
    … …  
    22182494.sp
    22192495Default:
    2220 \fI\fIdebug timestamp\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     2496\fI\fIdebug timestamp\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    22212497.RE
    22222498
    … …  
    22322508.sp
    22332509Default:
    2234 \fI\fIdebug uid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     2510\fI\fIdebug uid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    22352511.RE
    22362512
    … …  
    22452521.sp
    22462522Default:
    2247 \fI\fIdefault case\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIlower\fR\fI \fR
     2523\fI\fIdefault case\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FClower\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    22482524.RE
    22492525
    … …  
    22592535.sp
    22602536This parameter should be used with care and tested with the printer driver in question\&. It is better to leave the device mode to NULL and let the Windows client set the correct values\&. Because drivers do not do this all the time, setting
    2261 default devmode = yes
     2537\FCdefault devmode = yes\F[]
    22622538will instruct smbd to generate a default one\&.
    22632539.sp
    … …  
    22662542.sp
    22672543Default:
    2268 \fI\fIdefault devmode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     2544\fI\fIdefault devmode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    22692545.RE
    22702546
    … …  
    22992575.sp
    23002576Default:
    2301 \fI\fIdefault service\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    2302 .sp
    2303 Example:
    2304 \fI\fIdefault service\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIpub\fR\fI \fR
     2577\fI\fIdefault service\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2578.sp
     2579Example:
     2580\fI\fIdefault service\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCpub\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    23052581.RE
    23062582
    … …  
    23162592.sp
    23172593Default:
    2318 \fI\fIdefer sharing violations\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fITrue\fR\fI \fR
     2594\fI\fIdefer sharing violations\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCTrue\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    23192595.RE
    23202596
    … …  
    23312607.sp
    23322608Default:
    2333 \fI\fIdelete group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     2609\fI\fIdelete group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    23342610.RE
    23352611
    … …  
    23432619\m[blue]\fBdeleteprinter command\fR\m[]
    23442620defines a script to be run which will perform the necessary operations for removing the printer from the print system and from
    2345 smb\&.conf\&.
     2621\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]\&.
    23462622.sp
    23472623The
    … …  
    23532629\m[blue]\fBdeleteprinter command\fR\m[]
    23542630has been executed,
    2355 smbd
     2631\FCsmbd\F[]
    23562632will reparse the
    2357 smb\&.conf
     2633\FC smb\&.conf\F[]
    23582634to check that the associated printer no longer exists\&. If the sharename is still valid, then
    2359 smbd
     2635\FCsmbd \F[]
    23602636will return an ACCESS_DENIED error to the client\&.
    23612637.sp
    23622638Default:
    2363 \fI\fIdeleteprinter command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    2364 .sp
    2365 Example:
    2366 \fI\fIdeleteprinter command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/bin/removeprinter\fR\fI \fR
     2639\fI\fIdeleteprinter command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2640.sp
     2641Example:
     2642\fI\fIdeleteprinter command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/bin/removeprinter\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    23672643.RE
    23682644
    … …  
    23762652.sp
    23772653Default:
    2378 \fI\fIdelete readonly\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     2654\fI\fIdelete readonly\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    23792655.RE
    23802656
    … …  
    23862662\fIdelete share command\fR
    23872663is used to define an external program or script which will remove an existing service definition from
    2388 smb\&.conf\&.
     2664\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]\&.
    23892665.sp
    23902666In order to successfully execute the
    23912667\fIdelete share command\fR,
    2392 smbd
     2668\FCsmbd\F[]
    23932669requires that the administrator connects using a root account (i\&.e\&. uid == 0) or has the
    2394 SeDiskOperatorPrivilege\&. Scripts defined in the
     2670\FCSeDiskOperatorPrivilege\F[]\&. Scripts defined in the
    23952671\fIdelete share command\fR
    23962672parameter are executed as root\&.
    23972673.sp
    23982674When executed,
    2399 smbd
     2675\FCsmbd\F[]
    24002676will automatically invoke the
    24012677\fIdelete share command\fR
    … …  
    24122688\fIconfigFile\fR
    24132689\- the location of the global
    2414 smb\&.conf
     2690\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    24152691file\&.
    24162692.RE
    … …  
    24322708.sp
    24332709Default:
    2434 \fI\fIdelete share command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    2435 .sp
    2436 Example:
    2437 \fI\fIdelete share command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/bin/delshare\fR\fI \fR
     2710\fI\fIdelete share command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2711.sp
     2712Example:
     2713\fI\fIdelete share command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/bin/delshare\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    24382714.RE
    24392715
    … …  
    24512727.sp
    24522728Default:
    2453 \fI\fIdelete user from group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    2454 .sp
    2455 Example:
    2456 \fI\fIdelete user from group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/sbin/deluser %u %g\fR\fI \fR
     2729\fI\fIdelete user from group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2730.sp
     2731Example:
     2732\fI\fIdelete user from group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/sbin/deluser %u %g\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    24572733.RE
    24582734
    … …  
    24662742.sp
    24672743This script is called when a remote client removes a user from the server, normally using \'User Manager for Domains\' or
    2468 rpcclient\&.
     2744\FCrpcclient\F[]\&.
    24692745.sp
    24702746This script should delete the given UNIX username\&.
    24712747.sp
    24722748Default:
    2473 \fI\fIdelete user script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    2474 .sp
    2475 Example:
    2476 \fI\fIdelete user script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/samba/bin/del_user %u\fR\fI \fR
     2749\fI\fIdelete user script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2750.sp
     2751Example:
     2752\fI\fIdelete user script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/samba/bin/del_user %u\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    24772753.RE
    24782754
    … …  
    24892765If this option is set to
    24902766\fByes\fR, then Samba will attempt to recursively delete any files and directories within the vetoed directory\&. This can be useful for integration with file serving systems such as NetAtalk which create meta\-files within directories you might normally veto DOS/Windows users from seeing (e\&.g\&.
    2491 \&.AppleDouble)
     2767\FC\&.AppleDouble\F[])
    24922768.sp
    24932769Setting
    … …  
    24962772.sp
    24972773Default:
    2498 \fI\fIdelete veto files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     2774\fI\fIdelete veto files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    24992775.RE
    25002776
    … …  
    25162792.sp
    25172793Example:
    2518 \fI\fIdfree cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIdfree cache time = 60\fR\fI \fR
     2794\fI\fIdfree cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCdfree cache time = 60\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    25192795.RE
    25202796
    … …  
    25342810.sp
    25352811The external program will be passed a single parameter indicating a directory in the filesystem being queried\&. This will typically consist of the string
    2536 \&./\&. The script should return two integers in ASCII\&. The first should be the total disk space in blocks, and the second should be the number of available blocks\&. An optional third return value can give the block size in bytes\&. The default blocksize is 1024 bytes\&.
     2812\FC\&./\F[]\&. The script should return two integers in ASCII\&. The first should be the total disk space in blocks, and the second should be the number of available blocks\&. An optional third return value can give the block size in bytes\&. The default blocksize is 1024 bytes\&.
    25372813.sp
    25382814Note: Your script should
    … …  
    25452821.RS 4
    25462822.\}
     2823.fam C
     2824.ps -1
    25472825.nf
     2826.BB lightgray
    25482827 
    25492828#!/bin/sh
    25502829df $1 | tail \-1 | awk \'{print $(NF\-4),$(NF\-2)}\'
     2830.EB lightgray
    25512831.fi
     2832.fam
     2833.ps +1
    25522834.if n \{\
    25532835.RE
    … …  
    25592841.RS 4
    25602842.\}
     2843.fam C
     2844.ps -1
    25612845.nf
     2846.BB lightgray
    25622847 
    25632848#!/bin/sh
    25642849/usr/bin/df \-k $1 | tail \-1 | awk \'{print $3" "$5}\'
     2850.EB lightgray
    25652851.fi
     2852.fam
     2853.ps +1
    25662854.if n \{\
    25672855.RE
    … …  
    25752863.sp
    25762864Example:
    2577 \fI\fIdfree command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/samba/bin/dfree\fR\fI \fR
     2865\fI\fIdfree command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/samba/bin/dfree\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    25782866.RE
    25792867
    … …  
    26062894.sp
    26072895Default:
    2608 \fI\fIdirectory mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0755\fR\fI \fR
    2609 .sp
    2610 Example:
    2611 \fI\fIdirectory mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0775\fR\fI \fR
     2896\fI\fIdirectory mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0755\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2897.sp
     2898Example:
     2899\fI\fIdirectory mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0775\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    26122900.RE
    26132901
    … …  
    26302918.sp
    26312919Default:
    2632 \fI\fIdirectory security mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0777\fR\fI \fR
    2633 .sp
    2634 Example:
    2635 \fI\fIdirectory security mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0700\fR\fI \fR
     2920\fI\fIdirectory security mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0777\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2921.sp
     2922Example:
     2923\fI\fIdirectory security mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0700\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    26362924.RE
    26372925
    … …  
    26452933.\}
    26462934.RS 4
     2935.BM yellow
    26472936.it 1 an-trap
    26482937.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    26552944Clients that only support netbios won\'t be able to see your samba server when netbios support is disabled\&.
    26562945.sp .5v
    2657 .RE
    2658 Default:
    2659 \fI\fIdisable netbios\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     2946.EM yellow
     2947.RE
     2948Default:
     2949\fI\fIdisable netbios\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    26602950.RE
    26612951
    … …  
    26682958.sp
    26692959Default:
    2670 \fI\fIdisable spoolss\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     2960\fI\fIdisable spoolss\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    26712961.RE
    26722962
    … …  
    26792969.sp
    26802970Default:
    2681 \fI\fIdisplay charset\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI"LOCALE" or "ASCII" (depending on the system)\fR\fI \fR
    2682 .sp
    2683 Example:
    2684 \fI\fIdisplay charset\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIUTF8\fR\fI \fR
     2971\fI\fIdisplay charset\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC"LOCALE" or "ASCII" (depending on the system)\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2972.sp
     2973Example:
     2974\fI\fIdisplay charset\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCUTF8\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    26852975.RE
    26862976
    … …  
    26962986.sp
    26972987Default:
    2698 \fI\fIdmapi support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     2988\fI\fIdmapi support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    26992989.RE
    27002990
    … …  
    27092999Note that the maximum length for a NetBIOS name is 15 characters, so the DNS name (or DNS alias) can likewise only be 15 characters, maximum\&.
    27103000.sp
    2711 nmbd
     3001\FCnmbd\F[]
    27123002spawns a second copy of itself to do the DNS name lookup requests, as doing a name lookup is a blocking action\&.
    27133003.sp
    27143004Default:
    2715 \fI\fIdns proxy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     3005\fI\fIdns proxy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    27163006.RE
    27173007
    … …  
    27263016.sp
    27273017Default:
    2728 \fI\fIdomain logons\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     3018\fI\fIdomain logons\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    27293019.RE
    27303020
    … …  
    27363026\fBsmbd\fR(8)
    27373027to enable WAN\-wide browse list collation\&. Setting this option causes
    2738 nmbd
     3028\FCnmbd\F[]
    27393029to claim a special domain specific NetBIOS name that identifies it as a domain master browser for its given
    27403030\m[blue]\fBworkgroup\fR\m[]\&. Local master browsers in the same
    27413031\m[blue]\fBworkgroup\fR\m[]
    27423032on broadcast\-isolated subnets will give this
    2743 nmbd
     3033\FCnmbd\F[]
    27443034their local browse lists, and then ask
    27453035\fBsmbd\fR(8)
    … …  
    27513041\m[blue]\fBworkgroup\fR\m[]
    27523042by default (i\&.e\&. there is no way to prevent a Windows NT PDC from attempting to do this)\&. This means that if this parameter is set and
    2753 nmbd
     3043\FCnmbd\F[]
    27543044claims the special name for a
    27553045\m[blue]\fBworkgroup\fR\m[]
    … …  
    27713061.sp
    27723062Default:
    2773 \fI\fIdomain master\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIauto\fR\fI \fR
     3063\fI\fIdomain master\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCauto\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    27743064.RE
    27753065
    … …  
    27793069.RS 4
    27803070There are certain directories on some systems (e\&.g\&., the
    2781 /proc
     3071\FC/proc\F[]
    27823072tree under Linux) that are either not of interest to clients or are infinitely deep (recursive)\&. This parameter allows you to specify a comma\-delimited list of directories that the server should always show as empty\&.
    27833073.sp
    27843074Note that Samba can be very fussy about the exact format of the "dont descend" entries\&. For example you may need
    2785 \&./proc
     3075\FC \&./proc\F[]
    27863076instead of just
    2787 /proc\&. Experimentation is the best policy :\-)
    2788 .sp
    2789 Default:
    2790 \fI\fIdont descend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    2791 .sp
    2792 Example:
    2793 \fI\fIdont descend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/proc,/dev\fR\fI \fR
     3077\FC/proc\F[]\&. Experimentation is the best policy :\-)
     3078.sp
     3079Default:
     3080\fI\fIdont descend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3081.sp
     3082Example:
     3083\fI\fIdont descend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/proc,/dev\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    27943084.RE
    27953085
    … …  
    28143104.sp
    28153105Default:
    2816 \fI\fIdos filemode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     3106\fI\fIdos filemode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    28173107.RE
    28183108
    … …  
    28273117.sp
    28283118Default:
    2829 \fI\fIdos filetime resolution\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     3119\fI\fIdos filetime resolution\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    28303120.RE
    28313121
    … …  
    28353125.RS 4
    28363126Under DOS and Windows, if a user can write to a file they can change the timestamp on it\&. Under POSIX semantics, only the owner of the file or root may change the timestamp\&. By default, Samba runs with POSIX semantics and refuses to change the timestamp on a file if the user
    2837 smbd
     3127\FCsmbd\F[]
    28383128is acting on behalf of is not the file owner\&. Setting this option to
    28393129\fB yes\fR
    … …  
    28433133.sp
    28443134Default:
    2845 \fI\fIdos filetimes\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     3135\fI\fIdos filetimes\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    28463136.RE
    28473137
    … …  
    28553145.sp
    28563146Default:
    2857 \fI\fIea support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     3147\fI\fIea support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    28583148.RE
    28593149
    … …  
    28653155.sp
    28663156Default:
    2867 \fI\fIenable asu support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     3157\fI\fIenable asu support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    28683158.RE
    28693159
    … …  
    28763166.sp
    28773167Default:
    2878 \fI\fIenable core files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    2879 .sp
    2880 Example:
    2881 \fI\fIenable core files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     3168\fI\fIenable core files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3169.sp
     3170Example:
     3171\fI\fIenable core files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    28823172.RE
    28833173
    … …  
    28873177.RS 4
    28883178This parameter controls whether or not smbd will honor privileges assigned to specific SIDs via either
    2889 net rpc rights
     3179\FCnet rpc rights\F[]
    28903180or one of the Windows user and group manager tools\&. This parameter is enabled by default\&. It can be disabled to prevent members of the Domain Admins group from being able to assign privileges to users or groups which can then result in certain smbd operations running as root that would normally run under the context of the connected user\&.
    28913181.sp
    … …  
    28953185.sp
    28963186Default:
    2897 \fI\fIenable privileges\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     3187\fI\fIenable privileges\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    28983188.RE
    28993189
    … …  
    29173207\m[blue]\fBsecurity = [server|domain|ads]\fR\m[]
    29183208parameter which causes
    2919 smbd
     3209\FCsmbd\F[]
    29203210to authenticate against another server\&.
    29213211.sp
    29223212Default:
    2923 \fI\fIencrypt passwords\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     3213\fI\fIencrypt passwords\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    29243214.RE
    29253215
    … …  
    29373227.sp
    29383228Default:
    2939 \fI\fIenhanced browsing\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     3229\fI\fIenhanced browsing\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    29403230.RE
    29413231
    … …  
    29443234.PP
    29453235.RS 4
    2946 The concept of a "port" is fairly foreign to UNIX hosts\&. Under Windows NT/2000 print servers, a port is associated with a port monitor and generally takes the form of a local port (i\&.e\&. LPT1:, COM1:, FILE:) or a remote port (i\&.e\&. LPD Port Monitor, etc\&.\&.\&.)\&. By default, Samba has only one port defined\-\-\fB"Samba Printer Port"\fR\&. Under Windows NT/2000, all printers must have a valid port name\&. If you wish to have a list of ports displayed (smbd
     3236The concept of a "port" is fairly foreign to UNIX hosts\&. Under Windows NT/2000 print servers, a port is associated with a port monitor and generally takes the form of a local port (i\&.e\&. LPT1:, COM1:, FILE:) or a remote port (i\&.e\&. LPD Port Monitor, etc\&.\&.\&.)\&. By default, Samba has only one port defined\-\-\fB"Samba Printer Port"\fR\&. Under Windows NT/2000, all printers must have a valid port name\&. If you wish to have a list of ports displayed (\FCsmbd \F[]
    29473237does not use a port name for anything) other than the default
    29483238\fB"Samba Printer Port"\fR, you can define
    … …  
    29513241.sp
    29523242Default:
    2953 \fI\fIenumports command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    2954 .sp
    2955 Example:
    2956 \fI\fIenumports command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/bin/listports\fR\fI \fR
     3243\fI\fIenumports command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3244.sp
     3245Example:
     3246\fI\fIenumports command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/bin/listports\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    29573247.RE
    29583248
    … …  
    29623252.RS 4
    29633253This option defines a list of log names that Samba will report to the Microsoft EventViewer utility\&. The listed eventlogs will be associated with tdb file on disk in the
    2964 $(lockdir)/eventlog\&.
     3254\FC$(lockdir)/eventlog\F[]\&.
    29653255.sp
    29663256The administrator must use an external process to parse the normal Unix logs such as
    2967 /var/log/messages
     3257\FC/var/log/messages\F[]
    29683258and write then entries to the eventlog tdb files\&. Refer to the eventlogadm(8) utility for how to write eventlog entries\&.
    29693259.sp
    29703260Default:
    2971 \fI\fIeventlog list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    2972 .sp
    2973 Example:
    2974 \fI\fIeventlog list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fISecurity Application Syslog Apache\fR\fI \fR
     3261\fI\fIeventlog list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3262.sp
     3263Example:
     3264\fI\fIeventlog list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCSecurity Application Syslog Apache\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    29753265.RE
    29763266
    … …  
    29863276.sp
    29873277Default:
    2988 \fI\fIfake directory create times\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     3278\fI\fIfake directory create times\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    29893279.RE
    29903280
    … …  
    29963286.sp
    29973287When you set
    2998 fake oplocks = yes,
     3288\FCfake oplocks = yes\F[],
    29993289\fBsmbd\fR(8)
    30003290will always grant oplock requests no matter how many clients are using the file\&.
    … …  
    30073297.sp
    30083298Default:
    3009 \fI\fIfake oplocks\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     3299\fI\fIfake oplocks\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    30103300.RE
    30113301
    … …  
    30193309\fBno\fR
    30203310prevents any file or directory that is a symbolic link from being followed (the user will get an error)\&. This option is very useful to stop users from adding a symbolic link to
    3021 /etc/passwd
     3311\FC/etc/passwd\F[]
    30223312in their home directory for instance\&. However it will slow filename lookups down slightly\&.
    30233313.sp
    30243314This option is enabled (i\&.e\&.
    3025 smbd
     3315\FCsmbd\F[]
    30263316will follow symbolic links) by default\&.
    30273317.sp
    30283318Default:
    3029 \fI\fIfollow symlinks\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     3319\fI\fIfollow symlinks\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    30303320.RE
    30313321
    … …  
    30433333.sp
    30443334Default:
    3045 \fI\fIforce create mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI000\fR\fI \fR
    3046 .sp
    3047 Example:
    3048 \fI\fIforce create mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0755\fR\fI \fR
     3335\fI\fIforce create mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3336.sp
     3337Example:
     3338\fI\fIforce create mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0755\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    30493339.RE
    30503340
    … …  
    30623352.sp
    30633353Default:
    3064 \fI\fIforce directory mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI000\fR\fI \fR
    3065 .sp
    3066 Example:
    3067 \fI\fIforce directory mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0755\fR\fI \fR
     3354\fI\fIforce directory mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3355.sp
     3356Example:
     3357\fI\fIforce directory mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0755\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    30683358.RE
    30693359
    … …  
    30843374.\}
    30853375.RS 4
     3376.BM yellow
    30863377.it 1 an-trap
    30873378.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    30943385Users who can access the Samba server through other means can easily bypass this restriction, so it is primarily useful for standalone "appliance" systems\&. Administrators of most normal systems will probably want to leave it set as 0000\&.
    30953386.sp .5v
    3096 .RE
    3097 Default:
    3098 \fI\fIforce directory security mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    3099 .sp
    3100 Example:
    3101 \fI\fIforce directory security mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI700\fR\fI \fR
     3387.EM yellow
     3388.RE
     3389Default:
     3390\fI\fIforce directory security mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3391.sp
     3392Example:
     3393\fI\fIforce directory security mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC700\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    31023394.RE
    31033395
    … …  
    31173409.sp
    31183410In Samba 2\&.0\&.5 and above this parameter has extended functionality in the following way\&. If the group name listed here has a \'+\' character prepended to it then the current user accessing the share only has the primary group default assigned to this group if they are already assigned as a member of that group\&. This allows an administrator to decide that only users who are already in a particular group will create files with group ownership set to that group\&. This gives a finer granularity of ownership assignment\&. For example, the setting
    3119 force group = +sys
     3411\FCforce group = +sys\F[]
    31203412means that only users who are already in group sys will have their default primary group assigned to sys when accessing this Samba share\&. All other users will retain their ordinary primary group\&.
    31213413.sp
    … …  
    31283420.sp
    31293421Default:
    3130 \fI\fIforce group\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    3131 .sp
    3132 Example:
    3133 \fI\fIforce group\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIagroup\fR\fI \fR
     3422\fI\fIforce group\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3423.sp
     3424Example:
     3425\fI\fIforce group\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCagroup\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    31343426.RE
    31353427
    … …  
    31393431.RS 4
    31403432When printing from Windows NT (or later), each printer in
    3141 smb\&.conf
     3433\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    31423434has two associated names which can be used by the client\&. The first is the sharename (or shortname) defined in smb\&.conf\&. This is the only printername available for use by Windows 9x clients\&. The second name associated with a printer can be seen when browsing to the "Printers" (or "Printers and Faxes") folder on the Samba server\&. This is referred to simply as the printername (not to be confused with the
    31433435\fIprinter name\fR
    … …  
    31523444.sp
    31533445Default:
    3154 \fI\fIforce printername\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     3446\fI\fIforce printername\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    31553447.RE
    31563448
    … …  
    31723464.sp
    31733465Default:
    3174 \fI\fIforce security mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    3175 .sp
    3176 Example:
    3177 \fI\fIforce security mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI700\fR\fI \fR
     3466\fI\fIforce security mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3467.sp
     3468Example:
     3469\fI\fIforce security mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC700\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    31783470.RE
    31793471
    … …  
    31893481.sp
    31903482Default:
    3191 \fI\fIforce unknown acl user\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     3483\fI\fIforce unknown acl user\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    31923484.RE
    31933485
    … …  
    32033495.sp
    32043496Default:
    3205 \fI\fIforce user\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    3206 .sp
    3207 Example:
    3208 \fI\fIforce user\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIauser\fR\fI \fR
     3497\fI\fIforce user\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3498.sp
     3499Example:
     3500\fI\fIforce user\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCauser\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    32093501.RE
    32103502
    … …  
    32243516.sp
    32253517Default:
    3226 \fI\fIfstype\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fINTFS\fR\fI \fR
    3227 .sp
    3228 Example:
    3229 \fI\fIfstype\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fISamba\fR\fI \fR
     3518\fI\fIfstype\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCNTFS\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3519.sp
     3520Example:
     3521\fI\fIfstype\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCSamba\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    32303522.RE
    32313523
    … …  
    32353527.RS 4
    32363528The
    3237 get quota command
     3529\FCget quota command\F[]
    32383530should only be used whenever there is no operating system API available from the OS that samba can use\&.
    32393531.sp
    32403532This option is only available you have compiled Samba with the
    3241 \-\-with\-sys\-quotas
     3533\FC\-\-with\-sys\-quotas\F[]
    32423534option or on Linux with
    3243 \-\-with\-quotas
     3535\FC\-\-with\-quotas\F[]
    32443536and a working quota api was found in the system\&.
    32453537.sp
    … …  
    34183710.RE
    34193711Default:
    3420 \fI\fIget quota command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    3421 .sp
    3422 Example:
    3423 \fI\fIget quota command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/sbin/query_quota\fR\fI \fR
     3712\fI\fIget quota command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3713.sp
     3714Example:
     3715\fI\fIget quota command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/sbin/query_quota\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    34243716.RE
    34253717
    … …  
    34343726.sp
    34353727Default:
    3436 \fI\fIgetwd cache\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     3728\fI\fIgetwd cache\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    34373729.RE
    34383730
    … …  
    34463738.sp
    34473739On some systems the default guest account "nobody" may not be able to print\&. Use another account in this case\&. You should test this by trying to log in as your guest user (perhaps by using the
    3448 su \-
     3740\FCsu \-\F[]
    34493741command) and trying to print using the system print command such as
    3450 lpr(1)
     3742\FClpr(1)\F[]
    34513743or
    3452 lp(1)\&.
     3744\FC lp(1)\F[]\&.
    34533745.sp
    34543746This parameter does not accept % macros, because many parts of the system require this value to be constant for correct operation\&.
    34553747.sp
    34563748Default:
    3457 \fI\fIguest account\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fInobody # default can be changed at compile\-time\fR\fI \fR
    3458 .sp
    3459 Example:
    3460 \fI\fIguest account\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIftp\fR\fI \fR
     3749\fI\fIguest account\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCnobody # default can be changed at compile\-time\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3750.sp
     3751Example:
     3752\fI\fIguest account\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCftp\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    34613753.RE
    34623754
    … …  
    34863778.sp
    34873779Default:
    3488 \fI\fIguest ok\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     3780\fI\fIguest ok\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    34893781.RE
    34903782
    … …  
    35123804.sp
    35133805Default:
    3514 \fI\fIguest only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     3806\fI\fIguest only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    35153807.RE
    35163808
    … …  
    35223814.sp
    35233815Default:
    3524 \fI\fIhide dot files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     3816\fI\fIhide dot files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    35253817.RE
    35263818
    … …  
    35483840.RS 4
    35493841.\}
     3842.fam C
     3843.ps -1
    35503844.nf
     3845.if t \{\
     3846.sp -1
     3847.\}
     3848.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     3849.sp -1
     3850
    35513851hide files = /\&.*/DesktopFolderDB/TrashFor%m/resource\&.frk/
     3852.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     3853.if t \{\
     3854.sp 1
     3855.\}
    35523856.fi
     3857.fam
     3858.ps +1
    35533859.if n \{\
    35543860.RE
    … …  
    35563862.sp
    35573863Default:
    3558 \fI\fIhide files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # no file are hidden\fR\fI \fR
     3864\fI\fIhide files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # no file are hidden\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    35593865.RE
    35603866
    … …  
    35663872.sp
    35673873Default:
    3568 \fI\fIhide special files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     3874\fI\fIhide special files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    35693875.RE
    35703876
    … …  
    35763882.sp
    35773883Default:
    3578 \fI\fIhide unreadable\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     3884\fI\fIhide unreadable\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    35793885.RE
    35803886
    … …  
    35863892.sp
    35873893Default:
    3588 \fI\fIhide unwriteable files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     3894\fI\fIhide unwriteable files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    35893895.RE
    35903896
    … …  
    36053911.RS 4
    36063912.\}
     3913.fam C
     3914.ps -1
    36073915.nf
    3608 username server:/some/file/system
     3916.if t \{\
     3917.sp -1
     3918.\}
     3919.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     3920.sp -1
     3921
     3922\FCusername server:/some/file/system\F[]
     3923.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     3924.if t \{\
     3925.sp 1
     3926.\}
    36093927.fi
     3928.fam
     3929.ps +1
    36103930.if n \{\
    36113931.RE
    … …  
    36173937.\}
    36183938.RS 4
     3939.BM yellow
    36193940.it 1 an-trap
    36203941.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    36273948A working NIS client is required on the system for this option to work\&.
    36283949.sp .5v
    3629 .RE
    3630 Default:
    3631 \fI\fIhomedir map\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    3632 .sp
    3633 Example:
    3634 \fI\fIhomedir map\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIamd\&.homedir\fR\fI \fR
     3950.EM yellow
     3951.RE
     3952Default:
     3953\fI\fIhomedir map\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3954.sp
     3955Example:
     3956\fI\fIhomedir map\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCamd\&.homedir\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    36353957.RE
    36363958
    … …  
    36473969.sp
    36483970Default:
    3649 \fI\fIhost msdfs\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     3971\fI\fIhost msdfs\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    36503972.RE
    36513973
    … …  
    36553977.RS 4
    36563978Specifies whether samba should use (expensive) hostname lookups or use the ip addresses instead\&. An example place where hostname lookups are currently used is when checking the
    3657 hosts deny
     3979\FChosts deny\F[]
    36583980and
    3659 hosts allow\&.
    3660 .sp
    3661 Default:
    3662 \fI\fIhostname lookups\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    3663 .sp
    3664 Example:
    3665 \fI\fIhostname lookups\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     3981\FChosts allow\F[]\&.
     3982.sp
     3983Default:
     3984\fI\fIhostname lookups\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3985.sp
     3986Example:
     3987\fI\fIhostname lookups\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    36663988.RE
    36673989
    … …  
    36864008.sp
    36874009You can specify the hosts by name or IP number\&. For example, you could restrict access to only the hosts on a Class C subnet with something like
    3688 allow hosts = 150\&.203\&.5\&.\&. The full syntax of the list is described in the man page
    3689 hosts_access(5)\&. Note that this man page may not be present on your system, so a brief description will be given here also\&.
     4010\FCallow hosts = 150\&.203\&.5\&.\F[]\&. The full syntax of the list is described in the man page
     4011\FChosts_access(5)\F[]\&. Note that this man page may not be present on your system, so a brief description will be given here also\&.
    36904012.sp
    36914013Note that the localhost address 127\&.0\&.0\&.1 will always be allowed access unless specifically denied by a
    … …  
    36994021Example 1: allow all IPs in 150\&.203\&.*\&.*; except one
    37004022.sp
    3701 hosts allow = 150\&.203\&. EXCEPT 150\&.203\&.6\&.66
     4023\FChosts allow = 150\&.203\&. EXCEPT 150\&.203\&.6\&.66\F[]
    37024024.sp
    37034025Example 2: allow hosts that match the given network/netmask
    37044026.sp
    3705 hosts allow = 150\&.203\&.15\&.0/255\&.255\&.255\&.0
     4027\FChosts allow = 150\&.203\&.15\&.0/255\&.255\&.255\&.0\F[]
    37064028.sp
    37074029Example 3: allow a couple of hosts
    37084030.sp
    3709 hosts allow = lapland, arvidsjaur
     4031\FChosts allow = lapland, arvidsjaur\F[]
    37104032.sp
    37114033Example 4: allow only hosts in NIS netgroup "foonet", but deny access from one particular host
    37124034.sp
    3713 hosts allow = @foonet
    3714 .sp
    3715 hosts deny = pirate
     4035\FChosts allow = @foonet\F[]
     4036.sp
     4037\FChosts deny = pirate\F[]
    37164038.if n \{\
    37174039.sp
    37184040.\}
    37194041.RS 4
     4042.BM yellow
    37204043.it 1 an-trap
    37214044.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    37284051Note that access still requires suitable user\-level passwords\&.
    37294052.sp .5v
     4053.EM yellow
    37304054.RE
    37314055See
    … …  
    37344058.sp
    37354059Default:
    3736 \fI\fIhosts allow\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # none (i\&.e\&., all hosts permitted access)\fR\fI \fR
    3737 .sp
    3738 Example:
    3739 \fI\fIhosts allow\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI150\&.203\&.5\&. myhost\&.mynet\&.edu\&.au\fR\fI \fR
     4060\fI\fIhosts allow\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # none (i\&.e\&., all hosts permitted access)\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4061.sp
     4062Example:
     4063\fI\fIhosts allow\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC150\&.203\&.5\&. myhost\&.mynet\&.edu\&.au\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    37404064.RE
    37414065
    … …  
    37614085.sp
    37624086In the event that it is necessary to deny all by default, use the keyword ALL (or the netmask
    3763 0\&.0\&.0\&.0/0) and then explicitly specify to the
     4087\FC0\&.0\&.0\&.0/0\F[]) and then explicitly specify to the
    37644088\m[blue]\fBhosts allow = hosts allow\fR\m[]
    37654089parameter those hosts that should be permitted access\&.
    37664090.sp
    37674091Default:
    3768 \fI\fIhosts deny\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # none (i\&.e\&., no hosts specifically excluded)\fR\fI \fR
    3769 .sp
    3770 Example:
    3771 \fI\fIhosts deny\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI150\&.203\&.4\&. badhost\&.mynet\&.edu\&.au\fR\fI \fR
     4092\fI\fIhosts deny\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # none (i\&.e\&., no hosts specifically excluded)\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4093.sp
     4094Example:
     4095\fI\fIhosts deny\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC150\&.203\&.4\&. badhost\&.mynet\&.edu\&.au\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    37724096.RE
    37734097
    … …  
    37894113.sp
    37904114Example:
    3791 \fI\fIidmap alloc backend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fItdb\fR\fI \fR
     4115\fI\fIidmap alloc backend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCtdb\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    37924116.RE
    37934117
    … …  
    38314155.sp
    38324156Default:
    3833 \fI\fIidmap backend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fItdb\fR\fI \fR
     4157\fI\fIidmap backend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCtdb\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    38344158.RE
    38354159
    … …  
    38414165.sp
    38424166Default:
    3843 \fI\fIidmap cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI604800 (one week)\fR\fI \fR
     4167\fI\fIidmap cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC604800 (one week)\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    38444168.RE
    38454169
    … …  
    38744198.RS 4
    38754199.\}
     4200.fam C
     4201.ps -1
    38764202.nf
     4203.if t \{\
     4204.sp -1
     4205.\}
     4206.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     4207.sp -1
     4208
    38774209        idmap backend = tdb
    38784210        idmap uid = 1000000\-1999999
    … …  
    38824214        idmap config CORP : range = 1000\-999999
    38834215       
     4216.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     4217.if t \{\
     4218.sp 1
     4219.\}
    38844220.fi
     4221.fam
     4222.ps +1
    38854223.if n \{\
    38864224.RE
    … …  
    39104248.sp
    39114249Default:
    3912 \fI\fIidmap gid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    3913 .sp
    3914 Example:
    3915 \fI\fIidmap gid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI10000\-20000\fR\fI \fR
     4250\fI\fIidmap gid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4251.sp
     4252Example:
     4253\fI\fIidmap gid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC10000\-20000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    39164254.RE
    39174255
    … …  
    39234261.sp
    39244262Default:
    3925 \fI\fIidmap negative cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI120\fR\fI \fR
     4263\fI\fIidmap negative cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC120\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    39264264.RE
    39274265
    … …  
    39474285.sp
    39484286Default:
    3949 \fI\fIidmap uid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    3950 .sp
    3951 Example:
    3952 \fI\fIidmap uid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI10000\-20000\fR\fI \fR
     4287\fI\fIidmap uid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4288.sp
     4289Example:
     4290\fI\fIidmap uid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC10000\-20000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    39534291.RE
    39544292
    … …  
    39744312.sp
    39754313Default:
    3976 \fI\fIinclude\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    3977 .sp
    3978 Example:
    3979 \fI\fIinclude\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/samba/lib/admin_smb\&.conf\fR\fI \fR
     4314\fI\fIinclude\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4315.sp
     4316Example:
     4317\fI\fIinclude\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/samba/lib/admin_smb\&.conf\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    39804318.RE
    39814319
    … …  
    39874325.sp
    39884326Default:
    3989 \fI\fIinherit acls\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     4327\fI\fIinherit acls\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    39904328.RE
    39914329
    … …  
    39994337.sp
    40004338Default:
    4001 \fI\fIinherit owner\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     4339\fI\fIinherit owner\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    40024340.RE
    40034341
    … …  
    40304368.sp
    40314369Default:
    4032 \fI\fIinherit permissions\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     4370\fI\fIinherit permissions\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    40334371.RE
    40344372
    … …  
    40444382.sp
    40454383Default:
    4046 \fI\fIinit logon delayed hosts\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    4047 .sp
    4048 Example:
    4049 \fI\fIinit logon delayed hosts\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI150\&.203\&.5\&. myhost\&.mynet\&.de\fR\fI \fR
     4384\fI\fIinit logon delayed hosts\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4385.sp
     4386Example:
     4387\fI\fIinit logon delayed hosts\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC150\&.203\&.5\&. myhost\&.mynet\&.de\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    40504388.RE
    40514389
    … …  
    40584396.sp
    40594397Default:
    4060 \fI\fIinit logon delay\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI100\fR\fI \fR
     4398\fI\fIinit logon delay\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC100\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    40614399.RE
    40624400
    … …  
    41224460.sp
    41234461Default:
    4124 \fI\fIinterfaces\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    4125 .sp
    4126 Example:
    4127 \fI\fIinterfaces\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIeth0 192\&.168\&.2\&.10/24 192\&.168\&.3\&.10/255\&.255\&.255\&.0\fR\fI \fR
     4462\fI\fIinterfaces\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4463.sp
     4464Example:
     4465\fI\fIinterfaces\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCeth0 192\&.168\&.2\&.10/24 192\&.168\&.3\&.10/255\&.255\&.255\&.0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    41284466.RE
    41294467
    … …  
    41484486.sp
    41494487Default:
    4150 \fI\fIinvalid users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # no invalid users\fR\fI \fR
    4151 .sp
    4152 Example:
    4153 \fI\fIinvalid users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIroot fred admin @wheel\fR\fI \fR
     4488\fI\fIinvalid users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # no invalid users\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4489.sp
     4490Example:
     4491\fI\fIinvalid users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCroot fred admin @wheel\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    41544492.RE
    41554493
    … …  
    41644502.sp
    41654503If set, this option overrides the ServerName option in the CUPS
    4166 client\&.conf\&. This is necessary if you have virtual samba servers that connect to different CUPS daemons\&.
    4167 .sp
    4168 Default:
    4169 \fI\fIiprint server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI""\fR\fI \fR
    4170 .sp
    4171 Example:
    4172 \fI\fIiprint server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIMYCUPSSERVER\fR\fI \fR
     4504\FCclient\&.conf\F[]\&. This is necessary if you have virtual samba servers that connect to different CUPS daemons\&.
     4505.sp
     4506Default:
     4507\fI\fIiprint server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC""\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4508.sp
     4509Example:
     4510\fI\fIiprint server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCMYCUPSSERVER\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    41734511.RE
    41744512
    … …  
    41854523.sp
    41864524Default:
    4187 \fI\fIkeepalive\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI300\fR\fI \fR
    4188 .sp
    4189 Example:
    4190 \fI\fIkeepalive\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI600\fR\fI \fR
     4525\fI\fIkeepalive\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC300\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4526.sp
     4527Example:
     4528\fI\fIkeepalive\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC600\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    41914529.RE
    41924530
    … …  
    42004538.sp
    42014539Default:
    4202 \fI\fIkernel change notify\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     4540\fI\fIkernel change notify\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    42034541.RE
    42044542
    … …  
    42234561.sp
    42244562Default:
    4225 \fI\fIkernel oplocks\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     4563\fI\fIkernel oplocks\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    42264564.RE
    42274565
    … …  
    42374575.sp
    42384576Unlike the
    4239 encrypt passwords
     4577\FCencrypt passwords\F[]
    42404578option, this parameter cannot alter client behaviour, and the LANMAN response will still be sent over the network\&. See the
    4241 client lanman auth
     4579\FCclient lanman auth\F[]
    42424580to disable this for Samba\'s clients (such as smbclient)
    42434581.sp
    42444582If this option, and
    4245 ntlm auth
     4583\FCntlm auth\F[]
    42464584are both disabled, then only NTLMv2 logins will be permited\&. Not all clients support NTLMv2, and most will require special configuration to use it\&.
    42474585.sp
    42484586Default:
    4249 \fI\fIlanman auth\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     4587\fI\fIlanman auth\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    42504588.RE
    42514589
    … …  
    42564594This parameter determines whether or not
    42574595\fBsmbd\fR(8)
    4258 supports the new 64k streaming read and write varient SMB requests introduced with Windows 2000\&. Note that due to Windows 2000 client redirector bugs this requires Samba to be running on a 64\-bit capable operating system such as IRIX, Solaris or a Linux 2\&.4 kernel\&. Can improve performance by 10% with Windows 2000 clients\&. Defaults to on\&. Not as tested as some other Samba code paths\&.
    4259 .sp
    4260 Default:
    4261 \fI\fIlarge readwrite\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     4596supports the new 64k streaming read and write variant SMB requests introduced with Windows 2000\&. Note that due to Windows 2000 client redirector bugs this requires Samba to be running on a 64\-bit capable operating system such as IRIX, Solaris or a Linux 2\&.4 kernel\&. Can improve performance by 10% with Windows 2000 clients\&. Defaults to on\&. Not as tested as some other Samba code paths\&.
     4597.sp
     4598Default:
     4599\fI\fIlarge readwrite\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    42624600.RE
    42634601
    … …  
    42714609\m[blue]\fBldap admin dn\fR\m[]
    42724610is used in conjunction with the admin dn password stored in the
    4273 private/secrets\&.tdb
     4611\FCprivate/secrets\&.tdb\F[]
    42744612file\&. See the
    42754613\fBsmbpasswd\fR(8)
    … …  
    42974635.sp
    42984636Default:
    4299 \fI\fIldap connection timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI2\fR\fI \fR
     4637\fI\fIldap connection timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC2\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    43004638.RE
    43014639
    … …  
    43144652.sp
    43154653Default:
    4316 \fI\fIldap debug level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    4317 .sp
    4318 Example:
    4319 \fI\fIldap debug level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1\fR\fI \fR
     4654\fI\fIldap debug level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4655.sp
     4656Example:
     4657\fI\fIldap debug level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    43204658.RE
    43214659
    … …  
    43294667.sp
    43304668Default:
    4331 \fI\fIldap debug threshold\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI10\fR\fI \fR
    4332 .sp
    4333 Example:
    4334 \fI\fIldap debug threshold\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI5\fR\fI \fR
     4669\fI\fIldap debug threshold\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC10\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4670.sp
     4671Example:
     4672\fI\fIldap debug threshold\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC5\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    43354673.RE
    43364674
    … …  
    43424680.sp
    43434681Default:
    4344 \fI\fIldap delete dn\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     4682\fI\fIldap delete dn\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    43454683.RE
    43464684
    … …  
    43564694.sp
    43574695Default:
    4358 \fI\fIldap group suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    4359 .sp
    4360 Example:
    4361 \fI\fIldap group suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIou=Groups\fR\fI \fR
     4696\fI\fIldap group suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4697.sp
     4698Example:
     4699\fI\fIldap group suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCou=Groups\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    43624700.RE
    43634701
    … …  
    43734711.sp
    43744712Default:
    4375 \fI\fIldap idmap suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    4376 .sp
    4377 Example:
    4378 \fI\fIldap idmap suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIou=Idmap\fR\fI \fR
     4713\fI\fIldap idmap suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4714.sp
     4715Example:
     4716\fI\fIldap idmap suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCou=Idmap\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    43794717.RE
    43804718
    … …  
    43904728.sp
    43914729Default:
    4392 \fI\fIldap machine suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    4393 .sp
    4394 Example:
    4395 \fI\fIldap machine suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIou=Computers\fR\fI \fR
     4730\fI\fIldap machine suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4731.sp
     4732Example:
     4733\fI\fIldap machine suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCou=Computers\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    43964734.RE
    43974735
    … …  
    44054743.sp
    44064744Default:
    4407 \fI\fIldap page size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1024\fR\fI \fR
    4408 .sp
    4409 Example:
    4410 \fI\fIldap page size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI512\fR\fI \fR
     4745\fI\fIldap page size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1024\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4746.sp
     4747Example:
     4748\fI\fIldap page size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC512\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    44114749.RE
    44124750
    … …  
    44584796.RE
    44594797Default:
    4460 \fI\fIldap passwd sync\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     4798\fI\fIldap passwd sync\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    44614799.RE
    44624800
    … …  
    44724810.sp
    44734811Default:
    4474 \fI\fIldap replication sleep\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1000\fR\fI \fR
     4812\fI\fIldap replication sleep\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    44754813.RE
    44764814
    … …  
    44824820.sp
    44834821To use this option, a basic ldap tree must be provided and the ldap suffix parameters must be properly configured\&. On virgin servers the default users and groups (Administrator, Guest, Domain Users, Domain Admins, Domain Guests) can be precreated with the command
    4484 net sam provision\&. To run this command the ldap server must be running, Winindd must be running and the smb\&.conf ldap options must be properly configured\&. The typical ldap setup used with the
     4822\FCnet sam provision\F[]\&. To run this command the ldap server must be running, Winindd must be running and the smb\&.conf ldap options must be properly configured\&. The typical ldap setup used with the
    44854823\m[blue]\fBldapsam:trusted = yes\fR\m[]
    44864824option is usually sufficient to use
    … …  
    44934831.RS 4
    44944832.\}
     4833.fam C
     4834.ps -1
    44954835.nf
     4836.if t \{\
     4837.sp -1
     4838.\}
     4839.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     4840.sp -1
     4841
    44964842        encrypt passwords = true
    44974843        passdb backend = ldapsam
    … …  
    45134859        idmap gid = 5000\-50000
    45144860       
     4861.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     4862.if t \{\
     4863.sp 1
     4864.\}
    45154865.fi
     4866.fam
     4867.ps +1
    45164868.if n \{\
    45174869.RE
    … …  
    45234875.RS 4
    45244876.\}
     4877.fam C
     4878.ps -1
    45254879.nf
     4880.if t \{\
     4881.sp -1
     4882.\}
     4883.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     4884.sp -1
     4885
    45264886        dn: dc=samba,dc=org
    45274887        objectClass: top
    … …  
    45584918        ou: computers
    45594919       
     4920.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     4921.if t \{\
     4922.sp 1
     4923.\}
    45604924.fi
     4925.fam
     4926.ps +1
    45614927.if n \{\
    45624928.RE
    … …  
    45644930.sp
    45654931Default:
    4566 \fI\fIldapsam:editposix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     4932\fI\fIldapsam:editposix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    45674933.RE
    45684934
    … …  
    45804946.sp
    45814947Default:
    4582 \fI\fIldapsam:trusted\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     4948\fI\fIldapsam:trusted\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    45834949.RE
    45844950
    … …  
    46004966.sp
    46014967Default:
    4602 \fI\fIldap ssl ads\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     4968\fI\fIldap ssl ads\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    46034969.RE
    46044970
    … …  
    46104976\fINOT\fR
    46114977related to Samba\'s previous SSL support which was enabled by specifying the
    4612 \-\-with\-ssl
     4978\FC\-\-with\-ssl\F[]
    46134979option to the
    4614 configure
     4980\FCconfigure\F[]
    46154981script\&.
    46164982.sp
    … …  
    46655031.sp
    46665032Default:
    4667 \fI\fIldap ssl\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIstart tls\fR\fI \fR
     5033\fI\fIldap ssl\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCstart tls\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    46685034.RE
    46695035
    … …  
    46825048.sp
    46835049Default:
    4684 \fI\fIldap suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    4685 .sp
    4686 Example:
    4687 \fI\fIldap suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIdc=samba,dc=org\fR\fI \fR
     5050\fI\fIldap suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5051.sp
     5052Example:
     5053\fI\fIldap suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCdc=samba,dc=org\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    46885054.RE
    46895055
    … …  
    46955061.sp
    46965062Default:
    4697 \fI\fIldap timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI15\fR\fI \fR
     5063\fI\fIldap timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC15\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    46985064.RE
    46995065
    … …  
    47095075.sp
    47105076Default:
    4711 \fI\fIldap user suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    4712 .sp
    4713 Example:
    4714 \fI\fIldap user suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIou=people\fR\fI \fR
     5077\fI\fIldap user suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5078.sp
     5079Example:
     5080\fI\fIldap user suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCou=people\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    47155081.RE
    47165082
    … …  
    47395105.sp
    47405106Default:
    4741 \fI\fIlevel2 oplocks\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     5107\fI\fIlevel2 oplocks\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    47425108.RE
    47435109
    … …  
    47635129.sp
    47645130Default:
    4765 \fI\fIlm announce\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIauto\fR\fI \fR
    4766 .sp
    4767 Example:
    4768 \fI\fIlm announce\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     5131\fI\fIlm announce\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCauto\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5132.sp
     5133Example:
     5134\fI\fIlm announce\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    47695135.RE
    47705136
    … …  
    47805146.sp
    47815147Default:
    4782 \fI\fIlm interval\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI60\fR\fI \fR
    4783 .sp
    4784 Example:
    4785 \fI\fIlm interval\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI120\fR\fI \fR
     5148\fI\fIlm interval\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC60\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5149.sp
     5150Example:
     5151\fI\fIlm interval\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC120\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    47865152.RE
    47875153
    … …  
    47955161.sp
    47965162Default:
    4797 \fI\fIload printers\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     5163\fI\fIload printers\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    47985164.RE
    47995165
    … …  
    48075173\fBno\fR
    48085174then
    4809 nmbd
     5175\FC nmbd\F[]
    48105176will not attempt to become a local master browser on a subnet and will also lose in all browsing elections\&. By default this value is set to
    48115177\fByes\fR\&. Setting this value to
    … …  
    48145180\fIbecome\fR
    48155181the local master browser on a subnet, just that
    4816 nmbd
     5182\FCnmbd\F[]
    48175183will
    48185184\fIparticipate\fR
    … …  
    48225188\fBno\fR
    48235189will cause
    4824 nmbd
     5190\FCnmbd\F[]
    48255191\fInever\fR
    48265192to become a local master browser\&.
    48275193.sp
    48285194Default:
    4829 \fI\fIlocal master\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     5195\fI\fIlocal master\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    48305196.RE
    48315197
    … …  
    48495215.sp
    48505216Default:
    4851 \fI\fIlock directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI${prefix}/var/locks\fR\fI \fR
    4852 .sp
    4853 Example:
    4854 \fI\fIlock directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/var/run/samba/locks\fR\fI \fR
     5217\fI\fIlock directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC${prefix}/var/locks\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5218.sp
     5219Example:
     5220\fI\fIlock directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/var/run/samba/locks\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    48555221.RE
    48565222
    … …  
    48625228.sp
    48635229If
    4864 locking = no, all lock and unlock requests will appear to succeed and all lock queries will report that the file in question is available for locking\&.
     5230\FClocking = no\F[], all lock and unlock requests will appear to succeed and all lock queries will report that the file in question is available for locking\&.
    48655231.sp
    48665232If
    4867 locking = yes, real locking will be performed by the server\&.
     5233\FClocking = yes\F[], real locking will be performed by the server\&.
    48685234.sp
    48695235This option
    … …  
    48885254.sp
    48895255Default:
    4890 \fI\fIlock spin count\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
     5256\fI\fIlock spin count\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    48915257.RE
    48925258
    … …  
    49005266.sp
    49015267Default:
    4902 \fI\fIlock spin time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI200\fR\fI \fR
     5268\fI\fIlock spin time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC200\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    49035269.RE
    49045270
    … …  
    49145280.sp
    49155281Example:
    4916 \fI\fIlog file\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/samba/var/log\&.%m\fR\fI \fR
     5282\fI\fIlog file\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/samba/var/log\&.%m\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    49175283.RE
    49185284
    … …  
    49305296.RS 4
    49315297The value of the parameter (a astring) allows the debug level (logging level) to be specified in the
    4932 smb\&.conf
     5298\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    49335299file\&.
    49345300.sp
    … …  
    51565522.RE
    51575523Default:
    5158 \fI\fIlog level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    5159 .sp
    5160 Example:
    5161 \fI\fIlog level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI3 passdb:5 auth:10 winbind:2\fR\fI \fR
     5524\fI\fIlog level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5525.sp
     5526Example:
     5527\fI\fIlog level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC3 passdb:5 auth:10 winbind:2\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    51625528.RE
    51635529
    … …  
    51725538.sp
    51735539Default:
    5174 \fI\fIlogon drive\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    5175 .sp
    5176 Example:
    5177 \fI\fIlogon drive\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIh:\fR\fI \fR
     5540\fI\fIlogon drive\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5541.sp
     5542Example:
     5543\fI\fIlogon drive\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCh:\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    51785544.RE
    51795545
    … …  
    51855551.sp
    51865552
    5187 C:\e>\fBNET USE H: /HOME\fR
     5553\FCC:\e>\F[]\fBNET USE H: /HOME\fR
    51885554.sp
    51895555from a command prompt, for example\&.
    … …  
    51945560.sp
    51955561
    5196 logon home = \e\e%N\e%U\eprofile
     5562\FClogon home = \e\e%N\e%U\eprofile\F[]
    51975563.sp
    51985564This tells Samba to return the above string, with substitutions made when a client requests the info, generally in a NetUserGetInfo request\&. Win9X clients truncate the info to \e\eserver\eshare when a user does
    5199 net use /home
     5565\FCnet use /home\F[]
    52005566but use the whole string when dealing with profiles\&.
    52015567.sp
    … …  
    52045570was returned rather than
    52055571\fIlogon home\fR\&. This broke
    5206 net use /home
     5572\FCnet use /home\F[]
    52075573but allowed profiles outside the home directory\&. The current implementation is correct, and can be used for profiles if you use the above trick\&.
    52085574.sp
    … …  
    52145580.sp
    52155581Default:
    5216 \fI\fIlogon home\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\e\e%N\e%U\fR\fI \fR
    5217 .sp
    5218 Example:
    5219 \fI\fIlogon home\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\e\eremote_smb_server\e%U\fR\fI \fR
     5582\fI\fIlogon home\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\e\e%N\e%U\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5583.sp
     5584Example:
     5585\fI\fIlogon home\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\e\eremote_smb_server\e%U\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    52205586.RE
    52215587
    … …  
    52295595.sp
    52305596This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing you to have separate logon scripts for each user or machine\&. It also specifies the directory from which the "Application Data",
    5231 desktop,
    5232 start menu,
    5233 network neighborhood,
    5234 programs
     5597\FCdesktop\F[],
     5598\FCstart menu\F[],
     5599\FCnetwork neighborhood\F[],
     5600\FCprograms\F[]
    52355601and other folders, and their contents, are loaded and displayed on your Windows NT client\&.
    52365602.sp
    … …  
    52455611.\}
    52465612.RS 4
     5613.BM yellow
    52475614.it 1 an-trap
    52485615.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    52575624will break profile handling\&. Where the tdbsam or ldapsam passdb backend is used, at the time the user account is created the value configured for this parameter is written to the passdb backend and that value will over\-ride the parameter value present in the smb\&.conf file\&. Any error present in the passdb backend account record must be editted using the appropriate tool (pdbedit on the command\-line, or any other locally provided system tool)\&.
    52585625.sp .5v
     5626.EM yellow
    52595627.RE
    52605628Note that this option is only useful if Samba is set up as a domain controller\&.
    … …  
    52685636.RS 4
    52695637.\}
     5638.fam C
     5639.ps -1
    52705640.nf
     5641.if t \{\
     5642.sp -1
     5643.\}
     5644.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     5645.sp -1
     5646
    52715647logon path = \e\ePROFILESERVER\ePROFILE\e%U
     5648.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     5649.if t \{\
     5650.sp 1
     5651.\}
    52725652.fi
     5653.fam
     5654.ps +1
    52735655.if n \{\
    52745656.RE
    … …  
    52765658.sp
    52775659Default:
    5278 \fI\fIlogon path\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\e\e%N\e%U\eprofile\fR\fI \fR
     5660\fI\fIlogon path\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\e\e%N\e%U\eprofile\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    52795661.RE
    52805662
    … …  
    52835665.PP
    52845666.RS 4
    5285 This parameter specifies the batch file (\&.bat) or NT command file (\&.cmd) to be downloaded and run on a machine when a user successfully logs in\&. The file must contain the DOS style CR/LF line endings\&. Using a DOS\-style editor to create the file is recommended\&.
     5667This parameter specifies the batch file (\FC\&.bat\F[]) or NT command file (\FC\&.cmd\F[]) to be downloaded and run on a machine when a user successfully logs in\&. The file must contain the DOS style CR/LF line endings\&. Using a DOS\-style editor to create the file is recommended\&.
    52865668.sp
    52875669The script must be a relative path to the
    … …  
    52905672\m[blue]\fBpath\fR\m[]
    52915673of
    5292 /usr/local/samba/netlogon, and
     5674\FC/usr/local/samba/netlogon\F[], and
    52935675\m[blue]\fBlogon script = STARTUP\&.BAT\fR\m[], then the file that will be downloaded is:
    52945676.sp
    … …  
    52965678.RS 4
    52975679.\}
     5680.fam C
     5681.ps -1
    52985682.nf
     5683.if t \{\
     5684.sp -1
     5685.\}
     5686.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     5687.sp -1
     5688
    52995689        /usr/local/samba/netlogon/STARTUP\&.BAT
     5690.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     5691.if t \{\
     5692.sp 1
     5693.\}
    53005694.fi
     5695.fam
     5696.ps +1
    53015697.if n \{\
    53025698.RE
    … …  
    53045700.sp
    53055701The contents of the batch file are entirely your choice\&. A suggested command would be to add
    5306 NET TIME \e\eSERVER /SET /YES, to force every machine to synchronize clocks with the same time server\&. Another use would be to add
    5307 NET USE U: \e\eSERVER\eUTILS
     5702\FCNET TIME \e\eSERVER /SET /YES\F[], to force every machine to synchronize clocks with the same time server\&. Another use would be to add
     5703\FCNET USE U: \e\eSERVER\eUTILS\F[]
    53085704for commonly used utilities, or
    53095705.sp
    … …  
    53115707.RS 4
    53125708.\}
     5709.fam C
     5710.ps -1
    53135711.nf
     5712.if t \{\
     5713.sp -1
     5714.\}
     5715.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     5716.sp -1
     5717
    53145718\fBNET USE Q: \e\eSERVER\eISO9001_QA\fR
     5719.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     5720.if t \{\
     5721.sp 1
     5722.\}
    53155723.fi
     5724.fam
     5725.ps +1
    53165726.if n \{\
    53175727.RE
    … …  
    53275737.sp
    53285738Default:
    5329 \fI\fIlogon script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    5330 .sp
    5331 Example:
    5332 \fI\fIlogon script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIscripts\e%U\&.bat\fR\fI \fR
     5739\fI\fIlogon script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5740.sp
     5741Example:
     5742\fI\fIlogon script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCscripts\e%U\&.bat\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    53335743.RE
    53345744
    … …  
    53535763.sp
    53545764Default:
    5355 \fI\fIlppause command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # Currently no default value is given to this string, unless the value of the \m[blue]\fBprinting\fR\m[] parameter is \fBSYSV\fR, in which case the default is : lp \-i %p\-%j \-H hold or if the value of the \fIprinting\fR parameter is \fBSOFTQ\fR, then the default is: qstat \-s \-j%j \-h\&. \fR\fI \fR
    5356 .sp
    5357 Example:
    5358 \fI\fIlppause command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/bin/lpalt %p\-%j \-p0\fR\fI \fR
     5765\fI\fIlppause command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # Currently no default value is given to this string, unless the value of the \m[blue]\fBprinting\fR\m[] parameter is \fBSYSV\fR, in which case the default is : \FClp \-i %p\-%j \-H hold\F[] or if the value of the \fIprinting\fR parameter is \fBSOFTQ\fR, then the default is: \FCqstat \-s \-j%j \-h\F[]\&. \F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5766.sp
     5767Example:
     5768\fI\fIlppause command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/bin/lpalt %p\-%j \-p0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    53595769.RE
    53605770
    … …  
    53645774.RS 4
    53655775This controls how long lpq info will be cached for to prevent the
    5366 lpq
     5776\FClpq\F[]
    53675777command being called too often\&. A separate cache is kept for each variation of the
    5368 lpq
     5778\FC lpq\F[]
    53695779command used by the system, so if you use different
    5370 lpq
     5780\FClpq\F[]
    53715781commands for different users then they won\'t share cache information\&.
    53725782.sp
    53735783The cache files are stored in
    5374 /tmp/lpq\&.xxxx
     5784\FC/tmp/lpq\&.xxxx\F[]
    53755785where xxxx is a hash of the
    5376 lpq
     5786\FClpq\F[]
    53775787command in use\&.
    53785788.sp
    53795789The default is 30 seconds, meaning that the cached results of a previous identical
    5380 lpq
     5790\FClpq\F[]
    53815791command will be used if the cached data is less than 30 seconds old\&. A large value may be advisable if your
    5382 lpq
     5792\FClpq\F[]
    53835793command is very slow\&.
    53845794.sp
    … …  
    53865796.sp
    53875797Default:
    5388 \fI\fIlpq cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI30\fR\fI \fR
    5389 .sp
    5390 Example:
    5391 \fI\fIlpq cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI10\fR\fI \fR
     5798\fI\fIlpq cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC30\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5799.sp
     5800Example:
     5801\fI\fIlpq cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC10\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    53925802.RE
    53935803
    … …  
    53975807.RS 4
    53985808This parameter specifies the command to be executed on the server host in order to obtain
    5399 lpq\-style printer status information\&.
     5809\FClpq \F[]\-style printer status information\&.
    54005810.sp
    54015811This command should be a program or script which takes a printer name as its only parameter and outputs printer status information\&.
    … …  
    54205830.sp
    54215831Default:
    5422 \fI\fIlpq command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    5423 .sp
    5424 Example:
    5425 \fI\fIlpq command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/bin/lpq \-P%p\fR\fI \fR
     5832\fI\fIlpq command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5833.sp
     5834Example:
     5835\fI\fIlpq command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/bin/lpq \-P%p\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    54265836.RE
    54275837
    … …  
    54555865\fBSYSV\fR, in which case the default is:
    54565866.sp
    5457 lp \-i %p\-%j \-H resume
     5867\FClp \-i %p\-%j \-H resume\F[]
    54585868.sp
    54595869or if the value of the
    … …  
    54625872\fBSOFTQ\fR, then the default is:
    54635873.sp
    5464 qstat \-s \-j%j \-r
     5874\FCqstat \-s \-j%j \-r\F[]
    54655875.sp
    54665876\fINo default\fR
    54675877.sp
    54685878Example:
    5469 \fI\fIlpresume command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/bin/lpalt %p\-%j \-p2\fR\fI \fR
     5879\fI\fIlpresume command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/bin/lpalt %p\-%j \-p2\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    54705880.RE
    54715881
    … …  
    54935903.RS 4
    54945904.\}
     5905.fam C
     5906.ps -1
    54955907.nf
     5908.if t \{\
     5909.sp -1
     5910.\}
     5911.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     5912.sp -1
     5913
    54965914lprm command = /usr/bin/lprm \-P%p %j
    54975915
    … …  
    54995917
    55005918lprm command = /usr/bin/cancel %p\-%j
     5919.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     5920.if t \{\
     5921.sp 1
     5922.\}
    55015923.fi
     5924.fam
     5925.ps +1
    55025926.if n \{\
    55035927.RE
    … …  
    55055929.sp
    55065930Default:
    5507 \fI\fIlprm command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI determined by printing parameter\fR\fI \fR
     5931\fI\fIlprm command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC determined by printing parameter\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    55085932.RE
    55095933
    … …  
    55155939\m[blue]\fBsecurity = domain\fR\m[]
    55165940parameter) then periodically a running smbd process will try and change the MACHINE ACCOUNT PASSWORD stored in the TDB called
    5517 private/secrets\&.tdb\&. This parameter specifies how often this password will be changed, in seconds\&. The default is one week (expressed in seconds), the same as a Windows NT Domain member server\&.
     5941\FCprivate/secrets\&.tdb \F[]\&. This parameter specifies how often this password will be changed, in seconds\&. The default is one week (expressed in seconds), the same as a Windows NT Domain member server\&.
    55185942.sp
    55195943See also
    … …  
    55235947.sp
    55245948Default:
    5525 \fI\fImachine password timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI604800\fR\fI \fR
     5949\fI\fImachine password timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC604800\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    55265950.RE
    55275951
    … …  
    55375961.\}
    55385962.RS 4
     5963.BM yellow
    55395964.it 1 an-trap
    55405965.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    55495974in the same directory the output file content is undefined\&.
    55505975.sp .5v
    5551 .RE
    5552 Default:
    5553 \fI\fImagic output\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI<magic script name>\&.out\fR\fI \fR
    5554 .sp
    5555 Example:
    5556 \fI\fImagic output\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fImyfile\&.txt\fR\fI \fR
     5976.EM yellow
     5977.RE
     5978Default:
     5979\fI\fImagic output\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC<magic script name>\&.out\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5980.sp
     5981Example:
     5982\fI\fImagic output\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCmyfile\&.txt\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    55575983.RE
    55585984
    … …  
    55806006.sp
    55816007Default:
    5582 \fI\fImagic script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    5583 .sp
    5584 Example:
    5585 \fI\fImagic script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIuser\&.csh\fR\fI \fR
     6008\fI\fImagic script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6009.sp
     6010Example:
     6011\fI\fImagic script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCuser\&.csh\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    55866012.RE
    55876013
    … …  
    56426068.sp
    56436069Default:
    5644 \fI\fImangled names\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     6070\fI\fImangled names\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    56456071.RE
    56466072
    … …  
    56546080.sp
    56556081Default:
    5656 \fI\fImangle prefix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1\fR\fI \fR
    5657 .sp
    5658 Example:
    5659 \fI\fImangle prefix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI4\fR\fI \fR
     6082\fI\fImangle prefix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6083.sp
     6084Example:
     6085\fI\fImangle prefix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC4\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    56606086.RE
    56616087
    … …  
    56706096.sp
    56716097Default:
    5672 \fI\fImangling char\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI~\fR\fI \fR
    5673 .sp
    5674 Example:
    5675 \fI\fImangling char\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI^\fR\fI \fR
     6098\fI\fImangling char\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC~\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6099.sp
     6100Example:
     6101\fI\fImangling char\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC^\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    56766102.RE
    56776103
    … …  
    56836109.sp
    56846110Default:
    5685 \fI\fImangling method\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIhash2\fR\fI \fR
    5686 .sp
    5687 Example:
    5688 \fI\fImangling method\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIhash\fR\fI \fR
     6111\fI\fImangling method\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FChash2\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6112.sp
     6113Example:
     6114\fI\fImangling method\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FChash\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    56896115.RE
    56906116
    … …  
    56986124.sp
    56996125Default:
    5700 \fI\fImap acl inherit\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     6126\fI\fImap acl inherit\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    57016127.RE
    57026128
    … …  
    57146140.sp
    57156141Default:
    5716 \fI\fImap archive\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     6142\fI\fImap archive\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    57176143.RE
    57186144
    … …  
    57966222.RE
    57976223Default:
    5798 \fI\fImap read only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     6224\fI\fImap read only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    57996225.RE
    58006226
    … …  
    58126238.sp
    58136239Default:
    5814 \fI\fImap system\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     6240\fI\fImap system\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    58156241.RE
    58166242
    … …  
    59026328.sp
    59036329Default:
    5904 \fI\fImap to guest\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fINever\fR\fI \fR
    5905 .sp
    5906 Example:
    5907 \fI\fImap to guest\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIBad User\fR\fI \fR
     6330\fI\fImap to guest\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCNever\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6331.sp
     6332Example:
     6333\fI\fImap to guest\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCBad User\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    59086334.RE
    59096335
    … …  
    59216347.sp
    59226348Default:
    5923 \fI\fImax connections\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    5924 .sp
    5925 Example:
    5926 \fI\fImax connections\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI10\fR\fI \fR
     6349\fI\fImax connections\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6350.sp
     6351Example:
     6352\fI\fImax connections\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC10\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    59276353.RE
    59286354
    … …  
    59436369.sp
    59446370Default:
    5945 \fI\fImax disk size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    5946 .sp
    5947 Example:
    5948 \fI\fImax disk size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1000\fR\fI \fR
     6371\fI\fImax disk size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6372.sp
     6373Example:
     6374\fI\fImax disk size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    59496375.RE
    59506376
    … …  
    59546380.RS 4
    59556381This option (an integer in kilobytes) specifies the max size the log file should grow to\&. Samba periodically checks the size and if it is exceeded it will rename the file, adding a
    5956 \&.old
     6382\FC\&.old\F[]
    59576383extension\&.
    59586384.sp
    … …  
    59606386.sp
    59616387Default:
    5962 \fI\fImax log size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI5000\fR\fI \fR
    5963 .sp
    5964 Example:
    5965 \fI\fImax log size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1000\fR\fI \fR
     6388\fI\fImax log size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC5000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6389.sp
     6390Example:
     6391\fI\fImax log size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    59666392.RE
    59676393
    … …  
    59736399.sp
    59746400Default:
    5975 \fI\fImax mux\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI50\fR\fI \fR
     6401\fI\fImax mux\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC50\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    59766402.RE
    59776403
    … …  
    59876413.sp
    59886414Default:
    5989 \fI\fImax open files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI10000\fR\fI \fR
     6415\fI\fImax open files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC10000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    59906416.RE
    59916417
    … …  
    59996425.sp
    60006426Default:
    6001 \fI\fImax print jobs\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1000\fR\fI \fR
    6002 .sp
    6003 Example:
    6004 \fI\fImax print jobs\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI5000\fR\fI \fR
     6427\fI\fImax print jobs\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6428.sp
     6429Example:
     6430\fI\fImax print jobs\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC5000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    60056431.RE
    60066432
    … …  
    60816507.sp
    60826508Default:
    6083 \fI\fImax protocol\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fINT1\fR\fI \fR
    6084 .sp
    6085 Example:
    6086 \fI\fImax protocol\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fILANMAN1\fR\fI \fR
     6509\fI\fImax protocol\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCNT1\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6510.sp
     6511Example:
     6512\fI\fImax protocol\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCLANMAN1\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    60876513.RE
    60886514
    … …  
    60946520.sp
    60956521Default:
    6096 \fI\fImax reported print jobs\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    6097 .sp
    6098 Example:
    6099 \fI\fImax reported print jobs\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1000\fR\fI \fR
     6522\fI\fImax reported print jobs\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6523.sp
     6524Example:
     6525\fI\fImax reported print jobs\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    61006526.RE
    61016527
    … …  
    61116537.sp
    61126538Default:
    6113 \fI\fImax smbd processes\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    6114 .sp
    6115 Example:
    6116 \fI\fImax smbd processes\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1000\fR\fI \fR
     6539\fI\fImax smbd processes\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6540.sp
     6541Example:
     6542\fI\fImax smbd processes\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    61176543.RE
    61186544
    … …  
    61266552.sp
    61276553Default:
    6128 \fI\fImax stat cache size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI256\fR\fI \fR
    6129 .sp
    6130 Example:
    6131 \fI\fImax stat cache size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI100\fR\fI \fR
     6554\fI\fImax stat cache size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC256\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6555.sp
     6556Example:
     6557\fI\fImax stat cache size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC100\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    61326558.RE
    61336559
    … …  
    61396565\fBnmbd\fR(8)
    61406566what the default \'time to live\' of NetBIOS names should be (in seconds) when
    6141 nmbd
     6567\FCnmbd\F[]
    61426568is requesting a name using either a broadcast packet or from a WINS server\&. You should never need to change this parameter\&. The default is 3 days\&.
    61436569.sp
    61446570Default:
    6145 \fI\fImax ttl\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI259200\fR\fI \fR
     6571\fI\fImax ttl\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC259200\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    61466572.RE
    61476573
    … …  
    61536579\fBsmbd\fR(8)
    61546580when acting as a WINS server (\m[blue]\fBwins support = yes\fR\m[]) what the maximum \'time to live\' of NetBIOS names that
    6155 nmbd
     6581\FCnmbd\F[]
    61566582will grant will be (in seconds)\&. You should never need to change this parameter\&. The default is 6 days (518400 seconds)\&.
    61576583.sp
    61586584Default:
    6159 \fI\fImax wins ttl\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI518400\fR\fI \fR
     6585\fI\fImax wins ttl\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC518400\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    61606586.RE
    61616587
    … …  
    61676593.sp
    61686594Default:
    6169 \fI\fImax xmit\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI16644\fR\fI \fR
    6170 .sp
    6171 Example:
    6172 \fI\fImax xmit\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI8192\fR\fI \fR
     6595\fI\fImax xmit\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC16644\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6596.sp
     6597Example:
     6598\fI\fImax xmit\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC8192\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    61736599.RE
    61746600
    … …  
    61866612.RS 4
    61876613.\}
     6614.fam C
     6615.ps -1
    61886616.nf
    6189 message command = csh \-c \'xedit %s;rm %s\' &
     6617.if t \{\
     6618.sp -1
     6619.\}
     6620.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     6621.sp -1
     6622
     6623\FCmessage command = csh \-c \'xedit %s;rm %s\' &\F[]
     6624.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     6625.if t \{\
     6626.sp 1
     6627.\}
    61906628.fi
     6629.fam
     6630.ps +1
    61916631.if n \{\
    61926632.RE
    … …  
    61946634.sp
    61956635This delivers the message using
    6196 xedit, then removes it afterwards\&.
     6636\FCxedit\F[], then removes it afterwards\&.
    61976637\fINOTE THAT IT IS VERY IMPORTANT THAT THIS COMMAND RETURN IMMEDIATELY\fR\&. That\'s why I have the \'&\' on the end\&. If it doesn\'t return immediately then your PCs may freeze when sending messages (they should recover after 30 seconds, hopefully)\&.
    61986638.sp
    … …  
    62476687.RS 4
    62486688.\}
     6689.fam C
     6690.ps -1
    62496691.nf
    6250 message command = /bin/mail \-s \'message from %f on %m\' root < %s; rm %s
     6692.if t \{\
     6693.sp -1
     6694.\}
     6695.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     6696.sp -1
     6697
     6698\FCmessage command = /bin/mail \-s \'message from %f on %m\' root < %s; rm %s\F[]
     6699.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     6700.if t \{\
     6701.sp 1
     6702.\}
    62516703.fi
     6704.fam
     6705.ps +1
    62526706.if n \{\
    62536707.RE
    … …  
    62616715.RS 4
    62626716.\}
     6717.fam C
     6718.ps -1
    62636719.nf
    6264 message command = rm %s
     6720.if t \{\
     6721.sp -1
     6722.\}
     6723.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     6724.sp -1
     6725
     6726\FCmessage command = rm %s\F[]
     6727.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     6728.if t \{\
     6729.sp 1
     6730.\}
    62656731.fi
     6732.fam
     6733.ps +1
    62666734.if n \{\
    62676735.RE
    … …  
    62696737.sp
    62706738Default:
    6271 \fI\fImessage command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    6272 .sp
    6273 Example:
    6274 \fI\fImessage command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIcsh \-c \'xedit %s; rm %s\' &\fR\fI \fR
     6739\fI\fImessage command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6740.sp
     6741Example:
     6742\fI\fImessage command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCcsh \-c \'xedit %s; rm %s\' &\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    62756743.RE
    62766744
    … …  
    62826750.sp
    62836751Default:
    6284 \fI\fImin print space\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    6285 .sp
    6286 Example:
    6287 \fI\fImin print space\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI2000\fR\fI \fR
     6752\fI\fImin print space\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6753.sp
     6754Example:
     6755\fI\fImin print space\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC2000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    62886756.RE
    62896757
    … …  
    62956763\m[blue]\fBmax protocol\fR\m[]
    62966764parameter for a list of valid protocol names and a brief description of each\&. You may also wish to refer to the C source code in
    6297 source/smbd/negprot\&.c
     6765\FCsource/smbd/negprot\&.c\F[]
    62986766for a listing of known protocol dialects supported by clients\&.
    62996767.sp
    … …  
    63036771.sp
    63046772Default:
    6305 \fI\fImin protocol\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fICORE\fR\fI \fR
    6306 .sp
    6307 Example:
    6308 \fI\fImin protocol\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fINT1\fR\fI \fR
     6773\fI\fImin protocol\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCCORE\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6774.sp
     6775Example:
     6776\fI\fImin protocol\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCNT1\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    63096777.RE
    63106778
    … …  
    63226790.sp
    63236791Default:
    6324 \fI\fImin receivefile size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
     6792\fI\fImin receivefile size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    63256793.RE
    63266794
    … …  
    63326800\fBnmbd\fR(8)
    63336801when acting as a WINS server (\m[blue]\fBwins support = yes\fR\m[]) what the minimum \'time to live\' of NetBIOS names that
    6334 nmbd
     6802\FCnmbd\F[]
    63356803will grant will be (in seconds)\&. You should never need to change this parameter\&. The default is 6 hours (21600 seconds)\&.
    63366804.sp
    63376805Default:
    6338 \fI\fImin wins ttl\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI21600\fR\fI \fR
     6806\fI\fImin wins ttl\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC21600\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    63396807.RE
    63406808
    … …  
    63546822.sp
    63556823Example:
    6356 \fI\fImsdfs proxy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\eotherserver\esomeshare\fR\fI \fR
     6824\fI\fImsdfs proxy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\eotherserver\esomeshare\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    63576825.RE
    63586826
    … …  
    63636831If set to
    63646832\fByes\fR, Samba treats the share as a Dfs root and allows clients to browse the distributed file system tree rooted at the share directory\&. Dfs links are specified in the share directory by symbolic links of the form
    6365 msdfs:serverA\e\eshareA,serverB\e\eshareB
     6833\FCmsdfs:serverA\e\eshareA,serverB\e\eshareB\F[]
    63666834and so on\&. For more information on setting up a Dfs tree on Samba, refer to the MSDFS chapter in the Samba3\-HOWTO book\&.
    63676835.sp
    63686836Default:
    6369 \fI\fImsdfs root\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     6837\fI\fImsdfs root\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    63706838.RE
    63716839
    … …  
    63776845.sp
    63786846Default:
    6379 \fI\fIname cache timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI660\fR\fI \fR
    6380 .sp
    6381 Example:
    6382 \fI\fIname cache timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
     6847\fI\fIname cache timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC660\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6848.sp
     6849Example:
     6850\fI\fIname cache timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    63836851.RE
    63846852
    … …  
    64156883\fBhost\fR
    64166884: Do a standard host name to IP address resolution, using the system
    6417 /etc/hosts, NIS, or DNS lookups\&. This method of name resolution is operating system depended for instance on IRIX or Solaris this may be controlled by the
    6418 /etc/nsswitch\&.conf
     6885\FC/etc/hosts \F[], NIS, or DNS lookups\&. This method of name resolution is operating system depended for instance on IRIX or Solaris this may be controlled by the
     6886\FC/etc/nsswitch\&.conf\F[]
    64196887file\&. Note that this method is used only if the NetBIOS name type being queried is the 0x20 (server) name type or 0x1c (domain controllers)\&. The latter case is only useful for active directory domains and results in a DNS query for the SRV RR entry matching _ldap\&._tcp\&.domain\&.
    64206888.RE
    … …  
    64506918The example below will cause the local lmhosts file to be examined first, followed by a broadcast attempt, followed by a normal system hostname lookup\&.
    64516919.sp
    6452 When Samba is functioning in ADS security mode (security = ads) it is advised to use following settings for
     6920When Samba is functioning in ADS security mode (\FCsecurity = ads\F[]) it is advised to use following settings for
    64536921\fIname resolve order\fR:
    64546922.sp
    6455 name resolve order = wins bcast
     6923\FCname resolve order = wins bcast\F[]
    64566924.sp
    64576925DC lookups will still be done via DNS, but fallbacks to netbios names will not inundate your DNS servers with needless querys for DOMAIN<0x1c> lookups\&.
    64586926.sp
    64596927Default:
    6460 \fI\fIname resolve order\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIlmhosts host wins bcast\fR\fI \fR
    6461 .sp
    6462 Example:
    6463 \fI\fIname resolve order\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIlmhosts bcast host\fR\fI \fR
     6928\fI\fIname resolve order\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FClmhosts host wins bcast\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6929.sp
     6930Example:
     6931\fI\fIname resolve order\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FClmhosts bcast host\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    64646932.RE
    64656933
    … …  
    64716939.sp
    64726940Default:
    6473 \fI\fInetbios aliases\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # empty string (no additional names)\fR\fI \fR
    6474 .sp
    6475 Example:
    6476 \fI\fInetbios aliases\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fITEST TEST1 TEST2\fR\fI \fR
     6941\fI\fInetbios aliases\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # empty string (no additional names)\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6942.sp
     6943Example:
     6944\fI\fInetbios aliases\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCTEST TEST1 TEST2\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    64776945.RE
    64786946
    … …  
    64846952.sp
    64856953There is a bug in Samba\-3 that breaks operation of browsing and access to shares if the netbios name is set to the literal name
    6486 PIPE\&. To avoid this problem, do not name your Samba\-3 server
    6487 PIPE\&.
    6488 .sp
    6489 Default:
    6490 \fI\fInetbios name\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # machine DNS name\fR\fI \fR
    6491 .sp
    6492 Example:
    6493 \fI\fInetbios name\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIMYNAME\fR\fI \fR
     6954\FCPIPE\F[]\&. To avoid this problem, do not name your Samba\-3 server
     6955\FCPIPE\F[]\&.
     6956.sp
     6957Default:
     6958\fI\fInetbios name\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # machine DNS name\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6959.sp
     6960Example:
     6961\fI\fInetbios name\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCMYNAME\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    64946962.RE
    64956963
    … …  
    65016969.sp
    65026970Default:
    6503 \fI\fInetbios scope\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     6971\fI\fInetbios scope\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    65046972.RE
    65056973
    … …  
    65196987.sp
    65206988Default:
    6521 \fI\fInis homedir\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     6989\fI\fInis homedir\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    65226990.RE
    65236991
    … …  
    65316999.sp
    65327000Default:
    6533 \fI\fInt acl support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     7001\fI\fInt acl support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    65347002.RE
    65357003
    … …  
    65437011.sp
    65447012If this option, and
    6545 lanman auth
     7013\FClanman auth\F[]
    65467014are both disabled, then only NTLMv2 logins will be permited\&. Not all clients support NTLMv2, and most will require special configuration to use it\&.
    65477015.sp
    65487016Default:
    6549 \fI\fIntlm auth\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     7017\fI\fIntlm auth\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    65507018.RE
    65517019
    … …  
    65617029.sp
    65627030Default:
    6563 \fI\fInt pipe support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     7031\fI\fInt pipe support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    65647032.RE
    65657033
    … …  
    65777045.sp
    65787046Default:
    6579 \fI\fInt status support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     7047\fI\fInt status support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    65807048.RE
    65817049
    … …  
    65907058.sp
    65917059Default:
    6592 \fI\fInull passwords\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     7060\fI\fInull passwords\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    65937061.RE
    65947062
    … …  
    66017069.sp
    66027070Default:
    6603 \fI\fIobey pam restrictions\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     7071\fI\fIobey pam restrictions\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    66047072.RE
    66057073
    … …  
    66177085.sp
    66187086Note that this also means Samba won\'t try to deduce usernames from the service name\&. This can be annoying for the [homes] section\&. To get around this you could use
    6619 user = %S
     7087\FCuser = %S\F[]
    66207088which means your
    66217089\fIuser\fR
    … …  
    66237091.sp
    66247092Default:
    6625 \fI\fIonly user\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     7093\fI\fIonly user\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    66267094.RE
    66277095
    … …  
    66357103.\}
    66367104.RS 4
     7105.BM yellow
    66377106.it 1 an-trap
    66387107.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    66457114DO NOT CHANGE THIS PARAMETER UNLESS YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE\&.
    66467115.sp .5v
    6647 .RE
    6648 Default:
    6649 \fI\fIoplock break wait time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
     7116.EM yellow
     7117.RE
     7118Default:
     7119\fI\fIoplock break wait time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    66507120.RE
    66517121
    … …  
    66627132In brief it specifies a number, which causes
    66637133\fBsmbd\fR(8)not to grant an oplock even when requested if the approximate number of clients contending for an oplock on the same file goes over this limit\&. This causes
    6664 smbd
     7134\FCsmbd\F[]
    66657135to behave in a similar way to Windows NT\&.
    66667136.if n \{\
    … …  
    66687138.\}
    66697139.RS 4
     7140.BM yellow
    66707141.it 1 an-trap
    66717142.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    66787149DO NOT CHANGE THIS PARAMETER UNLESS YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE\&.
    66797150.sp .5v
    6680 .RE
    6681 Default:
    6682 \fI\fIoplock contention limit\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI2\fR\fI \fR
     7151.EM yellow
     7152.RE
     7153Default:
     7154\fI\fIoplock contention limit\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC2\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    66837155.RE
    66847156
    … …  
    66887160.RS 4
    66897161This boolean option tells
    6690 smbd
     7162\FCsmbd\F[]
    66917163whether to issue oplocks (opportunistic locks) to file open requests on this share\&. The oplock code can dramatically (approx\&. 30% or more) improve the speed of access to files on Samba servers\&. It allows the clients to aggressively cache files locally and you may want to disable this option for unreliable network environments (it is turned on by default in Windows NT Servers)\&. For more information see the file
    6692 Speed\&.txt
     7164\FCSpeed\&.txt\F[]
    66937165in the Samba
    6694 docs/
     7166\FCdocs/\F[]
    66957167directory\&.
    66967168.sp
    … …  
    67027174.sp
    67037175Default:
    6704 \fI\fIoplocks\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     7176\fI\fIoplocks\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    67057177.RE
    67067178
    … …  
    67147186.sp
    67157187For example, a valid entry using the HP LaserJet 5 printer driver would appear as
    6716 HP LaserJet 5L = LASERJET\&.HP LaserJet 5L\&.
     7188\FCHP LaserJet 5L = LASERJET\&.HP LaserJet 5L\F[]\&.
    67177189.sp
    67187190The need for the file is due to the printer driver namespace problem described in the chapter on Classical Printing in the Samba3\-HOWTO book\&. For more details on OS/2 clients, please refer to chapter on other clients in the Samba3\-HOWTO book\&.
    67197191.sp
    67207192Default:
    6721 \fI\fIos2 driver map\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     7193\fI\fIos2 driver map\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    67227194.RE
    67237195
    … …  
    67387210.sp
    67397211Default:
    6740 \fI\fIos level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI20\fR\fI \fR
    6741 .sp
    6742 Example:
    6743 \fI\fIos level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI65\fR\fI \fR
     7212\fI\fIos level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC20\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7213.sp
     7214Example:
     7215\fI\fIos level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC65\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    67447216.RE
    67457217
    … …  
    67547226.sp
    67557227Default:
    6756 \fI\fIpam password change\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     7228\fI\fIpam password change\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    67577229.RE
    67587230
    … …  
    67687240.sp
    67697241Default:
    6770 \fI\fIpanic action\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    6771 .sp
    6772 Example:
    6773 \fI\fIpanic action\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI"/bin/sleep 90000"\fR\fI \fR
     7242\fI\fIpanic action\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7243.sp
     7244Example:
     7245\fI\fIpanic action\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC"/bin/sleep 90000"\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    67747246.RE
    67757247
    … …  
    67837255.sp
    67847256Default:
    6785 \fI\fIparanoid server security\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     7257\fI\fIparanoid server security\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    67867258.RE
    67877259
    … …  
    68047276.IP \(bu 2.3
    68057277.\}
    6806 smbpasswd
     7278\FCsmbpasswd\F[]
    68077279\- The default smbpasswd backend\&. Takes a path to the smbpasswd file as an optional argument\&.
    68087280.RE
    … …  
    68167288.IP \(bu 2.3
    68177289.\}
    6818 tdbsam
     7290\FCtdbsam\F[]
    68197291\- The TDB based password storage backend\&. Takes a path to the TDB as an optional argument (defaults to passdb\&.tdb in the
    68207292\m[blue]\fBprivate dir\fR\m[]
    … …  
    68307302.IP \(bu 2.3
    68317303.\}
    6832 ldapsam
     7304\FCldapsam\F[]
    68337305\- The LDAP based passdb backend\&. Takes an LDAP URL as an optional argument (defaults to
    6834 ldap://localhost)
     7306\FCldap://localhost\F[])
    68357307.sp
    68367308LDAP connections should be secured where possible\&. This may be done using either Start\-TLS (see
    … …  
    68487320.RS 4
    68497321.\}
     7322.fam C
     7323.ps -1
    68507324.nf
     7325.if t \{\
     7326.sp -1
     7327.\}
     7328.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     7329.sp -1
     7330
    68517331passdb backend = tdbsam:/etc/samba/private/passdb\&.tdb
    68527332
    … …  
    68587338
    68597339passdb backend = ldapsam:"ldap://ldap\-1\&.example\&.com ldap\-2\&.example\&.com"
     7340.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     7341.if t \{\
     7342.sp 1
     7343.\}
    68607344.fi
     7345.fam
     7346.ps +1
    68617347.if n \{\
    68627348.RE
    … …  
    68647350.sp
    68657351Default:
    6866 \fI\fIpassdb backend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIsmbpasswd\fR\fI \fR
     7352\fI\fIpassdb backend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCsmbpasswd\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    68677353.RE
    68687354
    … …  
    68747360.sp
    68757361Default:
    6876 \fI\fIpassdb expand explicit\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     7362\fI\fIpassdb expand explicit\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    68777363.RE
    68787364
    … …  
    68887374\m[blue]\fBdebug level\fR\m[]
    68897375of 100\&. This is a dangerous option as it will allow plaintext passwords to be seen in the
    6890 smbd
     7376\FCsmbd\F[]
    68917377log\&. It is available to help Samba admins debug their
    68927378\fIpasswd chat\fR
    … …  
    68987384.sp
    68997385Default:
    6900 \fI\fIpasswd chat debug\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     7386\fI\fIpasswd chat debug\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    69017387.RE
    69027388
    … …  
    69087394.sp
    69097395Default:
    6910 \fI\fIpasswd chat timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI2\fR\fI \fR
     7396\fI\fIpasswd chat timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC2\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    69117397.RE
    69127398
    … …  
    69507436.sp
    69517437Default:
    6952 \fI\fIpasswd chat\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI*new*password* %n\en*new*password* %n\en *changed*\fR\fI \fR
    6953 .sp
    6954 Example:
    6955 \fI\fIpasswd chat\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI"*Enter NEW password*" %n\en "*Reenter NEW password*" %n\en "*Password changed*"\fR\fI \fR
     7438\fI\fIpasswd chat\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC*new*password* %n\en*new*password* %n\en *changed*\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7439.sp
     7440Example:
     7441\fI\fIpasswd chat\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC"*Enter NEW password*" %n\en "*Reenter NEW password*" %n\en "*Password changed*"\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    69567442.RE
    69577443
    … …  
    69767462\fIAS ROOT\fR
    69777463before the SMB password in the smbpasswd file is changed\&. If this UNIX password change fails, then
    6978 smbd
     7464\FCsmbd\F[]
    69797465will fail to change the SMB password also (this is by design)\&.
    69807466.sp
    … …  
    69917477.sp
    69927478Default:
    6993 \fI\fIpasswd program\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    6994 .sp
    6995 Example:
    6996 \fI\fIpasswd program\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/bin/passwd %u\fR\fI \fR
     7479\fI\fIpasswd program\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7480.sp
     7481Example:
     7482\fI\fIpasswd program\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/bin/passwd %u\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    69977483.RE
    69987484
    … …  
    70277513.sp
    70287514Default:
    7029 \fI\fIpassword level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    7030 .sp
    7031 Example:
    7032 \fI\fIpassword level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI4\fR\fI \fR
     7515\fI\fIpassword level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7516.sp
     7517Example:
     7518\fI\fIpassword level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC4\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    70337519.RE
    70347520
    … …  
    70387524.RS 4
    70397525By specifying the name of another SMB server or Active Directory domain controller with this option, and using
    7040 security = [ads|domain|server]
     7526\FCsecurity = [ads|domain|server]\F[]
    70417527it is possible to get Samba to do all its username/password validation using a specific remote server\&.
    70427528.sp
    … …  
    70527538.\}
    70537539.RS 4
     7540.BM yellow
    70547541.it 1 an-trap
    70557542.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    70637550\fIDO NOT CHOOSE A PASSWORD SERVER THAT YOU DON\'T COMPLETELY TRUST\fR\&.
    70647551.sp .5v
     7552.EM yellow
    70657553.RE
    70667554Never point a Samba server at itself for password serving\&. This will cause a loop and could lock up your Samba server!
    … …  
    70757563or
    70767564\fBads\fR, then the list of machines in this option must be a list of Primary or Backup Domain controllers for the Domain or the character \'*\', as the Samba server is effectively in that domain, and will use cryptographically authenticated RPC calls to authenticate the user logging on\&. The advantage of using
    7077 security = domain
     7565\FC security = domain\F[]
    70787566is that if you list several hosts in the
    70797567\fIpassword server\fR
    70807568option then
    7081 smbd
     7569\FCsmbd \F[]
    70827570will try each in turn till it finds one that responds\&. This is useful in case your primary server goes down\&.
    70837571.sp
    … …  
    70947582parameter is set to
    70957583\fBserver\fR, then there are different restrictions that
    7096 security = domain
     7584\FCsecurity = domain\F[]
    70977585doesn\'t suffer from:
    70987586.sp
    … …  
    71087596\fIpassword server\fR
    71097597parameter, however if an
    7110 smbd
     7598\FCsmbd\F[]
    71117599makes a connection to a password server, and then the password server fails, no more users will be able to be authenticated from this
    7112 smbd\&. This is a restriction of the SMB/CIFS protocol when in
    7113 security = server
     7600\FCsmbd\F[]\&. This is a restriction of the SMB/CIFS protocol when in
     7601\FCsecurity = server \F[]
    71147602mode and cannot be fixed in Samba\&.
    71157603.RE
    … …  
    71247612.\}
    71257613If you are using a Windows NT server as your password server then you will have to ensure that your users are able to login from the Samba server, as when in
    7126 security = server
     7614\FC security = server\F[]
    71277615mode the network logon will appear to come from there rather than from the users workstation\&.
    71287616.sp
    71297617.RE
    71307618Default:
    7131 \fI\fIpassword server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI*\fR\fI \fR
    7132 .sp
    7133 Example:
    7134 \fI\fIpassword server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fINT\-PDC, NT\-BDC1, NT\-BDC2, *\fR\fI \fR
    7135 .sp
    7136 Example:
    7137 \fI\fIpassword server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIwindc\&.mydomain\&.com:389 192\&.168\&.1\&.101 *\fR\fI \fR
     7619\fI\fIpassword server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC*\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7620.sp
     7621Example:
     7622\fI\fIpassword server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCNT\-PDC, NT\-BDC1, NT\-BDC2, *\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7623.sp
     7624Example:
     7625\fI\fIpassword server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCwindc\&.mydomain\&.com:389 192\&.168\&.1\&.101 *\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    71387626.RE
    71397627
    … …  
    71657653.sp
    71667654Default:
    7167 \fI\fIpath\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    7168 .sp
    7169 Example:
    7170 \fI\fIpath\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/home/fred\fR\fI \fR
     7655\fI\fIpath\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7656.sp
     7657Example:
     7658\fI\fIpath\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/home/fred\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    71717659.RE
    71727660
    … …  
    71787666.sp
    71797667Default:
    7180 \fI\fIpid directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI${prefix}/var/locks\fR\fI \fR
    7181 .sp
    7182 Example:
    7183 \fI\fIpid directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIpid directory = /var/run/\fR\fI \fR
     7668\fI\fIpid directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC${prefix}/var/locks\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7669.sp
     7670Example:
     7671\fI\fIpid directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCpid directory = /var/run/\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    71847672.RE
    71857673
    … …  
    71937681.sp
    71947682Default:
    7195 \fI\fIposix locking\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     7683\fI\fIposix locking\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    71967684.RE
    71977685
    … …  
    72047692An interesting example may be to unmount server resources:
    72057693.sp
    7206 postexec = /etc/umount /cdrom
    7207 .sp
    7208 Default:
    7209 \fI\fIpostexec\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    7210 .sp
    7211 Example:
    7212 \fI\fIpostexec\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIecho \e"%u disconnected from %S from %m (%I)\e" >> /tmp/log\fR\fI \fR
     7694\FCpostexec = /etc/umount /cdrom\F[]
     7695.sp
     7696Default:
     7697\fI\fIpostexec\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7698.sp
     7699Example:
     7700\fI\fIpostexec\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCecho \e"%u disconnected from %S from %m (%I)\e" >> /tmp/log\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    72137701.RE
    72147702
    … …  
    72227710.sp
    72237711Default:
    7224 \fI\fIpreexec close\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     7712\fI\fIpreexec close\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    72257713.RE
    72267714
    … …  
    72427730.sp
    72437731
    7244 preexec = csh \-c \'echo \e"Welcome to %S!\e" | /usr/local/samba/bin/smbclient \-M %m \-I %I\' &
     7732\FCpreexec = csh \-c \'echo \e"Welcome to %S!\e" | /usr/local/samba/bin/smbclient \-M %m \-I %I\' & \F[]
    72457733.sp
    72467734Of course, this could get annoying after a while :\-)
    … …  
    72527740.sp
    72537741Default:
    7254 \fI\fIpreexec\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    7255 .sp
    7256 Example:
    7257 \fI\fIpreexec\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIecho \e"%u connected to %S from %m (%I)\e" >> /tmp/log\fR\fI \fR
     7742\fI\fIpreexec\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7743.sp
     7744Example:
     7745\fI\fIpreexec\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCecho \e"%u connected to %S from %m (%I)\e" >> /tmp/log\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    72587746.RE
    72597747
    … …  
    72767764If this is set to
    72777765\fByes\fR, on startup,
    7278 nmbd
     7766\FCnmbd\F[]
    72797767will force an election, and it will have a slight advantage in winning the election\&. It is recommended that this parameter is used in conjunction with
    72807768\m[blue]\fBdomain master = yes\fR\m[], so that
    7281 nmbd
     7769\FCnmbd\F[]
    72827770can guarantee becoming a domain master\&.
    72837771.sp
    … …  
    72857773.sp
    72867774Default:
    7287 \fI\fIpreferred master\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIauto\fR\fI \fR
     7775\fI\fIpreferred master\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCauto\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    72887776.RE
    72897777
    … …  
    72957783.sp
    72967784Default:
    7297 \fI\fIpreload modules\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    7298 .sp
    7299 Example:
    7300 \fI\fIpreload modules\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/lib/samba/passdb/mysql\&.so\fR\fI \fR
     7785\fI\fIpreload modules\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7786.sp
     7787Example:
     7788\fI\fIpreload modules\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/lib/samba/passdb/mysql\&.so\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    73017789.RE
    73027790
    … …  
    73207808.sp
    73217809Default:
    7322 \fI\fIpreload\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    7323 .sp
    7324 Example:
    7325 \fI\fIpreload\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIfred lp colorlp\fR\fI \fR
     7810\fI\fIpreload\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7811.sp
     7812Example:
     7813\fI\fIpreload\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCfred lp colorlp\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    73267814.RE
    73277815
    … …  
    73387826.sp
    73397827Default:
    7340 \fI\fIpreserve case\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     7828\fI\fIpreserve case\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    73417829.RE
    73427830
    … …  
    73617849.sp
    73627850Default:
    7363 \fI\fIprintable\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     7851\fI\fIprintable\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    73647852.RE
    73657853
    … …  
    73737861.sp
    73747862Default:
    7375 \fI\fIprintcap cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI750\fR\fI \fR
    7376 .sp
    7377 Example:
    7378 \fI\fIprintcap cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI600\fR\fI \fR
     7863\fI\fIprintcap cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC750\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7864.sp
     7865Example:
     7866\fI\fIprintcap cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC600\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    73797867.RE
    73807868
    … …  
    73927880.RS 4
    73937881This parameter may be used to override the compiled\-in default printcap name used by the server (usually
    7394 /etc/printcap)\&. See the discussion of the
     7882\FC /etc/printcap\F[])\&. See the discussion of the
    73957883[printers]
    73967884section above for reasons why you might want to do this\&.
    73977885.sp
    73987886To use the CUPS printing interface set
    7399 printcap name = cups\&. This should be supplemented by an addtional setting
     7887\FCprintcap name = cups \F[]\&. This should be supplemented by an addtional setting
    74007888\m[blue]\fBprinting = cups\fR\m[]
    74017889in the [global] section\&.
    7402 printcap name = cups
     7890\FCprintcap name = cups\F[]
    74037891will use the "dummy" printcap created by CUPS, as specified in your CUPS configuration file\&.
    74047892.sp
    74057893On System V systems that use
    7406 lpstat
     7894\FClpstat\F[]
    74077895to list available printers you can use
    7408 printcap name = lpstat
     7896\FCprintcap name = lpstat \F[]
    74097897to automatically obtain lists of available printers\&. This is the default for systems that define SYSV at configure time in Samba (this includes most System V based systems)\&. If
    74107898\fI printcap name\fR
    74117899is set to
    7412 lpstat
     7900\FClpstat\F[]
    74137901on these systems then Samba will launch
    7414 lpstat \-v
     7902\FClpstat \-v\F[]
    74157903and attempt to parse the output to obtain a printer list\&.
    74167904.sp
    … …  
    74207908.RS 4
    74217909.\}
     7910.fam C
     7911.ps -1
    74227912.nf
     7913.if t \{\
     7914.sp -1
     7915.\}
     7916.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     7917.sp -1
     7918
    74237919print1|My Printer 1
    74247920print2|My Printer 2
    … …  
    74267922print4|My Printer 4
    74277923print5|My Printer 5
     7924.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     7925.if t \{\
     7926.sp 1
     7927.\}
    74287928.fi
     7929.fam
     7930.ps +1
    74297931.if n \{\
    74307932.RE
    … …  
    74367938.\}
    74377939.RS 4
     7940.BM yellow
    74387941.it 1 an-trap
    74397942.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    74457948.br
    74467949Under AIX the default printcap name is
    7447 /etc/qconfig\&. Samba will assume the file is in AIX
    7448 qconfig
     7950\FC/etc/qconfig\F[]\&. Samba will assume the file is in AIX
     7951\FCqconfig\F[]
    74497952format if the string
    7450 qconfig
     7953\FCqconfig\F[]
    74517954appears in the printcap filename\&.
    74527955.sp .5v
    7453 .RE
    7454 Default:
    7455 \fI\fIprintcap name\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/etc/printcap\fR\fI \fR
    7456 .sp
    7457 Example:
    7458 \fI\fIprintcap name\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/etc/myprintcap\fR\fI \fR
     7956.EM yellow
     7957.RE
     7958Default:
     7959\fI\fIprintcap name\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/etc/printcap\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7960.sp
     7961Example:
     7962\fI\fIprintcap name\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/etc/myprintcap\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    74597963.RE
    74607964
    … …  
    74647968.RS 4
    74657969After a print job has finished spooling to a service, this command will be used via a
    7466 system()
     7970\FCsystem()\F[]
    74677971call to process the spool file\&. Typically the command specified will submit the spool file to the host\'s printing subsystem, but there is no requirement that this be the case\&. The server will not remove the spool file, so whatever command you specify should remove the spool file when it has been processed, otherwise you will need to manually remove old spool files\&.
    74687972.sp
    … …  
    75038007You can form quite complex print commands by realizing that they are just passed to a shell\&. For example the following will log a print job, print the file, then remove it\&. Note that \';\' is the usual separator for command in shell scripts\&.
    75048008.sp
    7505 print command = echo Printing %s >> /tmp/print\&.log; lpr \-P %p %s; rm %s
     8009\FCprint command = echo Printing %s >> /tmp/print\&.log; lpr \-P %p %s; rm %s\F[]
    75068010.sp
    75078011You may have to vary this command considerably depending on how you normally print files on your system\&. The default for the parameter varies depending on the setting of the
    … …  
    75108014.sp
    75118015Default: For
    7512 printing = BSD, AIX, QNX, LPRNG or PLP :
    7513 .sp
    7514 print command = lpr \-r \-P%p %s
     8016\FCprinting = BSD, AIX, QNX, LPRNG or PLP :\F[]
     8017.sp
     8018\FCprint command = lpr \-r \-P%p %s\F[]
    75158019.sp
    75168020For
    7517 printing = SYSV or HPUX :
    7518 .sp
    7519 print command = lp \-c \-d%p %s; rm %s
     8021\FCprinting = SYSV or HPUX :\F[]
     8022.sp
     8023\FCprint command = lp \-c \-d%p %s; rm %s\F[]
    75208024.sp
    75218025For
    7522 printing = SOFTQ :
    7523 .sp
    7524 print command = lp \-d%p \-s %s; rm %s
     8026\FCprinting = SOFTQ :\F[]
     8027.sp
     8028\FCprint command = lp \-d%p \-s %s; rm %s\F[]
    75258029.sp
    75268030For printing = CUPS : If SAMBA is compiled against libcups, then
    75278031\m[blue]\fBprintcap = cups\fR\m[]
    75288032uses the CUPS API to submit jobs, etc\&. Otherwise it maps to the System V commands with the \-oraw option for printing, i\&.e\&. it uses
    7529 lp \-c \-d%p \-oraw; rm %s\&. With
    7530 printing = cups, and if SAMBA is compiled against libcups, any manually set print command will be ignored\&.
     8033\FClp \-c \-d%p \-oraw; rm %s\F[]\&. With
     8034\FCprinting = cups\F[], and if SAMBA is compiled against libcups, any manually set print command will be ignored\&.
    75318035.sp
    75328036\fINo default\fR
    75338037.sp
    75348038Example:
    7535 \fI\fIprint command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/samba/bin/myprintscript %p %s\fR\fI \fR
     8039\fI\fIprint command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/samba/bin/myprintscript %p %s\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    75368040.RE
    75378041
    … …  
    75458049.sp
    75468050Default:
    7547 \fI\fIprinter admin\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    7548 .sp
    7549 Example:
    7550 \fI\fIprinter admin\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIadmin, @staff\fR\fI \fR
     8051\fI\fIprinter admin\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8052.sp
     8053Example:
     8054\fI\fIprinter admin\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCadmin, @staff\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    75518055.RE
    75528056
    … …  
    75708074\m[blue]\fBprinter name\fR\m[]
    75718075may be
    7572 lp
     8076\FClp\F[]
    75738077on many systems\&.
    75748078.sp
    75758079Default:
    7576 \fI\fIprinter name\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fInone\fR\fI \fR
    7577 .sp
    7578 Example:
    7579 \fI\fIprinter name\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIlaserwriter\fR\fI \fR
     8080\fI\fIprinter name\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCnone\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8081.sp
     8082Example:
     8083\fI\fIprinter name\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FClaserwriter\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    75808084.RE
    75818085
    … …  
    76168120.sp
    76178121Default:
    7618 \fI\fIprinting\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIDepends on the operating system, see testparm \-v\&.\fR\fI \fR
     8122\fI\fIprinting\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCDepends on the operating system, see \FCtestparm \-v\&.\F[]\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    76198123.RE
    76208124
    … …  
    76268130.sp
    76278131Default:
    7628 \fI\fIprintjob username\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI%U\fR\fI \fR
    7629 .sp
    7630 Example:
    7631 \fI\fIprintjob username\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI%D\e%U\fR\fI \fR
     8132\fI\fIprintjob username\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC%U\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8133.sp
     8134Example:
     8135\fI\fIprintjob username\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC%D\e%U\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    76328136.RE
    76338137
    … …  
    76378141.RS 4
    76388142This parameters defines the directory smbd will use for storing such files as
    7639 smbpasswd
     8143\FCsmbpasswd\F[]
    76408144and
    7641 secrets\&.tdb\&.
    7642 .sp
    7643 Default:
    7644 \fI\fIprivate dir\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI${prefix}/private\fR\fI \fR
     8145\FCsecrets\&.tdb\F[]\&.
     8146.sp
     8147Default:
     8148\fI\fIprivate dir\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC${prefix}/private\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    76458149.RE
    76468150
    … …  
    76568160.sp
    76578161Default:
    7658 \fI\fIprofile acls\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     8162\fI\fIprofile acls\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    76598163.RE
    76608164
    … …  
    76788182.sp
    76798183Example:
    7680 \fI\fIqueuepause command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIdisable %p\fR\fI \fR
     8184\fI\fIqueuepause command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCdisable %p\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    76818185.RE
    76828186
    … …  
    76988202.sp
    76998203Default:
    7700 \fI\fIqueueresume command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    7701 .sp
    7702 Example:
    7703 \fI\fIqueueresume command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIenable %p\fR\fI \fR
     8204\fI\fIqueueresume command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8205.sp
     8206Example:
     8207\fI\fIqueueresume command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCenable %p\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    77048208.RE
    77058209
    … …  
    77198223.sp
    77208224Default:
    7721 \fI\fIread list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    7722 .sp
    7723 Example:
    7724 \fI\fIread list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fImary, @students\fR\fI \fR
     8225\fI\fIread list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8226.sp
     8227Example:
     8228\fI\fIread list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCmary, @students\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    77258229.RE
    77268230
    … …  
    77358239\fByes\fR, then users of a service may not create or modify files in the service\'s directory\&.
    77368240.sp
    7737 Note that a printable service (printable = yes) will
     8241Note that a printable service (\FCprintable = yes\F[]) will
    77388242\fIALWAYS\fR
    77398243allow writing to the directory (user privileges permitting), but only via spooling operations\&.
    77408244.sp
    77418245Default:
    7742 \fI\fIread only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     8246\fI\fIread only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    77438247.RE
    77448248
    … …  
    77568260.sp
    77578261Default:
    7758 \fI\fIread raw\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     8262\fI\fIread raw\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    77598263.RE
    77608264
    … …  
    77648268.RS 4
    77658269This option specifies the kerberos realm to use\&. The realm is used as the ADS equivalent of the NT4
    7766 domain\&. It is usually set to the DNS name of the kerberos server\&.
    7767 .sp
    7768 Default:
    7769 \fI\fIrealm\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    7770 .sp
    7771 Example:
    7772 \fI\fIrealm\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fImysambabox\&.mycompany\&.com\fR\fI \fR
     8270\FCdomain\F[]\&. It is usually set to the DNS name of the kerberos server\&.
     8271.sp
     8272Default:
     8273\fI\fIrealm\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8274.sp
     8275Example:
     8276\fI\fIrealm\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCmysambabox\&.mycompany\&.com\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    77738277.RE
    77748278
    … …  
    77908294.sp
    77918295Default:
    7792 \fI\fIregistry shares\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    7793 .sp
    7794 Example:
    7795 \fI\fIregistry shares\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     8296\fI\fIregistry shares\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8297.sp
     8298Example:
     8299\fI\fIregistry shares\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    77968300.RE
    77978301
    … …  
    78118315.RS 4
    78128316.\}
     8317.fam C
     8318.ps -1
    78138319.nf
    7814 remote announce = 192\&.168\&.2\&.255/SERVERS 192\&.168\&.4\&.255/STAFF
     8320.if t \{\
     8321.sp -1
     8322.\}
     8323.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     8324.sp -1
     8325
     8326\FCremote announce = 192\&.168\&.2\&.255/SERVERS 192\&.168\&.4\&.255/STAFF\F[]
     8327.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     8328.if t \{\
     8329.sp 1
     8330.\}
    78158331.fi
     8332.fam
     8333.ps +1
    78168334.if n \{\
    78178335.RE
    … …  
    78198337.sp
    78208338the above line would cause
    7821 nmbd
     8339\FCnmbd\F[]
    78228340to announce itself to the two given IP addresses using the given workgroup names\&. If you leave out the workgroup name, then the one given in the
    78238341\m[blue]\fBworkgroup\fR\m[]
    … …  
    78298347.sp
    78308348Default:
    7831 \fI\fIremote announce\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     8349\fI\fIremote announce\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    78328350.RE
    78338351
    … …  
    78478365.RS 4
    78488366.\}
     8367.fam C
     8368.ps -1
    78498369.nf
     8370.if t \{\
     8371.sp -1
     8372.\}
     8373.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     8374.sp -1
     8375
    78508376\fIremote browse sync = 192\&.168\&.2\&.255 192\&.168\&.4\&.255\fR
     8377.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     8378.if t \{\
     8379.sp 1
     8380.\}
    78518381.fi
     8382.fam
     8383.ps +1
    78528384.if n \{\
    78538385.RE
    … …  
    78558387.sp
    78568388the above line would cause
    7857 nmbd
     8389\FCnmbd\F[]
    78588390to request the master browser on the specified subnets or addresses to synchronize their browse lists with the local server\&.
    78598391.sp
    … …  
    78658397.sp
    78668398Default:
    7867 \fI\fIremote browse sync\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     8399\fI\fIremote browse sync\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    78688400.RE
    78698401
    … …  
    78778409.sp
    78788410When a user with admin authority or SeAddUserPrivilege rights renames a user (e\&.g\&.: from the NT4 User Manager for Domains), this script will be run to rename the POSIX user\&. Two variables,
    7879 %uold
     8411\FC%uold\F[]
    78808412and
    7881 %unew, will be substituted with the old and new usernames, respectively\&. The script should return 0 upon successful completion, and nonzero otherwise\&.
     8413\FC%unew\F[], will be substituted with the old and new usernames, respectively\&. The script should return 0 upon successful completion, and nonzero otherwise\&.
    78828414.if n \{\
    78838415.sp
    78848416.\}
    78858417.RS 4
     8418.BM yellow
    78868419.it 1 an-trap
    78878420.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    78948427The script has all responsibility to rename all the necessary data that is accessible in this posix method\&. This can mean different requirements for different backends\&. The tdbsam and smbpasswd backends will take care of the contents of their respective files, so the script is responsible only for changing the POSIX username, and other data that may required for your circumstances, such as home directory\&. Please also consider whether or not you need to rename the actual home directories themselves\&. The ldapsam backend will not make any changes, because of the potential issues with renaming the LDAP naming attribute\&. In this case the script is responsible for changing the attribute that samba uses (uid) for locating users, as well as any data that needs to change for other applications using the same directory\&.
    78958428.sp .5v
    7896 .RE
    7897 Default:
    7898 \fI\fIrename user script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     8429.EM yellow
     8430.RE
     8431Default:
     8432\fI\fIrename user script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    78998433.RE
    79008434
    … …  
    79068440.sp
    79078441Default:
    7908 \fI\fIreset on zero vc\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     8442\fI\fIreset on zero vc\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    79098443.RE
    79108444
    … …  
    79188452.RS 4
    79198453.\}
     8454.fam C
     8455.ps -1
    79208456.nf
     8457.if t \{\
     8458.sp -1
     8459.\}
     8460.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     8461.sp -1
     8462
    79218463HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\eSYSTEM\eCurrentControlSet\e
    79228464           Control\eLSA\eRestrictAnonymous
     8465.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     8466.if t \{\
     8467.sp 1
     8468.\}
    79238469.fi
     8470.fam
     8471.ps +1
    79248472.if n \{\
    79258473.RE
    … …  
    79338481.\}
    79348482.RS 4
     8483.BM yellow
    79358484.it 1 an-trap
    79368485.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    79458494on any share\&.
    79468495.sp .5v
    7947 .RE
    7948 Default:
    7949 \fI\fIrestrict anonymous\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
     8496.EM yellow
     8497.RE
     8498Default:
     8499\fI\fIrestrict anonymous\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    79508500.RE
    79518501
    … …  
    79718521.RS 4
    79728522The server will
    7973 chroot()
     8523\FCchroot()\F[]
    79748524(i\&.e\&. Change its root directory) to this directory on startup\&. This is not strictly necessary for secure operation\&. Even without it the server will deny access to files not in one of the service entries\&. It may also check for, and deny access to, soft links to other parts of the filesystem, or attempts to use "\&.\&." in file names to access other directories (depending on the setting of the
    79758525\m[blue]\fBwide smbconfoptions\fR\m[]
    … …  
    79858535\fIroot directory\fR
    79868536tree\&. In particular you will need to mirror
    7987 /etc/passwd
     8537\FC/etc/passwd\F[]
    79888538(or a subset of it), and any binaries or configuration files needed for printing (if required)\&. The set of files that must be mirrored is operating system dependent\&.
    79898539.sp
    79908540Default:
    7991 \fI\fIroot directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/\fR\fI \fR
    7992 .sp
    7993 Example:
    7994 \fI\fIroot directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/homes/smb\fR\fI \fR
     8541\fI\fIroot directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8542.sp
     8543Example:
     8544\fI\fIroot directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/homes/smb\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    79958545.RE
    79968546
    … …  
    80048554.sp
    80058555Default:
    8006 \fI\fIroot postexec\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     8556\fI\fIroot postexec\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    80078557.RE
    80088558
    … …  
    80168566.sp
    80178567Default:
    8018 \fI\fIroot preexec close\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     8568\fI\fIroot preexec close\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    80198569.RE
    80208570
    … …  
    80288578.sp
    80298579Default:
    8030 \fI\fIroot preexec\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     8580\fI\fIroot preexec\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    80318581.RE
    80328582
    … …  
    80498599.sp
    80508600Default:
    8051 \fI\fIsecurity mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0777\fR\fI \fR
    8052 .sp
    8053 Example:
    8054 \fI\fIsecurity mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0770\fR\fI \fR
     8601\fI\fIsecurity mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0777\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8602.sp
     8603Example:
     8604\fI\fIsecurity mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0770\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    80558605.RE
    80568606
    … …  
    80608610.RS 4
    80618611This option affects how clients respond to Samba and is one of the most important settings in the
    8062 smb\&.conf
     8612\FC smb\&.conf\F[]
    80638613file\&.
    80648614.sp
    … …  
    80688618.sp
    80698619The default is
    8070 security = user, as this is the most common setting needed when talking to Windows 98 and Windows NT\&.
     8620\FCsecurity = user\F[], as this is the most common setting needed when talking to Windows 98 and Windows NT\&.
    80718621.sp
    80728622The alternatives are
    8073 security = share,
    8074 security = server
     8623\FCsecurity = share\F[],
     8624\FCsecurity = server\F[]
    80758625or
    8076 security = domain\&.
     8626\FCsecurity = domain \F[]\&.
    80778627.sp
    80788628In versions of Samba prior to 2\&.0\&.0, the default was
    8079 security = share
     8629\FCsecurity = share\F[]
    80808630mainly because that was the only option at one stage\&.
    80818631.sp
    … …  
    80838633.sp
    80848634If your PCs use usernames that are the same as their usernames on the UNIX machine then you will want to use
    8085 security = user\&. If you mostly use usernames that don\'t exist on the UNIX box then use
    8086 security = share\&.
     8635\FCsecurity = user\F[]\&. If you mostly use usernames that don\'t exist on the UNIX box then use
     8636\FCsecurity = share\F[]\&.
    80878637.sp
    80888638You should also use
    8089 security = share
     8639\FCsecurity = share\F[]
    80908640if you want to mainly setup shares without a password (guest shares)\&. This is commonly used for a shared printer server\&. It is more difficult to setup guest shares with
    8091 security = user, see the
     8641\FCsecurity = user\F[], see the
    80928642\m[blue]\fBmap to guest\fR\m[]
    80938643parameter for details\&.
    80948644.sp
    80958645It is possible to use
    8096 smbd
     8646\FCsmbd\F[]
    80978647in a
    80988648\fI hybrid mode\fR
    … …  
    81058655.sp
    81068656When clients connect to a share level security server, they need not log onto the server with a valid username and password before attempting to connect to a shared resource (although modern clients such as Windows 95/98 and Windows NT will send a logon request with a username but no password when talking to a
    8107 security = share
     8657\FCsecurity = share \F[]
    81088658server)\&. Instead, the clients send authentication information (passwords) on a per\-share basis, at the time they attempt to connect to that share\&.
    81098659.sp
    81108660Note that
    8111 smbd
     8661\FCsmbd\F[]
    81128662\fIALWAYS\fR
    81138663uses a valid UNIX user to act on behalf of the client, even in
    8114 security = share
     8664\FCsecurity = share\F[]
    81158665level security\&.
    81168666.sp
    81178667As clients are not required to send a username to the server in share level security,
    8118 smbd
     8668\FCsmbd\F[]
    81198669uses several techniques to determine the correct UNIX user to use on behalf of the client\&.
    81208670.sp
    … …  
    82498799\fINote\fR
    82508800that from the client\'s point of view
    8251 security = domain
     8801\FCsecurity = domain\F[]
    82528802is the same as
    8253 security = user\&. It only affects how the server deals with the authentication, it does not in any way affect what the client sees\&.
     8803\FCsecurity = user\F[]\&. It only affects how the server deals with the authentication, it does not in any way affect what the client sees\&.
    82548804.sp
    82558805\fINote\fR
    … …  
    82738823.sp
    82748824In this mode Samba will try to validate the username/password by passing it to another SMB server, such as an NT box\&. If this fails it will revert to
    8275 security = user\&. It expects the
     8825\FCsecurity = user\F[]\&. It expects the
    82768826\m[blue]\fBencrypted passwords\fR\m[]
    82778827parameter to be set to
    82788828\fByes\fR, unless the remote server does not support them\&. However note that if encrypted passwords have been negotiated then Samba cannot revert back to checking the UNIX password file, it must have a valid
    8279 smbpasswd
     8829\FCsmbpasswd\F[]
    82808830file to check users against\&. See the chapter about the User Database in the Samba HOWTO Collection for details on how to set this up\&.
    82818831.if n \{\
    … …  
    82838833.\}
    82848834.RS 4
     8835.BM yellow
    82858836.it 1 an-trap
    82868837.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    82938844This mode of operation has significant pitfalls since it is more vulnerable to man\-in\-the\-middle attacks and server impersonation\&. In particular, this mode of operation can cause significant resource consuption on the PDC, as it must maintain an active connection for the duration of the user\'s session\&. Furthermore, if this connection is lost, there is no way to reestablish it, and futher authentications to the Samba server may fail (from a single client, till it disconnects)\&.
    82948845.sp .5v
     8846.EM yellow
    82958847.RE
    82968848.if n \{\
    … …  
    82988850.\}
    82998851.RS 4
     8852.BM yellow
    83008853.it 1 an-trap
    83018854.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    83078860.br
    83088861From the client\'s point of view,
    8309 security = server
     8862\FCsecurity = server\F[]
    83108863is the same as
    8311 security = user\&. It only affects how the server deals with the authentication, it does not in any way affect what the client sees\&.
     8864\FCsecurity = user\F[]\&. It only affects how the server deals with the authentication, it does not in any way affect what the client sees\&.
    83128865.sp .5v
     8866.EM yellow
    83138867.RE
    83148868\fINote\fR
    … …  
    83388892.sp
    83398893Default:
    8340 \fI\fIsecurity\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIUSER\fR\fI \fR
    8341 .sp
    8342 Example:
    8343 \fI\fIsecurity\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIDOMAIN\fR\fI \fR
     8894\fI\fIsecurity\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCUSER\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8895.sp
     8896Example:
     8897\fI\fIsecurity\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCDOMAIN\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    83448898.RE
    83458899
    … …  
    83578911.sp
    83588912Please note that with this set to
    8359 no, you will have to apply the WindowsXP
    8360 WinXP_SignOrSeal\&.reg
     8913\FCno\F[], you will have to apply the WindowsXP
     8914\FCWinXP_SignOrSeal\&.reg\F[]
    83618915registry patch found in the docs/registry subdirectory of the Samba distribution tarball\&.
    83628916.sp
    83638917Default:
    8364 \fI\fIserver schannel\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIauto\fR\fI \fR
    8365 .sp
    8366 Example:
    8367 \fI\fIserver schannel\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     8918\fI\fIserver schannel\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCauto\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8919.sp
     8920Example:
     8921\fI\fIserver schannel\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    83688922.RE
    83698923
    … …  
    83818935.sp
    83828936Default:
    8383 \fI\fIserver signing\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIDisabled\fR\fI \fR
     8937\fI\fIserver signing\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCDisabled\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    83848938.RE
    83858939
    … …  
    83898943.RS 4
    83908944This controls what string will show up in the printer comment box in print manager and next to the IPC connection in
    8391 net view\&. It can be any string that you wish to show to your users\&.
     8945\FCnet view\F[]\&. It can be any string that you wish to show to your users\&.
    83928946.sp
    83938947It also sets what will appear in browse lists next to the machine name\&.
    … …  
    84028956.sp
    84038957Default:
    8404 \fI\fIserver string\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fISamba %v\fR\fI \fR
    8405 .sp
    8406 Example:
    8407 \fI\fIserver string\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIUniversity of GNUs Samba Server\fR\fI \fR
     8958\fI\fIserver string\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCSamba %v\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8959.sp
     8960Example:
     8961\fI\fIserver string\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCUniversity of GNUs Samba Server\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    84088962.RE
    84098963
    … …  
    84138967.RS 4
    84148968If
    8415 set directory = no, then users of the service may not use the setdir command to change directory\&.
     8969\FCset directory = no\F[], then users of the service may not use the setdir command to change directory\&.
    84168970.sp
    84178971The
    8418 setdir
     8972\FCsetdir\F[]
    84198973command is only implemented in the Digital Pathworks client\&. See the Pathworks documentation for details\&.
    84208974.sp
    84218975Default:
    8422 \fI\fIset directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     8976\fI\fIset directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    84238977.RE
    84248978
    … …  
    84288982.RS 4
    84298983Thanks to the Posix subsystem in NT a Windows User has a primary group in addition to the auxiliary groups\&. This script sets the primary group in the unix userdatase when an administrator sets the primary group from the windows user manager or when fetching a SAM with
    8430 net rpc vampire\&.
     8984\FCnet rpc vampire\F[]\&.
    84318985\fI%u\fR
    84328986will be replaced with the user whose primary group is to be set\&.
    … …  
    84358989.sp
    84368990Default:
    8437 \fI\fIset primary group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    8438 .sp
    8439 Example:
    8440 \fI\fIset primary group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/sbin/usermod \-g \'%g\' \'%u\'\fR\fI \fR
     8991\fI\fIset primary group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8992.sp
     8993Example:
     8994\fI\fIset primary group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/sbin/usermod \-g \'%g\' \'%u\'\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    84418995.RE
    84428996
    … …  
    84469000.RS 4
    84479001The
    8448 set quota command
     9002\FCset quota command\F[]
    84499003should only be used whenever there is no operating system API available from the OS that samba can use\&.
    84509004.sp
    84519005This option is only available if Samba was configured with the argument
    8452 \-\-with\-sys\-quotas
     9006\FC\-\-with\-sys\-quotas\F[]
    84539007or on linux when
    8454 \&./configure \-\-with\-quotas
     9008\FC\&./configure \-\-with\-quotas\F[]
    84559009was used and a working quota api was found in the system\&. Most packages are configured with these options already\&.
    84569010.sp
    … …  
    85959149.sp
    85969150Default:
    8597 \fI\fIset quota command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    8598 .sp
    8599 Example:
    8600 \fI\fIset quota command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/sbin/set_quota\fR\fI \fR
     9151\fI\fIset quota command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9152.sp
     9153Example:
     9154\fI\fIset quota command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/sbin/set_quota\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    86019155.RE
    86029156
    … …  
    86229176.sp
    86239177Default:
    8624 \fI\fIshare modes\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     9178\fI\fIshare modes\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    86259179.RE
    86269180
    … …  
    86389192.sp
    86399193Default:
    8640 \fI\fIshort preserve case\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     9194\fI\fIshort preserve case\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    86419195.RE
    86429196
    … …  
    86589212.\}
    86599213.RS 4
     9214.BM yellow
    86609215.it 1 an-trap
    86619216.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    86689223This does not prevent the same user from having administrative privilege on an individual printer\&.
    86699224.sp .5v
    8670 .RE
    8671 Default:
    8672 \fI\fIshow add printer wizard\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     9225.EM yellow
     9226.RE
     9227Default:
     9228\fI\fIshow add printer wizard\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    86739229.RE
    86749230
    … …  
    87419297.RS 4
    87429298.\}
     9299.fam C
     9300.ps -1
    87439301.nf
     9302.if t \{\
     9303.sp -1
     9304.\}
     9305.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     9306.sp -1
     9307
    87449308#!/bin/bash
    87459309
    … …  
    87509314/sbin/shutdown $3 $4 +$time $1 &
    87519315
     9316.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     9317.if t \{\
     9318.sp 1
     9319.\}
    87529320.fi
     9321.fam
     9322.ps +1
    87539323.if n \{\
    87549324.RE
    … …  
    87589328.sp
    87599329Default:
    8760 \fI\fIshutdown script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    8761 .sp
    8762 Example:
    8763 \fI\fIshutdown script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/samba/sbin/shutdown %m %t %r %f\fR\fI \fR
     9330\fI\fIshutdown script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9331.sp
     9332Example:
     9333\fI\fIshutdown script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/samba/sbin/shutdown %m %t %r %f\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    87649334.RE
    87659335
    … …  
    87859355.sp
    87869356Default:
    8787 \fI\fIsmb encrypt\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIauto\fR\fI \fR
     9357\fI\fIsmb encrypt\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCauto\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    87889358.RE
    87899359
    … …  
    87999369.RS 4
    88009370.\}
     9371.fam C
     9372.ps -1
    88019373.nf
     9374.if t \{\
     9375.sp -1
     9376.\}
     9377.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     9378.sp -1
     9379
    88029380smb passwd file = /etc/samba/smbpasswd
     9381.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     9382.if t \{\
     9383.sp 1
     9384.\}
    88039385.fi
     9386.fam
     9387.ps +1
    88049388.if n \{\
    88059389.RE
    … …  
    88079391.sp
    88089392Default:
    8809 \fI\fIsmb passwd file\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI${prefix}/private/smbpasswd\fR\fI \fR
     9393\fI\fIsmb passwd file\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC${prefix}/private/smbpasswd\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    88109394.RE
    88119395
    … …  
    88179401.sp
    88189402Default:
    8819 \fI\fIsmb ports\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI445 139\fR\fI \fR
     9403\fI\fIsmb ports\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC445 139\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    88209404.RE
    88219405
    … …  
    88319415.sp
    88329416Default:
    8833 \fI\fIsocket address\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    8834 .sp
    8835 Example:
    8836 \fI\fIsocket address\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI192\&.168\&.2\&.20\fR\fI \fR
     9417\fI\fIsocket address\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9418.sp
     9419Example:
     9420\fI\fIsocket address\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC192\&.168\&.2\&.20\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    88379421.RE
    88389422
    … …  
    88469430.sp
    88479431This option will typically be used to tune your Samba server for optimal performance for your local network\&. There is no way that Samba can know what the optimal parameters are for your net, so you must experiment and choose them yourself\&. We strongly suggest you read the appropriate documentation for your operating system first (perhaps
    8848 man setsockopt
     9432\FCman setsockopt\F[]
    88499433will help)\&.
    88509434.sp
    … …  
    89719555.sp
    89729556To specify an argument use the syntax SOME_OPTION = VALUE for example
    8973 SO_SNDBUF = 8192\&. Note that you must not have any spaces before or after the = sign\&.
     9557\FCSO_SNDBUF = 8192\F[]\&. Note that you must not have any spaces before or after the = sign\&.
    89749558.sp
    89759559If you are on a local network then a sensible option might be:
    89769560.sp
    8977 socket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY
     9561\FCsocket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY\F[]
    89789562.sp
    89799563If you have a local network then you could try:
    89809564.sp
    8981 socket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY TCP_NODELAY
     9565\FCsocket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY TCP_NODELAY\F[]
    89829566.sp
    89839567If you are on a wide area network then perhaps try setting IPTOS_THROUGHPUT\&.
    … …  
    89869570.sp
    89879571Default:
    8988 \fI\fIsocket options\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fITCP_NODELAY\fR\fI \fR
    8989 .sp
    8990 Example:
    8991 \fI\fIsocket options\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIIPTOS_LOWDELAY\fR\fI \fR
     9572\fI\fIsocket options\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCTCP_NODELAY\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9573.sp
     9574Example:
     9575\fI\fIsocket options\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCIPTOS_LOWDELAY\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    89929576.RE
    89939577
    … …  
    90019585.sp
    90029586Default:
    9003 \fI\fIstat cache\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     9587\fI\fIstat cache\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    90049588.RE
    90059589
    … …  
    90209604.sp
    90219605Default:
    9022 \fI\fIstore dos attributes\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     9606\fI\fIstore dos attributes\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    90239607.RE
    90249608
    … …  
    90409624.sp
    90419625Default:
    9042 \fI\fIstrict allocate\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     9626\fI\fIstrict allocate\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    90439627.RE
    90449628
    … …  
    90559639.sp
    90569640Well\-behaved clients always ask for lock checks when it is important\&. So in the vast majority of cases,
    9057 strict locking = Auto
     9641\FCstrict locking = Auto\F[]
    90589642or
    9059 strict locking = no
     9643\FCstrict locking = no\F[]
    90609644is acceptable\&.
    90619645.sp
    90629646Default:
    9063 \fI\fIstrict locking\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIAuto\fR\fI \fR
     9647\fI\fIstrict locking\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCAuto\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    90649648.RE
    90659649
    … …  
    90759659.sp
    90769660Default:
    9077 \fI\fIstrict sync\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     9661\fI\fIstrict sync\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    90789662.RE
    90799663
    … …  
    90859669.sp
    90869670The administrator must create a directory name
    9087 svcctl
     9671\FCsvcctl\F[]
    90889672in Samba\'s $(libdir) and create symbolic links to the init scripts in
    9089 /etc/init\&.d/\&. The name of the links must match the names given as part of the
     9673\FC/etc/init\&.d/\F[]\&. The name of the links must match the names given as part of the
    90909674\fIsvcctl list\fR\&.
    90919675.sp
    90929676Default:
    9093 \fI\fIsvcctl list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    9094 .sp
    9095 Example:
    9096 \fI\fIsvcctl list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIcups postfix portmap httpd\fR\fI \fR
     9677\fI\fIsvcctl list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9678.sp
     9679Example:
     9680\fI\fIsvcctl list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCcups postfix portmap httpd\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    90979681.RE
    90989682
    … …  
    91069690\fByes\fR
    91079691then every write will be followed by a
    9108 fsync()
     9692\FCfsync() \F[]
    91099693call to ensure the data is written to disk\&. Note that the
    91109694\fIstrict sync\fR
    … …  
    91149698.sp
    91159699Default:
    9116 \fI\fIsync always\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     9700\fI\fIsync always\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    91179701.RE
    91189702
    … …  
    91269710.sp
    91279711Default:
    9128 \fI\fIsyslog only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     9712\fI\fIsyslog only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    91299713.RE
    91309714
    … …  
    91449728.sp
    91459729Default:
    9146 \fI\fIsyslog\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1\fR\fI \fR
     9730\fI\fIsyslog\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    91479731.RE
    91489732
    … …  
    91609744.sp
    91619745Default:
    9162 \fI\fItemplate homedir\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/home/%D/%U\fR\fI \fR
     9746\fI\fItemplate homedir\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/home/%D/%U\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    91639747.RE
    91649748
    … …  
    91819765.sp
    91829766Default:
    9183 \fI\fItime offset\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    9184 .sp
    9185 Example:
    9186 \fI\fItime offset\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI60\fR\fI \fR
     9767\fI\fItime offset\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9768.sp
     9769Example:
     9770\fI\fItime offset\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC60\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    91879771.RE
    91889772
    … …  
    91969780.sp
    91979781Default:
    9198 \fI\fItime server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     9782\fI\fItime server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    91999783.RE
    92009784
    … …  
    92089792.sp
    92099793Default:
    9210 \fI\fIunix charset\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIUTF8\fR\fI \fR
    9211 .sp
    9212 Example:
    9213 \fI\fIunix charset\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIASCII\fR\fI \fR
     9794\fI\fIunix charset\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCUTF8\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9795.sp
     9796Example:
     9797\fI\fIunix charset\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCASCII\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    92149798.RE
    92159799
    … …  
    92209804This boolean parameter controls whether Samba implements the CIFS UNIX extensions, as defined by HP\&. These extensions enable Samba to better serve UNIX CIFS clients by supporting features such as symbolic links, hard links, etc\&.\&.\&. These extensions require a similarly enabled client, and are of no current use to Windows clients\&.
    92219805.sp
    9222 Default:
    9223 \fI\fIunix extensions\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     9806Note if this parameter is turned on, the
     9807\m[blue]\fBwide links\fR\m[]
     9808parameter will automatically be disabled\&.
     9809.sp
     9810Default:
     9811\fI\fIunix extensions\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    92249812.RE
    92259813
    … …  
    92379825.sp
    92389826Default:
    9239 \fI\fIunix password sync\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     9827\fI\fIunix password sync\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    92409828.RE
    92419829
    … …  
    92589846.sp
    92599847Note that even when this parameter is set, a user authenticating to
    9260 smbd
     9848\FCsmbd\F[]
    92619849must still enter a valid password in order to connect correctly, and to update their hashed (smbpasswd) passwords\&.
    92629850.sp
    92639851Default:
    9264 \fI\fIupdate encrypted\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     9852\fI\fIupdate encrypted\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    92659853.RE
    92669854
    … …  
    92709858.RS 4
    92719859This parameter applies only to Windows NT/2000 clients\&. It has no effect on Windows 95/98/ME clients\&. When serving a printer to Windows NT/2000 clients without first installing a valid printer driver on the Samba host, the client will be required to install a local printer driver\&. From this point on, the client will treat the print as a local printer and not a network printer connection\&. This is much the same behavior that will occur when
    9272 disable spoolss = yes\&.
     9860\FCdisable spoolss = yes\F[]\&.
    92739861.sp
    92749862The differentiating factor is that under normal circumstances, the NT/2000 client will attempt to open the network printer using MS\-RPC\&. The problem is that because the client considers the printer to be local, it will attempt to issue the OpenPrinterEx() call requesting access rights associated with the logged on user\&. If the user possesses local administator rights but not root privilege on the Samba host (often the case), the OpenPrinterEx() call will fail\&. The result is that the client will now display an "Access Denied; Unable to connect" message in the printer queue window (even though jobs may successfully be printed)\&.
    … …  
    92789866.sp
    92799867Default:
    9280 \fI\fIuse client driver\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     9868\fI\fIuse client driver\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    92819869.RE
    92829870
    … …  
    92919879.sp
    92929880When you are using the heimdal Kerberos libraries, you must also specify the following in
    9293 /etc/krb5\&.conf:
     9881\FC/etc/krb5\&.conf\F[]:
    92949882.sp
    92959883.if n \{\
    92969884.RS 4
    92979885.\}
     9886.fam C
     9887.ps -1
    92989888.nf
     9889.if t \{\
     9890.sp -1
     9891.\}
     9892.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     9893.sp -1
     9894
    92999895[libdefaults]
    93009896default_keytab_name = FILE:/etc/krb5\&.keytab
     9897.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     9898.if t \{\
     9899.sp 1
     9900.\}
    93019901.fi
     9902.fam
     9903.ps +1
    93029904.if n \{\
    93039905.RE
    … …  
    93059907.sp
    93069908Default:
    9307 \fI\fIuse kerberos keytab\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIFalse\fR\fI \fR
     9909\fI\fIuse kerberos keytab\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCFalse\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    93089910.RE
    93099911
    … …  
    93179919.sp
    93189920Default:
    9319 \fI\fIuse mmap\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     9921\fI\fIuse mmap\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    93209922.RE
    93219923
    … …  
    93329934.sp
    93339935Default:
    9334 \fI\fIusername level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    9335 .sp
    9336 Example:
    9337 \fI\fIusername level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI5\fR\fI \fR
     9936\fI\fIusername level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9937.sp
     9938Example:
     9939\fI\fIusername level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC5\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    93389940.RE
    93399941
    … …  
    93479949.sp
    93489950Default:
    9349 \fI\fIusername map script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    9350 .sp
    9351 Example:
    9352 \fI\fIusername map script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/etc/samba/scripts/mapusers\&.sh\fR\fI \fR
     9951\fI\fIusername map script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9952.sp
     9953Example:
     9954\fI\fIusername map script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/etc/samba/scripts/mapusers\&.sh\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    93539955.RE
    93549956
    … …  
    93609962.sp
    93619963Please note that for user or share mode security, the username map is applied prior to validating the user credentials\&. Domain member servers (domain or ads) apply the username map after the user has been successfully authenticated by the domain controller and require fully qualified enties in the map table (e\&.g\&. biddle =
    9362 DOMAIN\efoo)\&.
     9964\FCDOMAIN\efoo\F[])\&.
    93639965.sp
    93649966The map file is parsed line by line\&. Each line should contain a single UNIX username on the left then a \'=\' followed by a list of usernames on the right\&. The list of usernames on the right may contain names of the form @group in which case they will match any UNIX username in that group\&. The special client name \'*\' is a wildcard and matches any name\&. Each line of the map file may be up to 1023 characters long\&.
    … …  
    93819983.RS 4
    93829984.\}
     9985.fam C
     9986.ps -1
    93839987.nf
    9384 root = admin administrator
     9988.if t \{\
     9989.sp -1
     9990.\}
     9991.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     9992.sp -1
     9993
     9994\FCroot = admin administrator\F[]
     9995.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     9996.if t \{\
     9997.sp 1
     9998.\}
    93859999.fi
     10000.fam
     10001.ps +1
    938610002.if n \{\
    938710003.RE
    … …  
    939710013.RS 4
    939810014.\}
     10015.fam C
     10016.ps -1
    939910017.nf
    9400 sys = @system
     10018.if t \{\
     10019.sp -1
     10020.\}
     10021.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     10022.sp -1
     10023
     10024\FCsys = @system\F[]
     10025.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     10026.if t \{\
     10027.sp 1
     10028.\}
    940110029.fi
     10030.fam
     10031.ps +1
    940210032.if n \{\
    940310033.RE
    … …  
    940710037.sp
    940810038If your system supports the NIS NETGROUP option then the netgroup database is checked before the
    9409 /etc/group
     10039\FC/etc/group \F[]
    941010040database for matching groups\&.
    941110041.sp
    … …  
    941510045.RS 4
    941610046.\}
     10047.fam C
     10048.ps -1
    941710049.nf
    9418 tridge = "Andrew Tridgell"
     10050.if t \{\
     10051.sp -1
     10052.\}
     10053.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     10054.sp -1
     10055
     10056\FCtridge = "Andrew Tridgell"\F[]
     10057.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     10058.if t \{\
     10059.sp 1
     10060.\}
    941910061.fi
     10062.fam
     10063.ps +1
    942010064.if n \{\
    942110065.RE
    … …  
    942910073.RS 4
    943010074.\}
     10075.fam C
     10076.ps -1
    943110077.nf
     10078.if t \{\
     10079.sp -1
     10080.\}
     10081.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     10082.sp -1
     10083
    943210084!sys = mary fred
    943310085guest = *
     10086.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     10087.if t \{\
     10088.sp 1
     10089.\}
    943410090.fi
     10091.fam
     10092.ps +1
    943510093.if n \{\
    943610094.RE
    … …  
    945110109.sp
    945210110Samba versions prior to 3\&.0\&.8 would only support reading the fully qualified username (e\&.g\&.:
    9453 DOMAIN\euser) from the username map when performing a kerberos login from a client\&. However, when looking up a map entry for a user authenticated by NTLM[SSP], only the login name would be used for matches\&. This resulted in inconsistent behavior sometimes even on the same server\&.
     10111\FCDOMAIN\euser\F[]) from the username map when performing a kerberos login from a client\&. However, when looking up a map entry for a user authenticated by NTLM[SSP], only the login name would be used for matches\&. This resulted in inconsistent behavior sometimes even on the same server\&.
    945410112.sp
    945510113The following functionality is obeyed in version 3\&.0\&.8 and later:
    … …  
    945810116.sp
    945910117When relying upon a external domain controller for validating authentication requests, smbd will apply the username map to the fully qualified username (i\&.e\&.
    9460 DOMAIN\euser) only after the user has been successfully authenticated\&.
     10118\FCDOMAIN\euser\F[]) only after the user has been successfully authenticated\&.
    946110119.sp
    946210120An example of use is:
    … …  
    946510123.RS 4
    946610124.\}
     10125.fam C
     10126.ps -1
    946710127.nf
     10128.if t \{\
     10129.sp -1
     10130.\}
     10131.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     10132.sp -1
     10133
    946810134username map = /usr/local/samba/lib/users\&.map
     10135.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     10136.if t \{\
     10137.sp 1
     10138.\}
    946910139.fi
     10140.fam
     10141.ps +1
    947010142.if n \{\
    947110143.RE
    … …  
    947310145.sp
    947410146Default:
    9475 \fI\fIusername map\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # no username map\fR\fI \fR
     10147\fI\fIusername map\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # no username map\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    947610148.RE
    947710149
    … …  
    952710199.sp
    952810200Default:
    9529 \fI\fIusername\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # The guest account if a guest service, else <empty string>\&.\fR\fI \fR
    9530 .sp
    9531 Example:
    9532 \fI\fIusername\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIfred, mary, jack, jane, @users, @pcgroup\fR\fI \fR
     10201\fI\fIusername\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # The guest account if a guest service, else <empty string>\&.\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10202.sp
     10203Example:
     10204\fI\fIusername\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCfred, mary, jack, jane, @users, @pcgroup\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    953310205.RE
    953410206
    … …  
    954210214.sp
    954310215Default:
    9544 \fI\fIusershare allow guests\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     10216\fI\fIusershare allow guests\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    954510217.RE
    954610218
    … …  
    955210224.sp
    955310225Default:
    9554 \fI\fIusershare max shares\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
     10226\fI\fIusershare max shares\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    955510227.RE
    955610228
    … …  
    956210234.sp
    956310235Default:
    9564 \fI\fIusershare owner only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fITrue\fR\fI \fR
     10236\fI\fIusershare owner only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCTrue\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    956510237.RE
    956610238
    … …  
    957810250.RS 4
    957910251.\}
     10252.fam C
     10253.ps -1
    958010254.nf
     10255.if t \{\
     10256.sp -1
     10257.\}
     10258.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     10259.sp -1
     10260
    958110261        ls \-ld /usr/local/samba/lib/usershares/
    958210262        drwxrwx\-\-T  2 root power_users 4096 2006\-05\-05 12:27 /usr/local/samba/lib/usershares/
    958310263       
     10264.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     10265.if t \{\
     10266.sp 1
     10267.\}
    958410268.fi
     10269.fam
     10270.ps +1
    958510271.if n \{\
    958610272.RE
    … …  
    959010276.sp
    959110277Default:
    9592 \fI\fIusershare path\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fINULL\fR\fI \fR
     10278\fI\fIusershare path\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCNULL\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    959310279.RE
    959410280
    … …  
    960210288.sp
    960310289Default:
    9604 \fI\fIusershare prefix allow list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fINULL\fR\fI \fR
    9605 .sp
    9606 Example:
    9607 \fI\fIusershare prefix allow list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/home /data /space\fR\fI \fR
     10290\fI\fIusershare prefix allow list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCNULL\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10291.sp
     10292Example:
     10293\fI\fIusershare prefix allow list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/home /data /space\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    960810294.RE
    960910295
    … …  
    961710303.sp
    961810304Default:
    9619 \fI\fIusershare prefix deny list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fINULL\fR\fI \fR
    9620 .sp
    9621 Example:
    9622 \fI\fIusershare prefix deny list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/etc /dev /private\fR\fI \fR
     10305\fI\fIusershare prefix deny list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCNULL\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10306.sp
     10307Example:
     10308\fI\fIusershare prefix deny list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/etc /dev /private\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    962310309.RE
    962410310
    … …  
    963210318.sp
    963310319Default:
    9634 \fI\fIusershare template share\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fINULL\fR\fI \fR
    9635 .sp
    9636 Example:
    9637 \fI\fIusershare template share\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fItemplate_share\fR\fI \fR
     10320\fI\fIusershare template share\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCNULL\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10321.sp
     10322Example:
     10323\fI\fIusershare template share\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCtemplate_share\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    963810324.RE
    963910325
    … …  
    964810334.sp
    964910335Default:
    9650 \fI\fIuse sendfile\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIfalse\fR\fI \fR
     10336\fI\fIuse sendfile\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCfalse\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    965110337.RE
    965210338
    … …  
    966010346.sp
    966110347Default:
    9662 \fI\fIuse spnego\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     10348\fI\fIuse spnego\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    966310349.RE
    966410350
    … …  
    966810354.RS 4
    966910355This parameter is only available if Samba has been configured and compiled with the option
    9670 \-\-with\-utmp\&. It specifies a directory pathname that is used to store the utmp or utmpx files (depending on the UNIX system) that record user connections to a Samba server\&. By default this is not set, meaning the system will use whatever utmp file the native system is set to use (usually
    9671 /var/run/utmp
     10356\FC \-\-with\-utmp\F[]\&. It specifies a directory pathname that is used to store the utmp or utmpx files (depending on the UNIX system) that record user connections to a Samba server\&. By default this is not set, meaning the system will use whatever utmp file the native system is set to use (usually
     10357\FC/var/run/utmp\F[]
    967210358on Linux)\&.
    967310359.sp
    967410360Default:
    9675 \fI\fIutmp directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # Determined automatically\fR\fI \fR
    9676 .sp
    9677 Example:
    9678 \fI\fIutmp directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/var/run/utmp\fR\fI \fR
     10361\fI\fIutmp directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # Determined automatically\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10362.sp
     10363Example:
     10364\fI\fIutmp directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/var/run/utmp\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    967910365.RE
    968010366
    … …  
    968410370.RS 4
    968510371This boolean parameter is only available if Samba has been configured and compiled with the option
    9686 \-\-with\-utmp\&. If set to
     10372\FC\-\-with\-utmp\F[]\&. If set to
    968710373\fByes\fR
    968810374then Samba will attempt to add utmp or utmpx records (depending on the UNIX system) whenever a connection is made to a Samba server\&. Sites may use this to record the user connecting to a Samba share\&.
    … …  
    969110377.sp
    969210378Default:
    9693 \fI\fIutmp\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     10379\fI\fIutmp\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    969410380.RE
    969510381
    … …  
    971010396.sp
    971110397Default:
    9712 \fI\fIvalid users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # No valid users list (anyone can login) \fR\fI \fR
    9713 .sp
    9714 Example:
    9715 \fI\fIvalid users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIgreg, @pcusers\fR\fI \fR
     10398\fI\fIvalid users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # No valid users list (anyone can login) \F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10399.sp
     10400Example:
     10401\fI\fIvalid users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCgreg, @pcusers\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    971610402.RE
    971710403
    … …  
    972510411.sp
    972610412Default:
    9727 \fI\fI\-valid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     10413\fI\fI\-valid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    972810414.RE
    972910415
    … …  
    975610442.RS 4
    975710443.\}
     10444.fam C
     10445.ps -1
    975810446.nf
     10447.if t \{\
     10448.sp -1
     10449.\}
     10450.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     10451.sp -1
     10452
    975910453; Veto any files containing the word Security,
    976010454; any ending in \&.tmp, and any directory containing the
    … …  
    976510459; creates\&.
    976610460veto files = /\&.AppleDouble/\&.bin/\&.AppleDesktop/Network Trash Folder/
     10461.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     10462.if t \{\
     10463.sp 1
     10464.\}
    976710465.fi
     10466.fam
     10467.ps +1
    976810468.if n \{\
    976910469.RE
    … …  
    977110471.sp
    977210472Default:
    9773 \fI\fIveto files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fINo files or directories are vetoed\&.\fR\fI \fR
     10473\fI\fIveto files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCNo files or directories are vetoed\&.\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    977410474.RE
    977510475
    … …  
    978510485.sp
    978610486You might want to do this on files that you know will be heavily contended for by clients\&. A good example of this is in the NetBench SMB benchmark program, which causes heavy client contention for files ending in
    9787 \&.SEM\&. To cause Samba not to grant oplocks on these files you would use the line (either in the [global] section or in the section for the particular NetBench share\&.
     10487\FC\&.SEM\F[]\&. To cause Samba not to grant oplocks on these files you would use the line (either in the [global] section or in the section for the particular NetBench share\&.
    978810488.sp
    978910489An example of use is:
    … …  
    979210492.RS 4
    979310493.\}
     10494.fam C
     10495.ps -1
    979410496.nf
     10497.if t \{\
     10498.sp -1
     10499.\}
     10500.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     10501.sp -1
     10502
    979510503veto oplock files = /\&.*SEM/
     10504.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     10505.if t \{\
     10506.sp 1
     10507.\}
    979610508.fi
     10509.fam
     10510.ps +1
    979710511.if n \{\
    979810512.RE
    … …  
    980010514.sp
    980110515Default:
    9802 \fI\fIveto oplock files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # No files are vetoed for oplock grants\fR\fI \fR
     10516\fI\fIveto oplock files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # No files are vetoed for oplock grants\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    980310517.RE
    980410518
    … …  
    981810532.sp
    981910533Default:
    9820 \fI\fIvfs objects\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    9821 .sp
    9822 Example:
    9823 \fI\fIvfs objects\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIextd_audit recycle\fR\fI \fR
     10534\fI\fIvfs objects\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10535.sp
     10536Example:
     10537\fI\fIvfs objects\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCextd_audit recycle\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    982410538.RE
    982510539
    … …  
    983110545.sp
    983210546Default:
    9833 \fI\fIvolume\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # the name of the share\fR\fI \fR
     10547\fI\fIvolume\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # the name of the share\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    983410548.RE
    983510549
    … …  
    984010554This parameter controls whether or not links in the UNIX file system may be followed by the server\&. Links that point to areas within the directory tree exported by the server are always allowed; this parameter controls access only to areas that are outside the directory tree being exported\&.
    984110555.sp
    9842 Note that setting this parameter can have a negative effect on your server performance due to the extra system calls that Samba has to do in order to perform the link checks\&.
    9843 .sp
    9844 Default:
    9845 \fI\fIwide links\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     10556Note: Turning this parameter on when UNIX extensions are enabled will allow UNIX clients to create symbolic links on the share that can point to files or directories outside restricted path exported by the share definition\&. This can cause access to areas outside of the share\&. Due to this problem, this parameter will be automatically disabled (with a message in the log file) if the
     10557\m[blue]\fBunix extensions\fR\m[]
     10558option is on\&.
     10559.sp
     10560Default:
     10561\fI\fIwide links\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    984610562.RE
    984710563
    … …  
    985910575.sp
    986010576Default:
    9861 \fI\fIwinbind cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI300\fR\fI \fR
     10577\fI\fIwinbind cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC300\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    986210578.RE
    986310579
    … …  
    986910585\fBwinbindd\fR(8)
    987010586it may be necessary to suppress the enumeration of groups through the
    9871 setgrent(),
    9872 getgrent()
     10587\FCsetgrent()\F[],
     10588\FCgetgrent()\F[]
    987310589and
    9874 endgrent()
     10590\FCendgrent()\F[]
    987510591group of system calls\&. If the
    987610592\fIwinbind enum groups\fR
    987710593parameter is
    987810594\fBno\fR, calls to the
    9879 getgrent()
     10595\FCgetgrent()\F[]
    988010596system call will not return any data\&.
    988110597.if n \{\
    … …  
    988310599.\}
    988410600.RS 4
     10601.BM yellow
    988510602.it 1 an-trap
    988610603.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    989310610Turning off group enumeration may cause some programs to behave oddly\&.
    989410611.sp .5v
    9895 .RE
    9896 Default:
    9897 \fI\fIwinbind enum groups\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     10612.EM yellow
     10613.RE
     10614Default:
     10615\fI\fIwinbind enum groups\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    989810616.RE
    989910617
    … …  
    990510623\fBwinbindd\fR(8)
    990610624it may be necessary to suppress the enumeration of users through the
    9907 setpwent(),
    9908 getpwent()
     10625\FCsetpwent()\F[],
     10626\FCgetpwent()\F[]
    990910627and
    9910 endpwent()
     10628\FCendpwent()\F[]
    991110629group of system calls\&. If the
    991210630\fIwinbind enum users\fR
    991310631parameter is
    991410632\fBno\fR, calls to the
    9915 getpwent
     10633\FCgetpwent\F[]
    991610634system call will not return any data\&.
    991710635.if n \{\
    … …  
    991910637.\}
    992010638.RS 4
     10639.BM yellow
    992110640.it 1 an-trap
    992210641.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    992910648Turning off user enumeration may cause some programs to behave oddly\&. For example, the finger program relies on having access to the full user list when searching for matching usernames\&.
    993010649.sp .5v
    9931 .RE
    9932 Default:
    9933 \fI\fIwinbind enum users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     10650.EM yellow
     10651.RE
     10652Default:
     10653\fI\fIwinbind enum users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    993410654.RE
    993510655
    … …  
    994510665.sp
    994610666Default:
    9947 \fI\fIwinbind expand groups\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1\fR\fI \fR
     10667\fI\fIwinbind expand groups\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    994810668.RE
    994910669
    … …  
    995510675.sp
    995610676Default:
    9957 \fI\fIwinbind nested groups\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     10677\fI\fIwinbind nested groups\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    995810678.RE
    995910679
    … …  
    996410684This parameter controls whether winbindd will replace whitespace in user and group names with an underscore (_) character\&. For example, whether the name "Space Kadet" should be replaced with the string "space_kadet"\&. Frequently Unix shell scripts will have difficulty with usernames contains whitespace due to the default field separator in the shell\&. If your domain possesses names containing the underscore character, this option may cause problems unless the name aliasing feature is supported by your nss_info plugin\&.
    996510685.sp
    9966 This feature also enables the name aliasing API which can be used to make domain user and group names to a non\-qualified version\&. Please refer to the manpage for the configured idmap and nss_info plugin for the specifics on how to configure name aliasing for a specific configuration\&. Name aliasing takes precendence (and is mutually exclusive) over the whitespace replacement mechanism discussed previsouly\&.
    9967 .sp
    9968 Default:
    9969 \fI\fIwinbind normalize names\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    9970 .sp
    9971 Example:
    9972 \fI\fIwinbind normalize names\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     10686This feature also enables the name aliasing API which can be used to make domain user and group names to a non\-qualified version\&. Please refer to the manpage for the configured idmap and nss_info plugin for the specifics on how to configure name aliasing for a specific configuration\&. Name aliasing takes precedence (and is mutually exclusive) over the whitespace replacement mechanism discussed previsouly\&.
     10687.sp
     10688Default:
     10689\fI\fIwinbind normalize names\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10690.sp
     10691Example:
     10692\fI\fIwinbind normalize names\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    997310693.RE
    997410694
    … …  
    1001210732.sp
    1001310733Default:
    10014 \fI\fIwinbind nss info\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fItemplate\fR\fI \fR
    10015 .sp
    10016 Example:
    10017 \fI\fIwinbind nss info\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fItemplate sfu\fR\fI \fR
     10734\fI\fIwinbind nss info\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCtemplate\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10735.sp
     10736Example:
     10737\fI\fIwinbind nss info\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCtemplate sfu\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1001810738.RE
    1001910739
    … …  
    1002710747.sp
    1002810748Default:
    10029 \fI\fIwinbind offline logon\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIfalse\fR\fI \fR
    10030 .sp
    10031 Example:
    10032 \fI\fIwinbind offline logon\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fItrue\fR\fI \fR
     10749\fI\fIwinbind offline logon\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCfalse\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10750.sp
     10751Example:
     10752\fI\fIwinbind offline logon\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCtrue\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1003310753.RE
    1003410754
    … …  
    1004210762.sp
    1004310763Default:
    10044 \fI\fIwinbind reconnect delay\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI30\fR\fI \fR
     10764\fI\fIwinbind reconnect delay\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC30\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1004510765.RE
    1004610766
    … …  
    1005410774.sp
    1005510775Default:
    10056 \fI\fIwinbind refresh tickets\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIfalse\fR\fI \fR
    10057 .sp
    10058 Example:
    10059 \fI\fIwinbind refresh tickets\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fItrue\fR\fI \fR
     10776\fI\fIwinbind refresh tickets\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCfalse\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10777.sp
     10778Example:
     10779\fI\fIwinbind refresh tickets\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCtrue\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1006010780.RE
    1006110781
    … …  
    1006510785.RS 4
    1006610786Setting this parameter to
    10067 yes
     10787\FCyes\F[]
    1006810788forces winbindd to use RPC instead of LDAP to retrieve information from Domain Controllers\&.
    1006910789.sp
    1007010790Default:
    10071 \fI\fIwinbind rpc only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     10791\fI\fIwinbind rpc only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1007210792.RE
    1007310793
    … …  
    1007810798This parameter allows an admin to define the character used when listing a username of the form of
    1007910799\fIDOMAIN \fR\e\fIuser\fR\&. This parameter is only applicable when using the
    10080 pam_winbind\&.so
     10800\FCpam_winbind\&.so\F[]
    1008110801and
    10082 nss_winbind\&.so
     10802\FCnss_winbind\&.so\F[]
    1008310803modules for UNIX services\&.
    1008410804.sp
    … …  
    1008610806.sp
    1008710807Default:
    10088 \fI\fIwinbind separator\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\'\e\'\fR\fI \fR
    10089 .sp
    10090 Example:
    10091 \fI\fIwinbind separator\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI+\fR\fI \fR
     10808\fI\fIwinbind separator\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\'\e\'\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10809.sp
     10810Example:
     10811\fI\fIwinbind separator\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC+\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1009210812.RE
    1009310813
    … …  
    1009710817.RS 4
    1009810818This parameter is designed to allow Samba servers that are members of a Samba controlled domain to use UNIX accounts distributed via NIS, rsync, or LDAP as the uid\'s for winbindd users in the hosts primary domain\&. Therefore, the user
    10099 DOMAIN\euser1
     10819\FCDOMAIN\euser1\F[]
    1010010820would be mapped to the account user1 in /etc/passwd instead of allocating a new uid for him or her\&.
    1010110821.sp
    … …  
    1010510825.sp
    1010610826Default:
    10107 \fI\fIwinbind trusted domains only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     10827\fI\fIwinbind trusted domains only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1010810828.RE
    1010910829
    … …  
    1011710837.sp
    1011810838Default:
    10119 \fI\fIwinbind use default domain\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    10120 .sp
    10121 Example:
    10122 \fI\fIwinbind use default domain\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     10839\fI\fIwinbind use default domain\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10840.sp
     10841Example:
     10842\fI\fIwinbind use default domain\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1012310843.RE
    1012410844
    … …  
    1013110851The wins hook parameter specifies the name of a script or executable that will be called as follows:
    1013210852.sp
    10133 wins_hook operation name nametype ttl IP_list
     10853\FCwins_hook operation name nametype ttl IP_list\F[]
    1013410854.sp
    1013510855.RS 4
    … …  
    1018910909.RE
    1019010910An example script that calls the BIND dynamic DNS update program
    10191 nsupdate
     10911\FCnsupdate\F[]
    1019210912is provided in the examples directory of the Samba source code\&.
    1019310913.sp
    … …  
    1020610926.sp
    1020710927Default:
    10208 \fI\fIwins proxy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     10928\fI\fIwins proxy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1020910929.RE
    1021010930
    … …  
    1022410944.\}
    1022510945.RS 4
     10946.BM yellow
    1022610947.it 1 an-trap
    1022710948.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    1023410955You need to set up Samba to point to a WINS server if you have multiple subnets and wish cross\-subnet browsing to work correctly\&.
    1023510956.sp .5v
     10957.EM yellow
    1023610958.RE
    1023710959See the chapter in the Samba3\-HOWTO on Network Browsing\&.
    1023810960.sp
    1023910961Default:
    10240 \fI\fIwins server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    10241 .sp
    10242 Example:
    10243 \fI\fIwins server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fImary:192\&.9\&.200\&.1 fred:192\&.168\&.3\&.199 mary:192\&.168\&.2\&.61 # For this example when querying a certain name, 192\&.19\&.200\&.1 will be asked first and if that doesn\'t respond 192\&.168\&.2\&.61\&. If either of those doesn\'t know the name 192\&.168\&.3\&.199 will be queried\&.\fR\fI \fR
    10244 .sp
    10245 Example:
    10246 \fI\fIwins server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI192\&.9\&.200\&.1 192\&.168\&.2\&.61\fR\fI \fR
     10962\fI\fIwins server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10963.sp
     10964Example:
     10965\fI\fIwins server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCmary:192\&.9\&.200\&.1 fred:192\&.168\&.3\&.199 mary:192\&.168\&.2\&.61 # For this example when querying a certain name, 192\&.19\&.200\&.1 will be asked first and if that doesn\'t respond 192\&.168\&.2\&.61\&. If either of those doesn\'t know the name 192\&.168\&.3\&.199 will be queried\&.\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10966.sp
     10967Example:
     10968\fI\fIwins server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC192\&.9\&.200\&.1 192\&.168\&.2\&.61\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1024710969.RE
    1024810970
    … …  
    1025610978\fByes\fR
    1025710979unless you have a multi\-subnetted network and you wish a particular
    10258 nmbd
     10980\FCnmbd\F[]
    1025910981to be your WINS server\&. Note that you should
    1026010982\fINEVER\fR
    … …  
    1026410986.sp
    1026510987Default:
    10266 \fI\fIwins support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     10988\fI\fIwins support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1026710989.RE
    1026810990
    … …  
    1027610998.sp
    1027710999Default:
    10278 \fI\fIworkgroup\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIWORKGROUP\fR\fI \fR
    10279 .sp
    10280 Example:
    10281 \fI\fIworkgroup\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIMYGROUP\fR\fI \fR
     11000\fI\fIworkgroup\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCWORKGROUP\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     11001.sp
     11002Example:
     11003\fI\fIworkgroup\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCMYGROUP\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1028211004.RE
    1028311005
    … …  
    1029811020.sp
    1029911021Default:
    10300 \fI\fIwriteable\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     11022\fI\fIwriteable\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1030111023.RE
    1030211024
    … …  
    1031411036.sp
    1031511037Default:
    10316 \fI\fIwrite cache size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    10317 .sp
    10318 Example:
    10319 \fI\fIwrite cache size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI262144 # for a 256k cache size per file\fR\fI \fR
     11038\fI\fIwrite cache size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     11039.sp
     11040Example:
     11041\fI\fIwrite cache size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC262144 # for a 256k cache size per file\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1032011042.RE
    1032111043
    … …  
    1033511057.sp
    1033611058Default:
    10337 \fI\fIwrite list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    10338 .sp
    10339 Example:
    10340 \fI\fIwrite list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIadmin, root, @staff\fR\fI \fR
     11059\fI\fIwrite list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     11060.sp
     11061Example:
     11062\fI\fIwrite list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCadmin, root, @staff\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1034111063.RE
    1034211064
    … …  
    1034811070.sp
    1034911071Default:
    10350 \fI\fIwrite raw\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     11072\fI\fIwrite raw\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1035111073.RE
    1035211074
    … …  
    1035611078.RS 4
    1035711079This parameter is only available if Samba has been configured and compiled with the option
    10358 \-\-with\-utmp\&. It specifies a directory pathname that is used to store the wtmp or wtmpx files (depending on the UNIX system) that record user connections to a Samba server\&. The difference with the utmp directory is the fact that user info is kept after a user has logged out\&.
     11080\FC \-\-with\-utmp\F[]\&. It specifies a directory pathname that is used to store the wtmp or wtmpx files (depending on the UNIX system) that record user connections to a Samba server\&. The difference with the utmp directory is the fact that user info is kept after a user has logged out\&.
    1035911081.sp
    1036011082By default this is not set, meaning the system will use whatever utmp file the native system is set to use (usually
    10361 /var/run/wtmp
     11083\FC/var/run/wtmp\F[]
    1036211084on Linux)\&.
    1036311085.sp
    1036411086Default:
    10365 \fI\fIwtmp directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    10366 .sp
    10367 Example:
    10368 \fI\fIwtmp directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/var/log/wtmp\fR\fI \fR
     11087\fI\fIwtmp directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     11088.sp
     11089Example:
     11090\fI\fIwtmp directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/var/log/wtmp\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1036911091.RE
    1037011092.SH "WARNINGS"
    … …  
    1037711099.PP
    1037811100Use of the
    10379 [homes]
     11101\FC[homes]\F[]
    1038011102and
    10381 [printers]
     11103\FC[printers]\F[]
    1038211104special sections make life for an administrator easy, but the various combinations of default attributes can be tricky\&. Take extreme care when designing these sections\&. In particular, ensure that the permissions on spool directories are correct\&.
    1038311105.SH "VERSION"

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/smbcacls.1

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: smbcacls
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "SMBCACLS" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     9.TH "SMBCACLS" "1" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170smbcacls \- Set or get ACLs on an NT file or directory names
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 smbcacls {//server/share} {filename} [\-D\ acls] [\-M\ acls] [\-a\ acls] [\-S\ acls] [\-C\ name] [\-G\ name] [\-\-numeric] [\-t] [\-U\ username] [\-h] [\-d]
     174\FCsmbcacls\F[] {//server/share} {filename} [\-D\ acls] [\-M\ acls] [\-a\ acls] [\-S\ acls] [\-C\ name] [\-G\ name] [\-\-numeric] [\-t] [\-U\ username] [\-h] [\-d]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 smbcacls
     183\FCsmbcacls\F[]
    34184program manipulates NT Access Control Lists (ACLs) on SMB file shares\&.
    35185.SH "OPTIONS"
    36186.PP
    37187The following options are available to the
    38 smbcacls
     188\FCsmbcacls\F[]
    39189program\&. The format of ACLs is described in the section ACL FORMAT
    40190.PP
    … …  
    111261\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    112262parameter in the
    113 smb\&.conf
     263\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    114264file\&.
    115265.RE
    … …  
    123273.RS 4
    124274The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    125 smb\&.conf
     275\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    126276for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    127277.RE
    … …  
    140290.RS 4
    141291.\}
     292.fam C
     293.ps -1
    142294.nf
     295.BB lightgray
    143296 
    144297REVISION:<revision number>
    … …  
    146299GROUP:<sid or name>
    147300ACL:<sid or name>:<type>/<flags>/<mask>
     301.EB lightgray
    148302.fi
     303.fam
     304.ps +1
    149305.if n \{\
    150306.RE
    … …  
    320476.PP
    321477The
    322 smbcacls
     478\FCsmbcacls\F[]
    323479program sets the exit status depending on the success or otherwise of the operations performed\&. The exit status may be one of the following values\&.
    324480.PP
    325481If the operation succeeded, smbcacls returns and exit status of 0\&. If
    326 smbcacls
     482\FCsmbcacls\F[]
    327483couldn\'t connect to the specified server, or there was an error getting or setting the ACLs, an exit status of 1 is returned\&. If there was an error parsing any command line arguments, an exit status of 2 is returned\&.
    328484.SH "VERSION"
    … …  
    333489The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell\&. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed\&.
    334490.PP
    335 smbcacls
     491\FCsmbcacls\F[]
    336492was written by Andrew Tridgell and Tim Potter\&.
    337493.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/smbclient.1

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: smbclient
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "SMBCLIENT" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     9.TH "SMBCLIENT" "1" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170smbclient \- ftp\-like client to access SMB/CIFS resources on servers
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 smbclient [\-b\ <buffer\ size>] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-e] [\-L\ <netbios\ name>] [\-U\ username] [\-I\ destinationIP] [\-M\ <netbios\ name>] [\-m\ maxprotocol] [\-A\ authfile] [\-N] [\-g] [\-i\ scope] [\-O\ <socket\ options>] [\-p\ port] [\-R\ <name\ resolve\ order>] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>] [\-k] [\-P] [\-c\ <command>]
     174\FCsmbclient\F[] [\-b\ <buffer\ size>] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-e] [\-L\ <netbios\ name>] [\-U\ username] [\-I\ destinationIP] [\-M\ <netbios\ name>] [\-m\ maxprotocol] [\-A\ authfile] [\-N] [\-g] [\-i\ scope] [\-O\ <socket\ options>] [\-p\ port] [\-R\ <name\ resolve\ order>] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>] [\-k] [\-P] [\-c\ <command>]
     175.fam
     176.fam C
    26177.HP \w'\ 'u
    27 smbclient {servicename} [password] [\-b\ <buffer\ size>] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-e] [\-D\ Directory] [\-U\ username] [\-W\ workgroup] [\-M\ <netbios\ name>] [\-m\ maxprotocol] [\-A\ authfile] [\-N] [\-g] [\-l\ log\-basename] [\-I\ destinationIP] [\-E] [\-c\ <command\ string>] [\-i\ scope] [\-O\ <socket\ options>] [\-p\ port] [\-R\ <name\ resolve\ order>] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>] [\-T<c|x>IXFqgbNan] [\-k]
     178\FCsmbclient\F[] {servicename} [password] [\-b\ <buffer\ size>] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-e] [\-D\ Directory] [\-U\ username] [\-W\ workgroup] [\-M\ <netbios\ name>] [\-m\ maxprotocol] [\-A\ authfile] [\-N] [\-g] [\-l\ log\-basename] [\-I\ destinationIP] [\-E] [\-c\ <command\ string>] [\-i\ scope] [\-O\ <socket\ options>] [\-p\ port] [\-R\ <name\ resolve\ order>] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>] [\-T<c|x>IXFqgbNan] [\-k]
     179.fam
    28180.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    29181.PP
    … …  
    32184suite\&.
    33185.PP
    34 smbclient
     186\FCsmbclient\F[]
    35187is a client that can \'talk\' to an SMB/CIFS server\&. It offers an interface similar to that of the ftp program (see
    36188\fBftp\fR(1))\&. Operations include things like getting files from the server to the local machine, putting files from the local machine to the server, retrieving directory information from the server and so on\&.
    … …  
    40192.RS 4
    41193servicename is the name of the service you want to use on the server\&. A service name takes the form
    42 //server/service
     194\FC//server/service\F[]
    43195where
    44196\fIserver \fR
    … …  
    46198\fIservice\fR
    47199is the name of the service offered\&. Thus to connect to the service "printer" on the SMB/CIFS server "smbserver", you would use the servicename
    48 //smbserver/printer
     200\FC//smbserver/printer \F[]
    49201.sp
    50202Note that the server name required is NOT necessarily the IP (DNS) host name of the server ! The name required is a NetBIOS server name, which may or may not be the same as the IP hostname of the machine running the server\&.
    … …  
    53205\fI\-R\fR
    54206parameter to
    55 smbclient
     207\FCsmbclient\F[]
    56208or using the name resolve order parameter in the
    57209\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    … …  
    104256.\}
    105257\fBhost\fR: Do a standard host name to IP address resolution, using the system
    106 /etc/hosts, NIS, or DNS lookups\&. This method of name resolution is operating system dependent, for instance on IRIX or Solaris this may be controlled by the
    107 /etc/nsswitch\&.conf
     258\FC/etc/hosts \F[], NIS, or DNS lookups\&. This method of name resolution is operating system dependent, for instance on IRIX or Solaris this may be controlled by the
     259\FC/etc/nsswitch\&.conf\F[]
    108260file)\&. Note that this method is only used if the NetBIOS name type being queried is the 0x20 (server) name type, otherwise it is ignored\&.
    109261.RE
    … …  
    155307.sp
    156308One useful trick is to pipe the message through
    157 smbclient\&. For example: smbclient \-M FRED < mymessage\&.txt will send the message in the file
    158 mymessage\&.txt
     309\FCsmbclient\F[]\&. For example: smbclient \-M FRED < mymessage\&.txt will send the message in the file
     310\FCmymessage\&.txt\F[]
    159311to the machine FRED\&.
    160312.sp
    … …  
    218370.RS 4
    219371This option allows you to look at what services are available on a server\&. You use it as
    220 smbclient \-L host
     372\FCsmbclient \-L host\F[]
    221373and a list should appear\&. The
    222374\fI\-I \fR
    … …  
    227379.RS 4
    228380This option tells
    229 smbclient
     381\FCsmbclient\F[]
    230382how to interpret filenames coming from the remote server\&. Usually Asian language multibyte UNIX implementations use different character sets than SMB/CIFS servers (\fIEUC\fR
    231383instead of
    232384\fI SJIS\fR
    233385for example)\&. Setting this parameter will let
    234 smbclient
     386\FCsmbclient\F[]
    235387convert between the UNIX filenames and the SMB filenames correctly\&. This option has not been seriously tested and may have some problems\&.
    236388.sp
    … …  
    260412\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    261413parameter in the
    262 smb\&.conf
     414\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    263415file\&.
    264416.RE
    … …  
    272424.RS 4
    273425The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    274 smb\&.conf
     426\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    275427for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    276428.RE
    … …  
    297449.RE
    298450.PP
     451\-C|\-\-use\-ccache
     452.RS 4
     453Try to use the credentials cached by winbind\&.
     454.RE
     455.PP
    299456\-A|\-\-authentication\-file=filename
    300457.RS 4
    … …  
    304461.RS 4
    305462.\}
     463.fam C
     464.ps -1
    306465.nf
     466.if t \{\
     467.sp -1
     468.\}
     469.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     470.sp -1
     471
    307472username = <value>
    308473password = <value>
    309474domain   = <value>
     475.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     476.if t \{\
     477.sp 1
     478.\}
    310479.fi
     480.fam
     481.ps +1
    311482.if n \{\
    312483.RE
    … …  
    333504.sp
    334505Be cautious about including passwords in scripts\&. Also, on many systems the command line of a running process may be seen via the
    335 ps
     506\FCps\F[]
    336507command\&. To be safe always allow
    337 rpcclient
     508\FCrpcclient\F[]
    338509to prompt for a password and type it in directly\&.
    339510.RE
    … …  
    344515\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    345516parameter in the
    346 smb\&.conf
     517\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    347518file\&. However, a command line setting will take precedence over settings in
    348 smb\&.conf\&.
     519\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]\&.
    349520.RE
    350521.PP
    … …  
    352523.RS 4
    353524This specifies a NetBIOS scope that
    354 nmblookup
     525\FCnmblookup\F[]
    355526will use to communicate with when generating NetBIOS names\&. For details on the use of NetBIOS scopes, see rfc1001\&.txt and rfc1002\&.txt\&. NetBIOS scopes are
    356527\fIvery\fR
    … …  
    366537.RS 4
    367538TCP socket options to set on the client socket\&. See the socket options parameter in the
    368 smb\&.conf
     539\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    369540manual page for the list of valid options\&.
    370541.RE
    … …  
    373544.RS 4
    374545smbclient may be used to create
    375 tar(1)
     546\FCtar(1) \F[]
    376547compatible backups of all the files on an SMB/CIFS share\&. The secondary tar flags that can be given to this option are :
    377548.sp
    … …  
    530701\fITar Long File Names\fR
    531702.sp
    532 smbclient\'s tar option now supports long file names both on backup and restore\&. However, the full path name of the file must be less than 1024 bytes\&. Also, when a tar archive is created,
    533 smbclient\'s tar option places all files in the archive with relative names, not absolute names\&.
     703\FCsmbclient\F[]\'s tar option now supports long file names both on backup and restore\&. However, the full path name of the file must be less than 1024 bytes\&. Also, when a tar archive is created,
     704\FCsmbclient\F[]\'s tar option places all files in the archive with relative names, not absolute names\&.
    534705.sp
    535706\fITar Filenames\fR
    … …  
    540711.sp
    541712Restore from tar file
    542 backup\&.tar
     713\FCbackup\&.tar\F[]
    543714into myshare on mypc (no password on share)\&.
    544715.sp
    545 smbclient //mypc/yshare "" \-N \-Tx backup\&.tar
     716\FCsmbclient //mypc/yshare "" \-N \-Tx backup\&.tar \F[]
    546717.sp
    547718Restore everything except
    548 users/docs
    549 .sp
    550 smbclient //mypc/myshare "" \-N \-TXx backup\&.tar users/docs
     719\FCusers/docs\F[]
     720.sp
     721\FCsmbclient //mypc/myshare "" \-N \-TXx backup\&.tar users/docs\F[]
    551722.sp
    552723Create a tar file of the files beneath
    553 users/docs\&.
    554 .sp
    555 smbclient //mypc/myshare "" \-N \-Tc backup\&.tar users/docs
     724\FC users/docs\F[]\&.
     725.sp
     726\FCsmbclient //mypc/myshare "" \-N \-Tc backup\&.tar users/docs \F[]
    556727.sp
    557728Create the same tar file as above, but now use a DOS path name\&.
    558729.sp
    559 smbclient //mypc/myshare "" \-N \-tc backup\&.tar users\eedocs
     730\FCsmbclient //mypc/myshare "" \-N \-tc backup\&.tar users\eedocs \F[]
    560731.sp
    561732Create a tar file of the files listed in the file
    562 tarlist\&.
    563 .sp
    564 smbclient //mypc/myshare "" \-N \-TcF backup\&.tar tarlist
     733\FCtarlist\F[]\&.
     734.sp
     735\FCsmbclient //mypc/myshare "" \-N \-TcF backup\&.tar tarlist\F[]
    565736.sp
    566737Create a tar file of all the files and directories in the share\&.
    567738.sp
    568 smbclient //mypc/myshare "" \-N \-Tc backup\&.tar *
     739\FCsmbclient //mypc/myshare "" \-N \-Tc backup\&.tar * \F[]
    569740.RE
    570741.PP
    … …  
    582753.sp
    583754This is particularly useful in scripts and for printing stdin to the server, e\&.g\&.
    584 \-c \'print \-\'\&.
     755\FC\-c \'print \-\'\F[]\&.
    585756.RE
    586757.SH "OPERATIONS"
    … …  
    588759Once the client is running, the user is presented with a prompt :
    589760.PP
    590 smb:\e>
     761\FCsmb:\e> \F[]
    591762.PP
    592763The backslash ("\e\e") indicates the current working directory on the server, and will change if the current working directory is changed\&.
    … …  
    700871.RS 4
    701872Copy the file called
    702 remote file name
     873\FCremote file name\F[]
    703874from the server to the machine running the client\&. If specified, name the local copy
    704 local file name\&. Note that all transfers in
    705 smbclient
     875\FClocal file name\F[]\&. Note that all transfers in
     876\FCsmbclient\F[]
    706877are binary\&. See also the lowercase command\&.
    707878.RE
    … …  
    798969\fImask\fR
    799970is interpreted differently during recursive operation and non\-recursive operation \- refer to the recurse and mask commands for more information\&. Note that all transfers in
    800 smbclient
     971\FCsmbclient\F[]
    801972are binary\&. See also the lowercase command\&.
    802973.RE
    … …  
    821992\fImask\fR
    822993is interpreted differently during recursive operation and non\-recursive operation \- refer to the recurse and mask commands for more information\&. Note that all transfers in
    823 smbclient
     994\FCsmbclient\F[]
    824995are binary\&.
    825996.RE
    … …  
    8701041.RS 4
    8711042Copy the file called
    872 local file name
     1043\FClocal file name\F[]
    8731044from the machine running the client to the server\&. If specified, name the remote copy
    874 remote file name\&. Note that all transfers in
    875 smbclient
     1045\FCremote file name\F[]\&. Note that all transfers in
     1046\FCsmbclient\F[]
    8761047are binary\&. See also the lowercase command\&.
    8771048.RE
    … …  
    9251096A version of the DOS attrib command to set file permissions\&. For example:
    9261097.sp
    927 setmode myfile +r
     1098\FCsetmode myfile +r \F[]
    9281099.sp
    9291100would make myfile read only\&.
    … …  
    10021173.PP
    10031174It is recommended that the smbclient software be installed in the
    1004 /usr/local/samba/bin/
     1175\FC/usr/local/samba/bin/\F[]
    10051176or
    1006 /usr/samba/bin/
     1177\FC /usr/samba/bin/\F[]
    10071178directory, this directory readable by all, writeable only by root\&. The client program itself should be executable by all\&. The client should
    10081179\fINOT\fR

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/smbcontrol.1

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: smbcontrol
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "SMBCONTROL" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     9.TH "SMBCONTROL" "1" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170smbcontrol \- send messages to smbd, nmbd or winbindd processes
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 smbcontrol [\-i] [\-s]
     174\FCsmbcontrol\F[] [\-i] [\-s]
     175.fam
     176.fam C
    26177.HP \w'\ 'u
    27 smbcontrol [destination] [message\-type] [parameter]
     178\FCsmbcontrol\F[] [destination] [message\-type] [parameter]
     179.fam
    28180.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    29181.PP
    … …  
    32184suite\&.
    33185.PP
    34 smbcontrol
     186\FCsmbcontrol\F[]
    35187is a very small program, which sends messages to a
    36188\fBsmbd\fR(8), a
    … …  
    48200.RS 4
    49201The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    50 smb\&.conf
     202\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    51203for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    52204.RE
    … …  
    71223\fIsmbd\fR
    72224destination causes the message to be sent to the smbd daemon specified in the
    73 smbd\&.pid
     225\FCsmbd\&.pid\F[]
    74226file\&.
    75227.sp
    … …  
    77229\fInmbd\fR
    78230destination causes the message to be sent to the nmbd daemon specified in the
    79 nmbd\&.pid
     231\FCnmbd\&.pid\F[]
    80232file\&.
    81233.sp
    … …  
    83235\fIwinbindd\fR
    84236destination causes the message to be sent to the winbind daemon specified in the
    85 winbindd\&.pid
     237\FCwinbindd\&.pid\F[]
    86238file\&.
    87239.sp
    … …  
    118270.RS 4
    119271This message causes the
    120 nmbd
     272\FCnmbd\F[]
    121273daemon to force a new browse master election\&.
    122274.RE
    … …  
    185337.\}
    186338.RS 4
     339.BM yellow
    187340.it 1 an-trap
    188341.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    195348Not working at the moment
    196349.sp .5v
     350.EM yellow
    197351.RE
    198352.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/smbcquotas.1

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: smbcquotas
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "SMBCQUOTAS" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     9.TH "SMBCQUOTAS" "1" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170smbcquotas \- Set or get QUOTAs of NTFS 5 shares
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 smbcquotas {//server/share} [\-u\ user] [\-L] [\-F] [\-S\ QUOTA_SET_COMMAND] [\-n] [\-t] [\-v] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-s\ configfile] [\-l\ logdir] [\-V] [\-U\ username] [\-N] [\-k] [\-A]
     174\FCsmbcquotas\F[] {//server/share} [\-u\ user] [\-L] [\-F] [\-S\ QUOTA_SET_COMMAND] [\-n] [\-t] [\-v] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-s\ configfile] [\-l\ logdir] [\-V] [\-U\ username] [\-N] [\-k] [\-A]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 smbcquotas
     183\FCsmbcquotas\F[]
    34184program manipulates NT Quotas on SMB file shares\&.
    35185.SH "OPTIONS"
    36186.PP
    37187The following options are available to the
    38 smbcquotas
     188\FCsmbcquotas\F[]
    39189program\&.
    40190.PP
    … …  
    91241\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    92242parameter in the
    93 smb\&.conf
     243\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    94244file\&.
    95245.RE
    … …  
    103253.RS 4
    104254The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    105 smb\&.conf
     255\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    106256for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    107257.RE
    … …  
    128278.RE
    129279.PP
     280\-C|\-\-use\-ccache
     281.RS 4
     282Try to use the credentials cached by winbind\&.
     283.RE
     284.PP
    130285\-A|\-\-authentication\-file=filename
    131286.RS 4
    … …  
    135290.RS 4
    136291.\}
     292.fam C
     293.ps -1
    137294.nf
     295.if t \{\
     296.sp -1
     297.\}
     298.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     299.sp -1
     300
    138301username = <value>
    139302password = <value>
    140303domain   = <value>
    141 .fi
     304.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     305.if t \{\
     306.sp 1
     307.\}
     308.fi
     309.fam
     310.ps +1
    142311.if n \{\
    143312.RE
    … …  
    164333.sp
    165334Be cautious about including passwords in scripts\&. Also, on many systems the command line of a running process may be seen via the
    166 ps
     335\FCps\F[]
    167336command\&. To be safe always allow
    168 rpcclient
     337\FCrpcclient\F[]
    169338to prompt for a password and type it in directly\&.
    170339.RE
    … …  
    189358.PP
    190359The
    191 smbcquotas
     360\FCsmbcquotas\F[]
    192361program sets the exit status depending on the success or otherwise of the operations performed\&. The exit status may be one of the following values\&.
    193362.PP
    194363If the operation succeeded, smbcquotas returns an exit status of 0\&. If
    195 smbcquotas
     364\FCsmbcquotas\F[]
    196365couldn\'t connect to the specified server, or when there was an error getting or setting the quota(s), an exit status of 1 is returned\&. If there was an error parsing any command line arguments, an exit status of 2 is returned\&.
    197366.SH "VERSION"
    … …  
    202371The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell\&. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed\&.
    203372.PP
    204 smbcquotas
     373\FCsmbcquotas\F[]
    205374was written by Stefan Metzmacher\&.

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/smbd.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: smbd
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "SMBD" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "SMBD" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170smbd \- server to provide SMB/CIFS services to clients
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 smbd [\-D] [\-F] [\-S] [\-i] [\-h] [\-V] [\-b] [\-d\ <debug\ level>] [\-l\ <log\ directory>] [\-p\ <port\ number(s)>] [\-P\ <profiling\ level>] [\-O\ <socket\ option>] [\-s\ <configuration\ file>]
     174\FCsmbd\F[] [\-D] [\-F] [\-S] [\-i] [\-h] [\-V] [\-b] [\-d\ <debug\ level>] [\-l\ <log\ directory>] [\-p\ <port\ number(s)>] [\-P\ <profiling\ level>] [\-O\ <socket\ option>] [\-s\ <configuration\ file>]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    30180suite\&.
    31181.PP
    32 smbd
     182\FCsmbd\F[]
    33183is the server daemon that provides filesharing and printing services to Windows clients\&. The server provides filespace and printer services to clients using the SMB (or CIFS) protocol\&. This is compatible with the LanManager protocol, and can service LanManager clients\&. These include MSCLIENT 3\&.0 for DOS, Windows for Workgroups, Windows 95/98/ME, Windows NT, Windows 2000, OS/2, DAVE for Macintosh, and smbfs for Linux\&.
    34184.PP
    … …  
    43193.PP
    44194The configuration file, and any files that it includes, are automatically reloaded every minute, if they change\&. You can force a reload by sending a SIGHUP to the server\&. Reloading the configuration file will not affect connections to any service that is already established\&. Either the user will have to disconnect from the service, or
    45 smbd
     195\FCsmbd\F[]
    46196killed and restarted\&.
    47197.SH "OPTIONS"
    … …  
    50200.RS 4
    51201If specified, this parameter causes the server to operate as a daemon\&. That is, it detaches itself and runs in the background, fielding requests on the appropriate port\&. Operating the server as a daemon is the recommended way of running
    52 smbd
     202\FCsmbd\F[]
    53203for servers that provide more than casual use file and print services\&. This switch is assumed if
    54 smbd
     204\FCsmbd \F[]
    55205is executed on the command line of a shell\&.
    56206.RE
    … …  
    59209.RS 4
    60210If specified, this parameter causes the main
    61 smbd
     211\FCsmbd\F[]
    62212process to not daemonize, i\&.e\&. double\-fork and disassociate with the terminal\&. Child processes are still created as normal to service each connection request, but the main process does not exit\&. This operation mode is suitable for running
    63 smbd
     213\FCsmbd\F[]
    64214under process supervisors such as
    65 supervise
     215\FCsupervise\F[]
    66216and
    67 svscan
     217\FCsvscan\F[]
    68218from Daniel J\&. Bernstein\'s
    69 daemontools
     219\FCdaemontools\F[]
    70220package, or the AIX process monitor\&.
    71221.RE
    … …  
    74224.RS 4
    75225If specified, this parameter causes
    76 smbd
     226\FCsmbd\F[]
    77227to log to standard output rather than a file\&.
    78228.RE
    … …  
    80230\-i
    81231.RS 4
    82 If this parameter is specified it causes the server to run "interactively", not as a daemon, even if the server is executed on the command line of a shell\&. Setting this parameter negates the implicit deamon mode when run from the command line\&.
    83 smbd
     232If this parameter is specified it causes the server to run "interactively", not as a daemon, even if the server is executed on the command line of a shell\&. Setting this parameter negates the implicit daemon mode when run from the command line\&.
     233\FCsmbd\F[]
    84234also logs to standard output, as if the
    85 \-S
     235\FC\-S\F[]
    86236parameter had been given\&.
    87237.RE
    … …  
    99249\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    100250parameter in the
    101 smb\&.conf
     251\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    102252file\&.
    103253.RE
    … …  
    111261.RS 4
    112262The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    113 smb\&.conf
     263\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    114264for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    115265.RE
    … …  
    138288\m[blue]\fBports\fR\m[]
    139289parameter in
    140 smb\&.conf
     290\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    141291.sp
    142292The default ports are 139 (used for SMB over NetBIOS over TCP) and port 445 (used for plain SMB over TCP)\&.
    … …  
    150300.SH "FILES"
    151301.PP
    152 /etc/inetd\&.conf
     302\FC/etc/inetd\&.conf\F[]
    153303.RS 4
    154304If the server is to be run by the
    155 inetd
     305\FCinetd\F[]
    156306meta\-daemon, this file must contain suitable startup information for the meta\-daemon\&.
    157307.RE
    158308.PP
    159 /etc/rc
     309\FC/etc/rc\F[]
    160310.RS 4
    161311or whatever initialization script your system uses)\&.
    … …  
    164314.RE
    165315.PP
    166 /etc/services
     316\FC/etc/services\F[]
    167317.RS 4
    168318If running the server via the meta\-daemon
    169 inetd, this file must contain a mapping of service name (e\&.g\&., netbios\-ssn) to service port (e\&.g\&., 139) and protocol type (e\&.g\&., tcp)\&.
    170 .RE
    171 .PP
    172 /usr/local/samba/lib/smb\&.conf
     319\FCinetd\F[], this file must contain a mapping of service name (e\&.g\&., netbios\-ssn) to service port (e\&.g\&., 139) and protocol type (e\&.g\&., tcp)\&.
     320.RE
     321.PP
     322\FC/usr/local/samba/lib/smb\&.conf\F[]
    173323.RS 4
    174324This is the default location of the
    175325\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    176326server configuration file\&. Other common places that systems install this file are
    177 /usr/samba/lib/smb\&.conf
     327\FC/usr/samba/lib/smb\&.conf\F[]
    178328and
    179 /etc/samba/smb\&.conf\&.
     329\FC/etc/samba/smb\&.conf\F[]\&.
    180330.sp
    181331This file describes all the services the server is to make available to clients\&. See
    … …  
    186336.PP
    187337On some systems
    188 smbd
     338\FCsmbd\F[]
    189339cannot change uid back to root after a setuid() call\&. Such systems are called trapdoor uid systems\&. If you have such a system, you will be unable to connect from a client (such as a PC) as two different users at once\&. Attempts to connect the second user will result in access denied or similar\&.
    190340.SH "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"
    … …  
    236386.PP
    237387Samba stores it\'s data in several TDB (Trivial Database) files, usually located in
    238 /var/lib/samba\&.
     388\FC/var/lib/samba\F[]\&.
    239389.PP
    240390(*) information persistent across restarts (but not necessarily important to backup)\&.
    … …  
    342492.PP
    343493Sending the
    344 smbd
     494\FCsmbd\F[]
    345495a SIGHUP will cause it to reload its
    346 smb\&.conf
     496\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    347497configuration file within a short period of time\&.
    348498.PP
    349499To shut down a user\'s
    350 smbd
     500\FCsmbd\F[]
    351501process it is recommended that
    352 SIGKILL (\-9)
     502\FCSIGKILL (\-9)\F[]
    353503\fINOT\fR
    354504be used, except as a last resort, as this may leave the shared memory area in an inconsistent state\&. The safe way to terminate an
    355 smbd
     505\FCsmbd\F[]
    356506is to send it a SIGTERM (\-15) signal and wait for it to die on its own\&.
    357507.PP
    358508The debug log level of
    359 smbd
     509\FCsmbd\F[]
    360510may be raised or lowered using
    361511\fBsmbcontrol\fR(1)
    … …  
    363513.PP
    364514Note that as the signal handlers send a debug write, they are not re\-entrant in
    365 smbd\&. This you should wait until
    366 smbd
     515\FCsmbd\F[]\&. This you should wait until
     516\FCsmbd\F[]
    367517is in a state of waiting for an incoming SMB before issuing them\&. It is possible to make the signal handlers safe by un\-blocking the signals before the select call and re\-blocking them after, however this would affect performance\&.
    368518.SH "SEE ALSO"
    … …  
    375525\fBtestparm\fR(1),
    376526\fBtestprns\fR(1), and the Internet RFC\'s
    377 rfc1001\&.txt,
    378 rfc1002\&.txt\&. In addition the CIFS (formerly SMB) specification is available as a link from the Web page
     527\FCrfc1001\&.txt\F[],
     528\FCrfc1002\&.txt\F[]\&. In addition the CIFS (formerly SMB) specification is available as a link from the Web page
    379529http://samba\&.org/cifs/\&.
    380530.SH "AUTHOR"

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/smbget.1

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: smbget
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "SMBGET" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     9.TH "SMBGET" "1" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170smbget \- wget\-like utility for download files over SMB
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 smbget [\-a,\ \-\-guest] [\-r,\ \-\-resume] [\-R,\ \-\-recursive] [\-u,\ \-\-username=STRING] [\-p,\ \-\-password=STRING] [\-w,\ \-\-workgroup=STRING] [\-n,\ \-\-nonprompt] [\-d,\ \-\-debuglevel=INT] [\-D,\ \-\-dots] [\-P,\ \-\-keep\-permissions] [\-o,\ \-\-outputfile] [\-f,\ \-\-rcfile] [\-q,\ \-\-quiet] [\-v,\ \-\-verbose] [\-b,\ \-\-blocksize] [\-?,\ \-\-help] [\-\-usage] {smb://host/share/path/to/file} [smb://url2/] [\&.\&.\&.]
     174\FCsmbget\F[] [\-a,\ \-\-guest] [\-r,\ \-\-resume] [\-R,\ \-\-recursive] [\-u,\ \-\-username=STRING] [\-p,\ \-\-password=STRING] [\-w,\ \-\-workgroup=STRING] [\-n,\ \-\-nonprompt] [\-d,\ \-\-debuglevel=INT] [\-D,\ \-\-dots] [\-P,\ \-\-keep\-permissions] [\-o,\ \-\-outputfile] [\-f,\ \-\-rcfile] [\-q,\ \-\-quiet] [\-v,\ \-\-verbose] [\-b,\ \-\-blocksize] [\-?,\ \-\-help] [\-\-usage] {smb://host/share/path/to/file} [smb://url2/] [\&.\&.\&.]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    127277.RS 4
    128278.\}
    129 .nf
     279.fam C
     280.ps -1
     281.nf
     282.if t \{\
     283.sp -1
     284.\}
     285.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     286.sp -1
     287
    130288smb://[[[domain;]user[:password@]]server[/share[/path[/file]]]]
    131 .fi
    132 .if n \{\
    133 .RE
    134 .\}
    135 .PP
    136 .if n \{\
    137 .RS 4
    138 .\}
    139 .nf
     289.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     290.if t \{\
     291.sp 1
     292.\}
     293.fi
     294.fam
     295.ps +1
     296.if n \{\
     297.RE
     298.\}
     299.PP
     300.if n \{\
     301.RS 4
     302.\}
     303.fam C
     304.ps -1
     305.nf
     306.if t \{\
     307.sp -1
     308.\}
     309.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     310.sp -1
     311
    140312smb:// means all the workgroups
    141 .fi
    142 .if n \{\
    143 .RE
    144 .\}
    145 .PP
    146 .if n \{\
    147 .RS 4
    148 .\}
    149 .nf
     313.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     314.if t \{\
     315.sp 1
     316.\}
     317.fi
     318.fam
     319.ps +1
     320.if n \{\
     321.RE
     322.\}
     323.PP
     324.if n \{\
     325.RS 4
     326.\}
     327.fam C
     328.ps -1
     329.nf
     330.if t \{\
     331.sp -1
     332.\}
     333.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     334.sp -1
     335
    150336smb://name/ means, if \fIname\fR is a workgroup, all the servers in this workgroup, or if \fIname\fR is a server, all the shares on this server\&.
    151 .fi
     337.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     338.if t \{\
     339.sp 1
     340.\}
     341.fi
     342.fam
     343.ps +1
    152344.if n \{\
    153345.RE
    … …  
    158350.RS 4
    159351.\}
    160 .nf
     352.fam C
     353.ps -1
     354.nf
     355.if t \{\
     356.sp -1
     357.\}
     358.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     359.sp -1
     360
    161361# Recursively download \'src\' directory
    162362smbget \-R smb://rhonwyn/jelmer/src
    … …  
    167367# Backup my data on rhonwyn
    168368smbget \-Rr smb://rhonwyn/
    169 .fi
     369.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     370.if t \{\
     371.sp 1
     372.\}
     373.fi
     374.fam
     375.ps +1
    170376.if n \{\
    171377.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/smbgetrc.5

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: smbgetrc
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: File Formats and Conventions
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "SMBGETRC" "5" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "File Formats and Conventions"
     9.TH "SMBGETRC" "5" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "File Formats and Conventions"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170smbgetrc \- configuration file for smbget
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
    24 .PP
    25 smbgetrc
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.PP
     173\FCsmbgetrc\F[]
    26174.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27175.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/smbpasswd.5

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: smbpasswd
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: File Formats and Conventions
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "SMBPASSWD" "5" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "File Formats and Conventions"
     9.TH "SMBPASSWD" "5" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "File Formats and Conventions"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170smbpasswd \- The Samba encrypted password file
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
    24 .PP
    25 smbpasswd
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.PP
     173\FCsmbpasswd\F[]
    26174.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27175.PP
    … …  
    34182.PP
    35183The format of the smbpasswd file used by Samba 2\&.2 is very similar to the familiar Unix
    36 passwd(5)
     184\FCpasswd(5)\F[]
    37185file\&. It is an ASCII file containing one line for each user\&. Each field ithin each line is separated from the next by a colon\&. Any entry beginning with \'#\' is ignored\&. The smbpasswd file contains the following information for each user:
    38186.PP
    … …  
    143291.RE
    144292Other flags may be added as the code is extended in future\&. The rest of this field space is filled in with spaces\&. For further information regarding the flags that are supported please refer to the man page for the
    145 pdbedit
     293\FCpdbedit\F[]
    146294command\&.
    147295.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/smbpasswd.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: smbpasswd
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "SMBPASSWD" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "SMBPASSWD" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170smbpasswd \- change a user\'s SMB password
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 smbpasswd [\-a] [\-c\ <config\ file>] [\-x] [\-d] [\-e] [\-D\ debuglevel] [\-n] [\-r\ <remote\ machine>] [\-R\ <name\ resolve\ order>] [\-m] [\-U\ username[%password]] [\-h] [\-s] [\-w\ pass] [\-W] [\-i] [\-L] [username]
     174\FCsmbpasswd\F[] [\-a] [\-c\ <config\ file>] [\-x] [\-d] [\-e] [\-D\ debuglevel] [\-n] [\-r\ <remote\ machine>] [\-R\ <name\ resolve\ order>] [\-m] [\-U\ username[%password]] [\-h] [\-s] [\-w\ pass] [\-W] [\-i] [\-L] [username]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    35185.PP
    36186By default (when run with no arguments) it will attempt to change the current user\'s SMB password on the local machine\&. This is similar to the way the
    37 passwd(1)
     187\FCpasswd(1)\F[]
    38188program works\&.
    39 smbpasswd
     189\FC smbpasswd\F[]
    40190differs from how the passwd program works however in that it is not
    41191\fIsetuid root\fR
    … …  
    52202.PP
    53203When run by root, smbpasswd allows new users to be added and deleted in the smbpasswd file, as well as allows changes to the attributes of the user in this file to be made\&. When run by root,
    54 smbpasswd
     204\FC smbpasswd\F[]
    55205accesses the local smbpasswd file directly, thus enabling changes to be made even if smbd is not running\&.
    56206.SH "OPTIONS"
    … …  
    59209.RS 4
    60210This option specifies that the username following should be added to the local smbpasswd file, with the new password typed (type <Enter> for the old password)\&. This option is ignored if the username following already exists in the smbpasswd file and it is treated like a regular change password command\&. Note that the default passdb backends require the user to already exist in the system password file (usually
    61 /etc/passwd), else the request to add the user will fail\&.
     211\FC/etc/passwd\F[]), else the request to add the user will fail\&.
    62212.sp
    63213This option is only available when running smbpasswd as root\&.
    … …  
    67217.RS 4
    68218This option can be used to specify the path and file name of the
    69 smb\&.conf
     219\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    70220configuration file when it is important to use other than the default file and / or location\&.
    71221.RE
    … …  
    100250.sp
    101251If the smbpasswd file is in the \'old\' format, then
    102 smbpasswd
     252\FC smbpasswd\F[]
    103253will FAIL to enable the account\&. See
    104254\fBsmbpasswd\fR(5)
    … …  
    123273.sp
    124274Note that to allow users to logon to a Samba server once the password has been set to "NO PASSWORD" in the smbpasswd file the administrator must set the following parameter in the [global] section of the
    125 smb\&.conf
     275\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    126276file :
    127277.sp
    128 null passwords = yes
     278\FCnull passwords = yes\F[]
    129279.sp
    130280This option is only available when running smbpasswd as root\&.
    … …  
    177327.\}
    178328\fBhost\fR: Do a standard host name to IP address resolution, using the system
    179 /etc/hosts, NIS, or DNS lookups\&. This method of name resolution is operating system depended for instance on IRIX or Solaris this may be controlled by the
    180 /etc/nsswitch\&.conf
     329\FC/etc/hosts \F[], NIS, or DNS lookups\&. This method of name resolution is operating system depended for instance on IRIX or Solaris this may be controlled by the
     330\FC/etc/nsswitch\&.conf\F[]
    181331file)\&. Note that this method is only used if the NetBIOS name type being queried is the 0x20 (server) name type, otherwise it is ignored\&.
    182332.RE
    … …  
    209359.RE
    210360The default order is
    211 lmhosts, host, wins, bcast
     361\FClmhosts, host, wins, bcast\F[]
    212362and without this parameter or any entry in the
    213363\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    … …  
    232382.RS 4
    233383This option prints the help string for
    234 smbpasswd, selecting the correct one for running as root or as an ordinary user\&.
     384\FC smbpasswd\F[], selecting the correct one for running as root or as an ordinary user\&.
    235385.RE
    236386.PP
    … …  
    238388.RS 4
    239389This option causes smbpasswd to be silent (i\&.e\&. not issue prompts) and to read its old and new passwords from standard input, rather than from
    240 /dev/tty
     390\FC/dev/tty\F[]
    241391(like the
    242 passwd(1)
     392\FCpasswd(1)\F[]
    243393program does)\&. This option is to aid people writing scripts to drive smbpasswd
    244394.RE
    … …  
    250400switch is used to specify the password to be used with the
    251401\m[blue]\fBldap admin dn\fR\m[]\&. Note that the password is stored in the
    252 secrets\&.tdb
     402\FCsecrets\&.tdb\F[]
    253403and is keyed off of the admin\'s DN\&. This means that if the value of
    254404\fIldap admin dn\fR
    … …  
    258408\-W
    259409.RS 4
    260 NOTE:
     410\FCNOTE: \F[]
    261411This option is same as "\-w" except that the password should be entered using stdin\&.
    262412.sp
    … …  
    265415switch is used to specify the password to be used with the
    266416\m[blue]\fBldap admin dn\fR\m[]\&. Note that the password is stored in the
    267 secrets\&.tdb
     417\FCsecrets\&.tdb\F[]
    268418and is keyed off of the admin\'s DN\&. This means that if the value of
    269419\fIldap admin dn\fR
    … …  
    292442.PP
    293443Since
    294 smbpasswd
     444\FCsmbpasswd\F[]
    295445works in client\-server mode communicating with a local smbd for a non\-root user then the smbd daemon must be running for this to work\&. A common problem is to add a restriction to the hosts that may access the
    296 smbd
     446\FC smbd\F[]
    297447running on the local machine by specifying either
    298448\fIallow hosts\fR

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/smbspool.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: smbspool
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "SMBSPOOL" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "SMBSPOOL" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170smbspool \- send a print file to an SMB printer
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 smbspool {job} {user} {title} {copies} {options} [filename]
     174\FCsmbspool\F[] {job} {user} {title} {copies} {options} [filename]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    89239.PP
    90240Programs using the
    91 exec(2)
     241\FCexec(2)\F[]
    92242functions can pass the URI in argv[0], while shell scripts must set the
    93243\fBDEVICE_URI\fR
    … …  
    169319.SH "AUTHOR"
    170320.PP
    171 smbspool
     321\FCsmbspool\F[]
    172322was written by Michael Sweet at Easy Software Products\&.
    173323.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/smbstatus.1

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: smbstatus
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "SMBSTATUS" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     9.TH "SMBSTATUS" "1" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170smbstatus \- report on current Samba connections
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 smbstatus [\-P] [\-b] [\-d\ <debug\ level>] [\-v] [\-L] [\-B] [\-p] [\-S] [\-s\ <configuration\ file>] [\-u\ <username>]
     174\FCsmbstatus\F[] [\-P] [\-b] [\-d\ <debug\ level>] [\-v] [\-L] [\-B] [\-p] [\-S] [\-s\ <configuration\ file>] [\-u\ <username>]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    30180suite\&.
    31181.PP
    32 smbstatus
     182\FCsmbstatus\F[]
    33183is a very simple program to list the current Samba connections\&.
    34184.SH "OPTIONS"
    … …  
    56206\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    57207parameter in the
    58 smb\&.conf
     208\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    59209file\&.
    60210.RE
    … …  
    68218.RS 4
    69219The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    70 smb\&.conf
     220\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    71221for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    72222.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/smbtar.1

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: smbtar
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "SMBTAR" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     9.TH "SMBTAR" "1" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170smbtar \- shell script for backing up SMB/CIFS shares directly to UNIX tape drives
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 smbtar [\-r] [\-i] [\-a] [\-v] {\-s\ server} [\-p\ password] [\-x\ services] [\-X] [\-N\ filename] [\-b\ blocksize] [\-d\ directory] [\-l\ loglevel] [\-u\ user] [\-t\ tape] {filenames}
     174\FCsmbtar\F[] [\-r] [\-i] [\-a] [\-v] {\-s\ server} [\-p\ password] [\-x\ services] [\-X] [\-N\ filename] [\-b\ blocksize] [\-d\ directory] [\-l\ loglevel] [\-u\ user] [\-t\ tape] {filenames}
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    30180suite\&.
    31181.PP
    32 smbtar
     182\FCsmbtar\F[]
    33183is a very small shell script on top of
    34184\fBsmbclient\fR(1)
    … …  
    83233\fI$TAPE\fR
    84234environmental variable; if not set, a file called
    85 tar\&.out\&.
     235\FCtar\&.out \F[]\&.
    86236.RE
    87237.PP
    … …  
    89239.RS 4
    90240Blocking factor\&. Defaults to 20\&. See
    91 tar(1)
     241\FCtar(1)\F[]
    92242for a fuller explanation\&.
    93243.RE
    … …  
    123273.PP
    124274The
    125 smbtar
     275\FCsmbtar\F[]
    126276script has different options from ordinary tar and from smbclient\'s tar command\&.
    127277.SH "CAVEATS"
    … …  
    149299Ricky Poulten
    150300wrote the tar extension and this man page\&. The
    151 smbtar
     301\FCsmbtar\F[]
    152302script was heavily rewritten and improved by
    153303Martin Kraemer\&. Many thanks to everyone who suggested extensions, improvements, bug fixes, etc\&. The man page sources were converted to YODL format (another excellent piece of Open Source software, available at

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/smbtree.1

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: smbtree
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "SMBTREE" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     9.TH "SMBTREE" "1" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170smbtree \- A text based smb network browser
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 smbtree [\-b] [\-D] [\-S]
     174\FCsmbtree\F[] [\-b] [\-D] [\-S]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    30180suite\&.
    31181.PP
    32 smbtree
     182\FCsmbtree\F[]
    33183is a smb browser program in text mode\&. It is similar to the "Network Neighborhood" found on Windows computers\&. It prints a tree with all the known domains, the servers in those domains and the shares on the servers\&.
    34184.SH "OPTIONS"
    … …  
    61211\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    62212parameter in the
    63 smb\&.conf
     213\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    64214file\&.
    65215.RE
    … …  
    73223.RS 4
    74224The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    75 smb\&.conf
     225\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    76226for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    77227.RE
    … …  
    98248.RE
    99249.PP
     250\-C|\-\-use\-ccache
     251.RS 4
     252Try to use the credentials cached by winbind\&.
     253.RE
     254.PP
    100255\-A|\-\-authentication\-file=filename
    101256.RS 4
    … …  
    105260.RS 4
    106261.\}
     262.fam C
     263.ps -1
    107264.nf
     265.if t \{\
     266.sp -1
     267.\}
     268.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     269.sp -1
     270
    108271username = <value>
    109272password = <value>
    110273domain   = <value>
    111 .fi
     274.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     275.if t \{\
     276.sp 1
     277.\}
     278.fi
     279.fam
     280.ps +1
    112281.if n \{\
    113282.RE
    … …  
    134303.sp
    135304Be cautious about including passwords in scripts\&. Also, on many systems the command line of a running process may be seen via the
    136 ps
     305\FCps\F[]
    137306command\&. To be safe always allow
    138 rpcclient
     307\FCrpcclient\F[]
    139308to prompt for a password and type it in directly\&.
    140309.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/swat.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: swat
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "SWAT" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "SWAT" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170swat \- Samba Web Administration Tool
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 swat [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>] [\-a] [\-P]
     174\FCswat\F[] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>] [\-a] [\-P]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    30180suite\&.
    31181.PP
    32 swat
     182\FCswat\F[]
    33183allows a Samba administrator to configure the complex
    34184\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    35185file via a Web browser\&. In addition, a
    36 swat
     186\FCswat\F[]
    37187configuration page has help links to all the configurable options in the
    38 smb\&.conf
     188\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    39189file allowing an administrator to easily look up the effects of any change\&.
    40190.PP
    41 swat
     191\FCswat\F[]
    42192is run from
    43 inetd
     193\FCinetd\F[]
    44194.SH "OPTIONS"
    45195.PP
    … …  
    49199\fBsmbd\fR(8)
    50200server\&. This is the file that
    51 swat
     201\FCswat\F[]
    52202will modify\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    53 smb\&.conf
     203\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    54204for more information\&.
    55205.RE
    … …  
    58208.RS 4
    59209This option disables authentication and places
    60 swat
     210\FCswat\F[]
    61211in demo mode\&. In that mode anyone will be able to modify the
    62 smb\&.conf
     212\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    63213file\&.
    64214.sp
    … …  
    69219.RS 4
    70220This option restricts read\-only users to the password management page\&.
    71 swat
     221\FCswat\F[]
    72222can then be used to change user passwords without users seeing the "View" and "Status" menu buttons\&.
    73223.RE
    … …  
    85235\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    86236parameter in the
    87 smb\&.conf
     237\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    88238file\&.
    89239.RE
    … …  
    97247.RS 4
    98248The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    99 smb\&.conf
     249\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    100250for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    101251.RE
    … …  
    117267.PP
    118268After you compile SWAT you need to run
    119 make install
     269\FCmake install \F[]
    120270to install the
    121 swat
     271\FCswat\F[]
    122272binary and the various help files and images\&. A default install would put these in:
    123273.sp
    … …  
    158308.PP
    159309You need to edit your
    160 /etc/inetd\&.conf
     310\FC/etc/inetd\&.conf \F[]
    161311and
    162 /etc/services
     312\FC/etc/services\F[]
    163313to enable SWAT to be launched via
    164 inetd\&.
     314\FCinetd\F[]\&.
    165315.PP
    166316In
    167 /etc/services
     317\FC/etc/services\F[]
    168318you need to add a line like this:
    169319.PP
    170 swat 901/tcp
     320\FCswat 901/tcp\F[]
    171321.PP
    172322Note for NIS/YP and LDAP users \- you may need to rebuild the NIS service maps rather than alter your local
    173 /etc/services
     323\FC /etc/services\F[]
    174324file\&.
    175325.PP
    176326the choice of port number isn\'t really important except that it should be less than 1024 and not currently used (using a number above 1024 presents an obscure security hole depending on the implementation details of your
    177 inetd
     327\FCinetd\F[]
    178328daemon)\&.
    179329.PP
    180330In
    181 /etc/inetd\&.conf
     331\FC/etc/inetd\&.conf\F[]
    182332you should add a line like this:
    183333.PP
    184 swat stream tcp nowait\&.400 root /usr/local/samba/sbin/swat swat
     334\FCswat stream tcp nowait\&.400 root /usr/local/samba/sbin/swat swat\F[]
    185335.PP
    186336Once you have edited
    187 /etc/services
     337\FC/etc/services\F[]
    188338and
    189 /etc/inetd\&.conf
     339\FC/etc/inetd\&.conf\F[]
    190340you need to send a HUP signal to inetd\&. To do this use
    191 kill \-1 PID
     341\FCkill \-1 PID \F[]
    192342where PID is the process ID of the inetd daemon\&.
    193343.SH "LAUNCHING"
    … …  
    198348.SH "FILES"
    199349.PP
    200 /etc/inetd\&.conf
     350\FC/etc/inetd\&.conf\F[]
    201351.RS 4
    202352This file must contain suitable startup information for the meta\-daemon\&.
    203353.RE
    204354.PP
    205 /etc/services
     355\FC/etc/services\F[]
    206356.RS 4
    207357This file must contain a mapping of service name (e\&.g\&., swat) to service port (e\&.g\&., 901) and protocol type (e\&.g\&., tcp)\&.
    208358.RE
    209359.PP
    210 /usr/local/samba/lib/smb\&.conf
     360\FC/usr/local/samba/lib/smb\&.conf\F[]
    211361.RS 4
    212362This is the default location of the
    213363\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    214364server configuration file that swat edits\&. Other common places that systems install this file are
    215 /usr/samba/lib/smb\&.conf
     365\FC /usr/samba/lib/smb\&.conf\F[]
    216366and
    217 /etc/smb\&.conf\&. This file describes all the services the server is to make available to clients\&.
     367\FC/etc/smb\&.conf \F[]\&. This file describes all the services the server is to make available to clients\&.
    218368.RE
    219369.SH "WARNINGS"
    220370.PP
    221 swat
     371\FCswat\F[]
    222372will rewrite your
    223373\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    … …  
    227377\fIcopy= \fR
    228378options\&. If you have a carefully crafted
    229 smb\&.conf
     379\FC smb\&.conf\F[]
    230380then back it up or don\'t use swat!
    231381.SH "VERSION"
    … …  
    234384.SH "SEE ALSO"
    235385.PP
    236 inetd(5),
     386\FCinetd(5)\F[],
    237387\fBsmbd\fR(8),
    238388\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/tdbbackup.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: tdbbackup
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "TDBBACKUP" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "TDBBACKUP" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170tdbbackup \- tool for backing up and for validating the integrity of samba \&.tdb files
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 tdbbackup [\-s\ suffix] [\-v] [\-h]
     174\FCtdbbackup\F[] [\-s\ suffix] [\-v] [\-h]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    30180suite\&.
    31181.PP
    32 tdbbackup
     182\FCtdbbackup\F[]
    33183is a tool that may be used to backup samba \&.tdb files\&. This tool may also be used to verify the integrity of the \&.tdb files prior to samba startup or during normal operation\&. If it finds file damage and it finds a prior backup the backup file will be restored\&.
    34184.SH "OPTIONS"
    … …  
    42192.RS 4
    43193The
    44 \-s
     194\FC\-s\F[]
    45195option allows the adminisistrator to specify a file backup extension\&. This way it is possible to keep a history of tdb backup files by using a new suffix for each backup\&.
    46196.RE
    … …  
    49199.RS 4
    50200The
    51 \-v
     201\FC\-v\F[]
    52202will check the database for damages (currupt data) which if detected causes the backup to be restored\&.
    53203.RE
    … …  
    57207.PP
    58208The
    59 tdbbackup
     209\FCtdbbackup\F[]
    60210utility can safely be run at any time\&. It was designed so that it can be used at any time to validate the integrity of tdb files, even during Samba operation\&. Typical usage for the command will be:
    61211.PP
    … …  
    77227.\}
    78228
    79 secrets\&.tdb
     229\FCsecrets\&.tdb\F[]
    80230\- usual location is in the /usr/local/samba/private directory, or on some systems in /etc/samba\&.
    81231.RE
    … …  
    90240.\}
    91241
    92 passdb\&.tdb
     242\FCpassdb\&.tdb\F[]
    93243\- usual location is in the /usr/local/samba/private directory, or on some systems in /etc/samba\&.
    94244.RE
    … …  
    103253.\}
    104254
    105 *\&.tdb
     255\FC*\&.tdb\F[]
    106256located in the /usr/local/samba/var directory or on some systems in the /var/cache or /var/lib/samba directories\&.
    107257.SH "VERSION"

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/tdbdump.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: tdbdump
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "TDBDUMP" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "TDBDUMP" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170tdbdump \- tool for printing the contents of a TDB file
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 tdbdump {filename}
     174\FCtdbdump\F[] {filename}
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    30180suite\&.
    31181.PP
    32 tdbdump
     182\FCtdbdump\F[]
    33183is a very simple utility that \'dumps\' the contents of a TDB (Trivial DataBase) file to standard output in a human\-readable format\&.
    34184.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/tdbtool.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: tdbtool
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "TDBTOOL" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "TDBTOOL" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170tdbtool \- manipulate the contents TDB files
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 tdbtool
     174\FCtdbtool\F[]
     175.fam
     176.fam C
    26177.HP \w'\ 'u
    27 tdbtool \fITDBFILE\fR [\fICOMMANDS\fR...]
     178\FCtdbtool\F[] \fITDBFILE\fR [\fICOMMANDS\fR...]
     179.fam
    28180.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    29181.PP
    … …  
    32184suite\&.
    33185.PP
    34 tdbtool
     186\FCtdbtool\F[]
    35187a tool for displaying and altering the contents of Samba TDB (Trivial DataBase) files\&. Each of the commands listed below can be entered interactively or provided on the command line\&.
    36188.SH "COMMANDS"
    … …  
    137289.RS 4
    138290Exit
    139 tdbtool\&.
     291\FCtdbtool\F[]\&.
    140292.RE
    141293.SH "CAVEATS"
    142294.PP
    143295The contents of the Samba TDB files are private to the implementation and should not be altered with
    144 tdbtool\&.
     296\FCtdbtool\F[]\&.
    145297.SH "VERSION"
    146298.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/testparm.1

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: testparm
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "TESTPARM" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     9.TH "TESTPARM" "1" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170testparm \- check an smb\&.conf configuration file for internal correctness
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 testparm [\-s] [\-h] [\-v] [\-L\ <servername>] [\-t\ <encoding>] {config\ filename} [hostname\ hostIP]
     174\FCtestparm\F[] [\-s] [\-h] [\-v] [\-L\ <servername>] [\-t\ <encoding>] {config\ filename} [hostname\ hostIP]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    30180suite\&.
    31181.PP
    32 testparm
     182\FCtestparm\F[]
    33183is a very simple test program to check an
    34184\fBsmbd\fR(8)
    35185configuration file for internal correctness\&. If this program reports no problems, you can use the configuration file with confidence that
    36 smbd
     186\FCsmbd \F[]
    37187will successfully load the configuration file\&.
    38188.PP
    … …  
    44194.PP
    45195If
    46 testparm
     196\FCtestparm\F[]
    47197finds an error in the
    48 smb\&.conf
     198\FC smb\&.conf\F[]
    49199file it returns an exit code of 1 to the calling program, else it returns an exit code of 0\&. This allows shell scripts to test the output from
    50 testparm\&.
     200\FCtestparm\F[]\&.
    51201.SH "OPTIONS"
    52202.PP
    … …  
    54204.RS 4
    55205Without this option,
    56 testparm
     206\FCtestparm\F[]
    57207will prompt for a carriage return after printing the service names and before dumping the service definitions\&.
    58208.RE
    … …  
    106256.RS 4
    107257If this parameter and the following are specified, then
    108 testparm
     258\FCtestparm\F[]
    109259will examine the
    110260\fIhosts allow\fR
    … …  
    114264\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    115265file to determine if the hostname with this IP address would be allowed access to the
    116 smbd
     266\FCsmbd\F[]
    117267server\&. If this parameter is supplied, the hostIP parameter must also be supplied\&.
    118268.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/umount.cifs.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: umount.cifs
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "UMOUNT\&.CIFS" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "UMOUNT\&.CIFS" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170umount.cifs \- for normal, non\-root users, to unmount their own Common Internet File System (CIFS) mounts
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 umount\&.cifs {mount\-point} [\-nVvhfle]
     174\FCumount\&.cifs\F[] {mount\-point} [\-nVvhfle]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    56206.PP
    57207The primary mechanism for making configuration changes and for reading debug information for the cifs vfs is via the Linux /proc filesystem\&. In the directory
    58 /proc/fs/cifs
     208\FC/proc/fs/cifs\F[]
    59209are various configuration files and pseudo files which can display debug information\&. For more information see the kernel file
    60 fs/cifs/README\&.
     210\FCfs/cifs/README\F[]\&.
    61211.SH "BUGS"
    62212.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_acl_tdb.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_acl_tdb
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_ACL_TDB" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_ACL_TDB" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_acl_tdb \- Save NTFS\-ACLs in a tdb file
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = acl_tdb
     174\FCvfs objects = acl_tdb\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 vfs_acl_tdb
     183\FCvfs_acl_tdb\F[]
    34184VFS module stores NTFS Access Control Lists (ACLs) in a tdb file\&. This enables the full mapping of Windows ACLs on Samba servers\&.
    35185.PP
    36186The ACL settings are stored in
    37 $LOCKDIR/file_ntacls\&.tdb\&.
     187\FC$LOCKDIR/file_ntacls\&.tdb\F[]\&.
    38188.PP
    39189Please note that this module is
    … …  
    44194.PP
    45195There are no options for
    46 vfs_acl_tdb\&.
     196\FCvfs_acl_tdb\F[]\&.
    47197.SH "AUTHOR"
    48198.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_acl_xattr.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_acl_xattr
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_ACL_XATTR" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_ACL_XATTR" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_acl_xattr \- Save NTFS\-ACLs in Extended Attributes (EAs)
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = acl_xattr
     174\FCvfs objects = acl_xattr\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 vfs_acl_xattr
     183\FCvfs_acl_xattr\F[]
    34184VFS module stores NTFS Access Control Lists (ACLs) in Extended Attributes (EAs)\&. This enables the full mapping of Windows ACLs on Samba servers\&.
    35185.PP
    … …  
    39189\fInot\fR
    40190listed by
    41 getfattr \-d filename\&. To show the current value, the name of the EA must be specified (e\&.g\&.
    42 getfattr \-n security\&.NTACL filename)\&.
     191\FCgetfattr \-d \FCfilename\F[]\F[]\&. To show the current value, the name of the EA must be specified (e\&.g\&.
     192\FCgetfattr \-n security\&.NTACL \FCfilename\F[] \F[])\&.
    43193.PP
    44194Please note that this module is
    … …  
    49199.PP
    50200There are no options for
    51 vfs_acl_xattr\&.
     201\FCvfs_acl_xattr\F[]\&.
    52202.SH "AUTHOR"
    53203.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_audit.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_audit
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_AUDIT" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_AUDIT" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_audit \- record selected Samba VFS operations in the system log
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = audit
     174\FCvfs objects = audit\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 vfs_audit
     183\FCvfs_audit\F[]
    34184VFS module records selected client operations to the system log using
    35185\fBsyslog\fR(3)\&.
    … …  
    99249.RS 4
    100250.\}
     251.fam C
     252.ps -1
    101253.nf
     254.if t \{\
     255.sp -1
     256.\}
     257.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     258.sp -1
     259
    102260        \fI[global]\fR
    103261        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = audit\fR\m[]
    104262        \m[blue]\fBaudit:facility = LOCAL1\fR\m[]
    105263        \m[blue]\fBaudit:priority = NOTICE\fR\m[]
    106 .fi
     264.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     265.if t \{\
     266.sp 1
     267.\}
     268.fi
     269.fam
     270.ps +1
    107271.if n \{\
    108272.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_cacheprime.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_cacheprime
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_CACHEPRIME" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_CACHEPRIME" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_cacheprime \- prime the kernel file data cache
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = cacheprime
     174\FCvfs objects = cacheprime\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 vfs_cacheprime
     183\FCvfs_cacheprime\F[]
    34184VFS module reads chunks of file data near the range requested by clients in order to make sure the data is present in the kernel file data cache at the time when it is actually requested by clients\&.
    35185.PP
    36186The size of the disk read operations performed by
    37 vfs_cacheprime
     187\FCvfs_cacheprime\F[]
    38188is determined by the cacheprime:rsize option\&. All disk read operations are aligned on boundaries that are a multiple of this size\&. Each range of the file data is primed at most once during the time the client has the file open\&.
    39189.PP
    … …  
    55205.IP \(bu 2.3
    56206.\}
    57 K
     207\FCK\F[]
    58208\- BYTES is a number of kilobytes
    59209.RE
    … …  
    67217.IP \(bu 2.3
    68218.\}
    69 M
     219\FCM\F[]
    70220\- BYTES is a number of megabytes
    71221.RE
    … …  
    79229.IP \(bu 2.3
    80230.\}
    81 G
     231\FCG\F[]
    82232\- BYTES is a number of gigabytes
    83233.sp
    … …  
    91241.RS 4
    92242.\}
     243.fam C
     244.ps -1
    93245.nf
     246.if t \{\
     247.sp -1
     248.\}
     249.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     250.sp -1
     251
    94252        \fI[hypothetical]\fR
    95253        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = cacheprime\fR\m[]
    96254        \m[blue]\fBcacheprime:rsize = 1M\fR\m[]
    97 .fi
     255.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     256.if t \{\
     257.sp 1
     258.\}
     259.fi
     260.fam
     261.ps +1
    98262.if n \{\
    99263.RE
    … …  
    101265.SH "CAVEATS"
    102266.PP
    103 cacheprime
     267\FCcacheprime\F[]
    104268is not a a substitute for a general\-purpose readahead mechanism\&. It is intended for use only in very specific environments where disk operations must be aligned and sized to known values (as much as that is possible)\&.
    105269.SH "VERSION"

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_cap.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_cap
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_CAP" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_CAP" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_cap \- CAP encode filenames
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = cap
     174\FCvfs objects = cap\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    31181.PP
    32182CAP (Columbia Appletalk Protocol) encoding is a technique for representing non\-ASCII filenames in ASCII\&. The
    33 vfs_cap
     183\FCvfs_cap\F[]
    34184VFS module translates filenames to and from CAP format, allowing users to name files in their native encoding\&.
    35185.PP
    … …  
    44194.RS 4
    45195.\}
     196.fam C
     197.ps -1
    46198.nf
     199.if t \{\
     200.sp -1
     201.\}
     202.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     203.sp -1
     204
    47205        \fI[global]\fR
    48206        \m[blue]\fBdos charset = CP932\fR\m[]
    49207        \m[blue]\fBdos charset = CP932\fR\m[]
    50208        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = cap\fR\m[]
    51 .fi
     209.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     210.if t \{\
     211.sp 1
     212.\}
     213.fi
     214.fam
     215.ps +1
    52216.if n \{\
    53217.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_catia.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_catia
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_CATIA" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_CATIA" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_catia \- translate illegal characters in Catia filenames
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = catia
     174\FCvfs objects = catia\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    31181.PP
    32182The Catia CAD package commonly creates filenames that use characters that are illegal in CIFS filenames\&. The
    33 vfs_catia
     183\FCvfs_catia\F[]
    34184VFS module implements a fixed character mapping so that these files can be shared with CIFS clients\&.
    35185.PP
    … …  
    42192.RS 4
    43193.\}
     194.fam C
     195.ps -1
    44196.nf
     197.if t \{\
     198.sp -1
     199.\}
     200.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     201.sp -1
     202
    45203        \fI[CAD]\fR
    46204        \m[blue]\fBpath = /data/cad\fR\m[]
    47205        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = catia\fR\m[]
    48 .fi
     206.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     207.if t \{\
     208.sp 1
     209.\}
     210.fi
     211.fam
     212.ps +1
    49213.if n \{\
    50214.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_commit.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_commit
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_COMMIT" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_COMMIT" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_commit \- flush dirty data at specified intervals
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = commit
     174\FCvfs objects = commit\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 vfs_commit
     183\FCvfs_commit\F[]
    34184VFS module keeps track of the amount of data written to a file and synchronizes it to disk when a specified amount accumulates\&.
    35185.PP
    36 vfs_commit
     186\FCvfs_commit\F[]
    37187is useful in two circumstances\&. First, if you have very precious data, the impact of unexpected power loss can be minimized by a small commit:dthresh value\&. Secondly, write performance can be improved on some systems by flushing file data early and at regular intervals\&.
    38188.PP
    … …  
    54204.IP \(bu 2.3
    55205.\}
    56 K
     206\FCK\F[]
    57207\- BYTES is a number of kilobytes
    58208.RE
    … …  
    66216.IP \(bu 2.3
    67217.\}
    68 M
     218\FCM\F[]
    69219\- BYTES is a number of megabytes
    70220.RE
    … …  
    78228.IP \(bu 2.3
    79229.\}
    80 G
     230\FCG\F[]
    81231\- BYTES is a number of gigabytes
    82232.sp
    … …  
    90240.RS 4
    91241.\}
     242.fam C
     243.ps -1
    92244.nf
     245.if t \{\
     246.sp -1
     247.\}
     248.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     249.sp -1
     250
    93251        \fI[precious]\fR
    94252        \m[blue]\fBpath = /data/precious\fR\m[]
    95253        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = commit\fR\m[]
    96254        \m[blue]\fBcommit:dthresh = 512K\fR\m[]
    97 .fi
     255.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     256.if t \{\
     257.sp 1
     258.\}
     259.fi
     260.fam
     261.ps +1
    98262.if n \{\
    99263.RE
    … …  
    102266.PP
    103267On some systems, the data synchronization performed by
    104 commit
     268\FCcommit\F[]
    105269may reduce performance\&.
    106270.SH "VERSION"

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_default_quota.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_default_quota
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_DEFAULT_QUOTA" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_DEFAULT_QUOTA" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_default_quota \- store default quota records for Windows clients
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = default_quota
     174\FCvfs objects = default_quota\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    31181.PP
    32182Many common quota implementations only store quotas for users and groups, but do not store a default quota\&. The
    33 vfs_default_quota
     183\FCvfs_default_quota\F[]
    34184module allows Samba to store default quota values which can be examined using the Windows Explorer interface\&.
    35185.PP
    36186By default, Samba returns NO_LIMIT the default quota and refuses to update them\&.
    37 vfs_default_quota
     187\FCvfs_default_quota\F[]
    38188maps the default quota to the quota record of a user\&. By default the root user is taken because quota limits for root are typically not enforced\&.
    39189.PP
    … …  
    67217.RS 4
    68218.\}
     219.fam C
     220.ps -1
    69221.nf
     222.if t \{\
     223.sp -1
     224.\}
     225.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     226.sp -1
     227
    70228        \fI[global]\fR
    71229        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = default_quota\fR\m[]
    72230        \m[blue]\fBdefault_quota:uid = 65535\fR\m[]
    73231        \m[blue]\fBdefault_quota:uid nolimit = yes\fR\m[]
    74 .fi
     232.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     233.if t \{\
     234.sp 1
     235.\}
     236.fi
     237.fam
     238.ps +1
    75239.if n \{\
    76240.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_dirsort.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_dirsort
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_DIRSORT" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_DIRSORT" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_dirsort \- Sort directory contents
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = dirsort
     174\FCvfs objects = dirsort\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 vfs_dirsort
     183\FCvfs_dirsort\F[]
    34184module sorts directory entries alphabetically before sending them to the client\&.
    35185.PP
    … …  
    42192.RS 4
    43193.\}
     194.fam C
     195.ps -1
    44196.nf
     197.if t \{\
     198.sp -1
     199.\}
     200.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     201.sp -1
     202
    45203        \fI[global]\fR
    46204        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = dirsort\fR\m[]
    47 .fi
     205.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     206.if t \{\
     207.sp 1
     208.\}
     209.fi
     210.fam
     211.ps +1
    48212.if n \{\
    49213.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_extd_audit.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_extd_audit
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_EXTD_AUDIT" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_EXTD_AUDIT" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_extd_audit \- record selected Samba VFS operations
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = extd_audit
     174\FCvfs objects = extd_audit\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 extd_audit
     183\FCextd_audit\F[]
    34184VFS module records selected client operations to both the
    35185\fBsmbd\fR(8)
    … …  
    40190\fBsmbd\fR(8)
    41191log,
    42 vfs_extd_audit
     192\FCvfs_extd_audit\F[]
    43193is identical to
    44194\fBvfs_audit\fR(8)\&.

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_fake_perms.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_fake_perms
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_FAKE_PERMS" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_FAKE_PERMS" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_fake_perms \- enable read only Roaming Profiles
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = fake_perms
     174\FCvfs objects = fake_perms\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 vfs_fake_perms
     183\FCvfs_fake_perms\F[]
    34184VFS module was created to allow Roaming Profile files and directories to be set (on the Samba server under UNIX) as read only\&. This module will, if installed on the Profiles share, report to the client that the Profile files and directories are writeable\&. This satisfies the client even though the files will never be overwritten as the client logs out or shuts down\&.
    35185.PP
    … …  
    40190.RS 4
    41191.\}
     192.fam C
     193.ps -1
    42194.nf
     195.if t \{\
     196.sp -1
     197.\}
     198.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     199.sp -1
     200
    43201        \fI[Profiles]\fR
    44202        \m[blue]\fBpath = /profiles\fR\m[]
    45203        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = fake_perms\fR\m[]
    46 .fi
     204.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     205.if t \{\
     206.sp 1
     207.\}
     208.fi
     209.fam
     210.ps +1
    47211.if n \{\
    48212.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_fileid.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_fileid
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_FILEID" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_FILEID" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_fileid \- Generates file_id structs with unique device id values for cluster setups
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = fileid
     174\FCvfs objects = fileid\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    31181.PP
    32182Samba uses file_id structs to uniquely identify files for locking purpose\&. By default the file_id contains the device and inode number returned by the
    33 stat()
     183\FCstat()\F[]
    34184system call\&. As the file_id is a unique identifier of a file, it must be the same on all nodes in a cluster setup\&. This module overloads the
    35 SMB_VFS_FILE_ID_CREATE()
     185\FCSMB_VFS_FILE_ID_CREATE()\F[]
    36186operation and generates the device number based on the configured algorithm (see the "fileid:algorithm" option)\&.
    37187.SH "OPTIONS"
    … …  
    40190.RS 4
    41191Available algorithms are
    42 fsname
     192\FCfsname\F[]
    43193and
    44 fsid\&. The default value is
    45 fsname\&.
     194\FCfsid\F[]\&. The default value is
     195\FCfsname\F[]\&.
    46196.sp
    47197The
    48 fsname
     198\FCfsname\F[]
    49199algorithm generates device id by hashing the kernel device name\&.
    50200.sp
    51201The
    52 fsid
     202\FCfsid\F[]
    53203algorithm generates the device id from the
    54 f_fsid
     204\FCf_fsid\F[]
    55205returned from the
    56 statfs()
     206\FCstatfs()\F[]
    57207syscall\&.
    58208.RE
    … …  
    61211.RS 4
    62212This option is the legacy version of the
    63 fileid:algorithm
     213\FCfileid:algorithm\F[]
    64214option, which was used in earlier versions of fileid mapping feature in custom Samba 3\&.0 versions\&.
    65215.RE
    … …  
    67217.PP
    68218Usage of the
    69 fileid
     219\FCfileid\F[]
    70220module with the
    71 fsid
     221\FCfsid\F[]
    72222algorithm:
    73223.sp
    … …  
    75225.RS 4
    76226.\}
     227.fam C
     228.ps -1
    77229.nf
     230.if t \{\
     231.sp -1
     232.\}
     233.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     234.sp -1
     235
    78236        \fI[global]\fR
    79237        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = fileid\fR\m[]
    80238        \m[blue]\fBfileid:algorithm = fsid\fR\m[]
    81 .fi
     239.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     240.if t \{\
     241.sp 1
     242.\}
     243.fi
     244.fam
     245.ps +1
    82246.if n \{\
    83247.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_full_audit.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_full_audit
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_FULL_AUDIT" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_FULL_AUDIT" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_full_audit \- record Samba VFS operations in the system log
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = full_audit
     174\FCvfs objects = full_audit\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 vfs_full_audit
     183\FCvfs_full_audit\F[]
    34184VFS module records selected client operations to the system log using
    35185\fBsyslog\fR(3)\&.
    36186.PP
    37 vfs_full_audit
     187\FCvfs_full_audit\F[]
    38188is able to record the complete set of Samba VFS operations:
    39189.RS 4
    … …  
    321471.PP
    322472In addition to these operations,
    323 vfs_full_audit
     473\FCvfs_full_audit\F[]
    324474recognizes the special operation names "all" and "none ", which refer to all the VFS operations and none of the VFS operations respectively\&.
    325475.PP
    326 vfs_full_audit
     476\FCvfs_full_audit\F[]
    327477records operations in fixed format consisting of fields separated by \'|\' characters\&. The format is:
    328478.sp
    … …  
    330480.RS 4
    331481.\}
     482.fam C
     483.ps -1
    332484.nf
     485.if t \{\
     486.sp -1
     487.\}
     488.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     489.sp -1
     490
    333491                smbd_audit: PREFIX|OPERATION|RESULT|FILE
    334492       
     493.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     494.if t \{\
     495.sp 1
     496.\}
    335497.fi
     498.fam
     499.ps +1
    336500.if n \{\
    337501.RE
    … …  
    348512.IP \(bu 2.3
    349513.\}
    350 PREFIX
     514\FCPREFIX\F[]
    351515\- the result of the full_audit:prefix string after variable substitutions
    352516.RE
    … …  
    360524.IP \(bu 2.3
    361525.\}
    362 OPERATION
     526\FCOPERATION\F[]
    363527\- the name of the VFS operation
    364528.RE
    … …  
    372536.IP \(bu 2.3
    373537.\}
    374 RESULT
     538\FCRESULT\F[]
    375539\- whether the operation succeeded or failed
    376540.RE
    … …  
    384548.IP \(bu 2.3
    385549.\}
    386 FILE
     550\FCFILE\F[]
    387551\- the name of the file or directory the operation was performed on
    388552.sp
    … …  
    428592.RS 4
    429593.\}
     594.fam C
     595.ps -1
    430596.nf
     597.if t \{\
     598.sp -1
     599.\}
     600.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     601.sp -1
     602
    431603        \fI[records]\fR
    432604        \m[blue]\fBpath = /data/records\fR\m[]
    … …  
    437609        \m[blue]\fBfull_audit:facility = LOCAL7\fR\m[]
    438610        \m[blue]\fBfull_audit:priority = ALERT\fR\m[]
     611.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     612.if t \{\
     613.sp 1
     614.\}
    439615.fi
     616.fam
     617.ps +1
    440618.if n \{\
    441619.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_gpfs.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_gpfs
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_GPFS" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_GPFS" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_gpfs \- gpfs specific samba extensions like acls and prealloc
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = gpfs
     174\FCvfs objects = gpfs\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 gpfs
     183\FCgpfs\F[]
    34184VFS module is the home for all gpfs extensions that Samba requires for proper integration with GPFS\&. It uses the GPL library interfaces provided by GPFS\&.
    35185.PP
    … …  
    70220.RE
    71221.PP
    72 NOTE:This module follows the posix\-acl behaviour and hence allows permission stealing via chown\&. Samba might allow at a later point in time, to restrict the chown via this module as such restrictions are the responsibility of the underlying filesystem than of Samba\&.
     222\FCNOTE:\F[]This module follows the posix\-acl behaviour and hence allows permission stealing via chown\&. Samba might allow at a later point in time, to restrict the chown via this module as such restrictions are the responsibility of the underlying filesystem than of Samba\&.
    73223.PP
    74224This module is stackable\&.
    … …  
    89239.IP \(bu 2.3
    90240.\}
    91 simple(default)
     241\FCsimple(default)\F[]
    92242\- do not use special IDs in GPFS ACEs
    93243.RE
    … …  
    101251.IP \(bu 2.3
    102252.\}
    103 special
     253\FCspecial\F[]
    104254\- use special IDs in GPFS ACEs\&.
    105255.sp
    … …  
    121271.IP \(bu 2.3
    122272.\}
    123 dontcare (default)
     273\FCdontcare (default)\F[]
    124274\- copy the ACEs as they come
    125275.RE
    … …  
    133283.IP \(bu 2.3
    134284.\}
    135 reject
     285\FCreject\F[]
    136286\- stop operation and exit with error on ACL set op
    137287.RE
    … …  
    145295.IP \(bu 2.3
    146296.\}
    147 ignore
     297\FCignore\F[]
    148298\- don\'t include the second matching ACE
    149299.RE
    … …  
    157307.IP \(bu 2.3
    158308.\}
    159 merge
     309\FCmerge\F[]
    160310\- bitwise OR the 2 ace\&.flag fields and 2 ace\&.mask fields of the 2 duplicate ACEs into 1 ACE
    161311.sp
    … …  
    179329.IP \(bu 2.3
    180330.\}
    181 yes
     331\FCyes\F[]
    182332\- Enable chown if as supported by the under filesystem
    183333.RE
    … …  
    191341.IP \(bu 2.3
    192342.\}
    193 no (default)
     343\FCno (default)\F[]
    194344\- Disable chown
    195345.sp
    … …  
    203353.RS 4
    204354.\}
     355.fam C
     356.ps -1
    205357.nf
     358.if t \{\
     359.sp -1
     360.\}
     361.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     362.sp -1
     363
    206364        \fI[samba_gpfs_share]\fR
    207365        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = gpfs\fR\m[]
    … …  
    209367        \m[blue]\fBnfs4: mode = special\fR\m[]
    210368        \m[blue]\fBnfs4: acedup = merge\fR\m[]
    211 .fi
     369.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     370.if t \{\
     371.sp 1
     372.\}
     373.fi
     374.fam
     375.ps +1
    212376.if n \{\
    213377.RE
    … …  
    216380.PP
    217381The gpfs gpl libraries are required by
    218 gpfs
     382\FCgpfs\F[]
    219383VFS module during both compilation and runtime\&. Also this VFS module is tested to work on SLES 9/10 and RHEL 4\&.4
    220384.SH "VERSION"

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_netatalk.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_netatalk
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_NETATALK" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_NETATALK" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_netatalk \- hide \&.AppleDouble files from CIFS clients
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = netatalk
     174\FCvfs objects = netatalk\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 vfs_netatalk
     183\FCvfs_netatalk\F[]
    34184VFS module dynamically hides \&.AppleDouble files, preventing spurious errors on some CIFS clients\&. \&.AppleDouble files may be created by historic implementations of AFP (Apple Filing Protocol) on servers\&.
    35185.PP
    … …  
    42192.RS 4
    43193.\}
     194.fam C
     195.ps -1
    44196.nf
     197.if t \{\
     198.sp -1
     199.\}
     200.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     201.sp -1
     202
    45203        \fI[data]\fR
    46204        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = netatalk\fR\m[]
    47 .fi
     205.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     206.if t \{\
     207.sp 1
     208.\}
     209.fi
     210.fam
     211.ps +1
    48212.if n \{\
    49213.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_notify_fam.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_notify_fam
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_NOTIFY_FAM" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_NOTIFY_FAM" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_notify_fam \- FAM support for file change notifications
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = notify_fam
     174\FCvfs objects = notify_fam\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 vfs_notify_fam
     183\FCvfs_notify_fam\F[]
    34184module makes use of the system FAM (File Alteration Monitor) daemon to implement file change notifications for Windows clients\&. FAM is generally present only on IRIX and some BSD systems\&.
    35185.PP
    … …  
    42192.RS 4
    43193.\}
     194.fam C
     195.ps -1
    44196.nf
     197.if t \{\
     198.sp -1
     199.\}
     200.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     201.sp -1
     202
    45203        \fI[global]\fR
    46204        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = notify_fam\fR\m[]
    47 .fi
     205.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     206.if t \{\
     207.sp 1
     208.\}
     209.fi
     210.fam
     211.ps +1
    48212.if n \{\
    49213.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_prealloc.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_prealloc
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_PREALLOC" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_PREALLOC" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_prealloc \- preallocate matching files to a predetermined size
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = prealloc
     174\FCvfs objects = prealloc\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 vfs_prealloc
     183\FCvfs_prealloc\F[]
    34184VFS module preallocates files to a specified size each time a new file is created\&. This is useful in environments where files are of a predetermined size will be written to a disk subsystem where extending file allocations is expensive\&.
    35185.PP
    … …  
    51201.IP \(bu 2.3
    52202.\}
    53 K
     203\FCK\F[]
    54204\- BYTES is a number of kilobytes
    55205.RE
    … …  
    63213.IP \(bu 2.3
    64214.\}
    65 M
     215\FCM\F[]
    66216\- BYTES is a number of megabytes
    67217.RE
    … …  
    75225.IP \(bu 2.3
    76226.\}
    77 G
     227\FCG\F[]
    78228\- BYTES is a number of gigabytes
    79229.sp
    … …  
    87237.RS 4
    88238.\}
     239.fam C
     240.ps -1
    89241.nf
     242.if t \{\
     243.sp -1
     244.\}
     245.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     246.sp -1
     247
    90248        \fI[frames]\fR
    91249        \m[blue]\fBpath = /data/frames\fR\m[]
    92250        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = prealloc\fR\m[]
    93251        \m[blue]\fBprealloc:tiff = 4M\fR\m[]
    94 .fi
     252.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     253.if t \{\
     254.sp 1
     255.\}
     256.fi
     257.fam
     258.ps +1
    95259.if n \{\
    96260.RE
    … …  
    98262.SH "CAVEATS"
    99263.PP
    100 vfs_prealloc
     264\FCvfs_prealloc\F[]
    101265is not supported on all platforms and filesystems\&. Currently only XFS filesystems on Linux and IRIX are supported\&.
    102266.SH "VERSION"

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_preopen.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_preopen
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_PREOPEN" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_PREOPEN" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_preopen \- Hide read latencies for applications reading numbered files
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = preopen
     174\FCvfs objects = preopen\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    40190.RS 4
    41191preopen:names specifies the file name pattern which should trigger the preopen helpers to do their work\&. We assume that the files are numbered incrementally\&. So if your file names are numbered FRAME00000\&.frm FRAME00001\&.frm and so on you would list them as
    42 preopen:names=/FRAME*\&.frm/
     192\FCpreopen:names=/FRAME*\&.frm/\F[]
    43193.RE
    44194.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_readahead.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_readahead
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_READAHEAD" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_READAHEAD" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_readahead \- pre\-load the kernel buffer cache
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = readahead
     174\FCvfs objects = readahead\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    31181.PP
    32182This
    33 vfs_readahead
     183\FCvfs_readahead\F[]
    34184VFS module detects read requests at multiples of a given offset (hex 0x80000 by default) and then tells the kernel via either the readahead system call (on Linux) or the posix_fadvise system call to pre\-fetch this data into the buffer cache\&.
    35185.PP
    … …  
    39189.PP
    40190The size of the disk read operations performed by
    41 vfs_readahead
     191\FCvfs_readahead\F[]
    42192is determined by the readahead:length option\&. By default this is set to the same value as the readahead:offset option and if not set explicitly will use the current value of readahead:offset\&.
    43193.PP
    … …  
    65215.IP \(bu 2.3
    66216.\}
    67 K
     217\FCK\F[]
    68218\- BYTES is a number of kilobytes
    69219.RE
    … …  
    77227.IP \(bu 2.3
    78228.\}
    79 M
     229\FCM\F[]
    80230\- BYTES is a number of megabytes
    81231.RE
    … …  
    89239.IP \(bu 2.3
    90240.\}
    91 G
     241\FCG\F[]
    92242\- BYTES is a number of gigabytes
    93243.SH "EXAMPLES"
    … …  
    96246.RS 4
    97247.\}
     248.fam C
     249.ps -1
    98250.nf
     251.if t \{\
     252.sp -1
     253.\}
     254.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     255.sp -1
     256
    99257        \fI[hypothetical]\fR
    100258        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = readahead\fR\m[]
    101 .fi
     259.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     260.if t \{\
     261.sp 1
     262.\}
     263.fi
     264.fam
     265.ps +1
    102266.if n \{\
    103267.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_readonly.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_readonly
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_READONLY" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_READONLY" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_readonly \- make a Samba share read only for a specified time period
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = readonly
     174\FCvfs objects = readonly\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 vfs_readonly
     183\FCvfs_readonly\F[]
    34184VFS module marks a share as read only for all clients connecting within the configured time period\&. Clients connecting during this time will be denied write access to all files in the share, irrespective of ther actual access privileges\&.
    35185.PP
    … …  
    49199.RS 4
    50200.\}
    51 .nf
     201.fam C
     202.ps -1
     203.nf
     204.if t \{\
     205.sp -1
     206.\}
     207.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     208.sp -1
     209
    52210        \fI[global]\fR
    53211        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = readonly\fR\m[]
    54 .fi
     212.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     213.if t \{\
     214.sp 1
     215.\}
     216.fi
     217.fam
     218.ps +1
    55219.if n \{\
    56220.RE
    … …  
    62226.RS 4
    63227.\}
    64 .nf
     228.fam C
     229.ps -1
     230.nf
     231.if t \{\
     232.sp -1
     233.\}
     234.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     235.sp -1
     236
    65237        \fI[backup]\fR
    66238        \m[blue]\fBpath = /readonly\fR\m[]
    67239        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = readonly\fR\m[]
    68240        \m[blue]\fBreadonly:period = readonly:period = "today 9:00","today 17:00"\fR\m[]
    69 .fi
     241.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     242.if t \{\
     243.sp 1
     244.\}
     245.fi
     246.fam
     247.ps +1
    70248.if n \{\
    71249.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_recycle.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_recycle
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_RECYCLE" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_RECYCLE" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_recycle \- Samba VFS recycle bin
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = recycle
     174\FCvfs objects = recycle\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 vfs_recycle
     183\FCvfs_recycle\F[]
    34184intercepts file deletion requests and moves the affected files to a temporary repository rather than deleting them immediately\&. This gives the same effect as the Recycle Bin on Windows computers\&.
    35185.PP
    … …  
    115265.RS 4
    116266.\}
     267.fam C
     268.ps -1
    117269.nf
     270.if t \{\
     271.sp -1
     272.\}
     273.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     274.sp -1
     275
    118276        \fI[share]\fR
    119277        \m[blue]\fBpath = /data/share\fR\m[]
    … …  
    122280        \m[blue]\fBrecycle:keeptree = yes\fR\m[]
    123281        \m[blue]\fBrecycle:versions = yes\fR\m[]
    124 .fi
     282.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     283.if t \{\
     284.sp 1
     285.\}
     286.fi
     287.fam
     288.ps +1
    125289.if n \{\
    126290.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_shadow_copy.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_shadow_copy
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_SHADOW_COPY" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_SHADOW_COPY" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_shadow_copy \- Make a Samba share read only for a specified time period
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = shadow_copy
     174\FCvfs objects = shadow_copy\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 vfs_shadow_copy
     183\FCvfs_shadow_copy\F[]
    34184VFS module functionality that is similar to Microsoft Shadow Copy services\&. When setup properly, this module allows Microsoft Shadow Copy clients to browse "shadow copies" on Samba shares\&.
    35185.PP
    … …  
    37187.SH "CONFIGURATION"
    38188.PP
    39 vfs_shadow_copy
     189\FCvfs_shadow_copy\F[]
    40190relies on a filesystem snapshot implementation\&. Many common filesystems have native support for this\&.
    41191.PP
    42192Filesystem snapshots must be mounted on specially named directories in order to be recognized by
    43 vfs_shadow_copy\&. The snapshot mount points must be immediate children of a the directory being shared\&.
     193\FCvfs_shadow_copy\F[]\&. The snapshot mount points must be immediate children of a the directory being shared\&.
    44194.PP
    45195The snapshot naming convention is @GMT\-YYYY\&.MM\&.DD\-hh\&.mm\&.ss, where:
    … …  
    53203.IP \(bu 2.3
    54204.\}
    55 YYYY
     205\FCYYYY\F[]
    56206is the 4 digit year
    57207.RE
    … …  
    65215.IP \(bu 2.3
    66216.\}
    67 MM
     217\FCMM\F[]
    68218is the 2 digit month
    69219.RE
    … …  
    77227.IP \(bu 2.3
    78228.\}
    79 DD
     229\FCDD\F[]
    80230is the 2 digit day
    81231.RE
    … …  
    89239.IP \(bu 2.3
    90240.\}
    91 hh
     241\FChh\F[]
    92242is the 2 digit hour
    93243.RE
    … …  
    101251.IP \(bu 2.3
    102252.\}
    103 mm
     253\FCmm\F[]
    104254is the 2 digit minute
    105255.RE
    … …  
    113263.IP \(bu 2.3
    114264.\}
    115 ss
     265\FCss\F[]
    116266is the 2 digit second\&.
    117267.sp
    … …  
    119269.PP
    120270The
    121 vfs_shadow_copy
     271\FCvfs_shadow_copy\F[]
    122272snapshot naming convention can be produced with the following
    123273\fBdate\fR(1)
    … …  
    127277.RS 4
    128278.\}
     279.fam C
     280.ps -1
    129281.nf
     282.if t \{\
     283.sp -1
     284.\}
     285.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     286.sp -1
     287
    130288        TZ=GMT date +@GMT\-%Y\&.%m\&.%d\-%H\&.%M\&.%S
    131289       
    132 .fi
     290.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     291.if t \{\
     292.sp 1
     293.\}
     294.fi
     295.fam
     296.ps +1
    133297.if n \{\
    134298.RE
    … …  
    141305.RS 4
    142306.\}
     307.fam C
     308.ps -1
    143309.nf
     310.if t \{\
     311.sp -1
     312.\}
     313.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     314.sp -1
     315
    144316        \fI[homes]\fR
    145317        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = shadow_copy\fR\m[]
    146 .fi
     318.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     319.if t \{\
     320.sp 1
     321.\}
     322.fi
     323.fam
     324.ps +1
    147325.if n \{\
    148326.RE
    … …  
    153331.PP
    154332With Samba or Windows servers,
    155 vfs_shadow_copy
     333\FCvfs_shadow_copy\F[]
    156334is designed to be an end\-user tool only\&. It does not replace or enhance your backup and archival solutions and should in no way be considered as such\&. Additionally, if you need version control, implement a version control system\&.
    157335.SH "VERSION"

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_shadow_copy2.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_shadow_copy2
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_SHADOW_COPY2" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_SHADOW_COPY2" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_shadow_copy2 \- Expose snapshots to Windows clients as shadow copies\&.
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = shadow_copy2
     174\FCvfs objects = shadow_copy2\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 vfs_shadow_copy2
     183\FCvfs_shadow_copy2\F[]
    34184VFS module functionality that is similar to Microsoft Shadow Copy services\&. When setup properly, this module allows Microsoft Shadow Copy clients to browse "shadow copies" on Samba shares\&.
    35185.PP
    … …  
    63213.SH "CONFIGURATION"
    64214.PP
    65 vfs_shadow_copy2
     215\FCvfs_shadow_copy2\F[]
    66216relies on a filesystem snapshot implementation\&. Many common filesystems have native support for this\&.
    67217.PP
    68218Filesystem snapshots must be mounted on specially named directories in order to be recognized by
    69 vfs_shadow_copy2\&. The snapshot mount points must be immediate children of a the directory being shared\&.
     219\FCvfs_shadow_copy2\F[]\&. The snapshot mount points must be immediate children of a the directory being shared\&.
    70220.PP
    71221The snapshot naming convention is @GMT\-YYYY\&.MM\&.DD\-hh\&.mm\&.ss, where:
    … …  
    79229.IP \(bu 2.3
    80230.\}
    81 YYYY
     231\FCYYYY\F[]
    82232is the 4 digit year
    83233.RE
    … …  
    91241.IP \(bu 2.3
    92242.\}
    93 MM
     243\FCMM\F[]
    94244is the 2 digit month
    95245.RE
    … …  
    103253.IP \(bu 2.3
    104254.\}
    105 DD
     255\FCDD\F[]
    106256is the 2 digit day
    107257.RE
    … …  
    115265.IP \(bu 2.3
    116266.\}
    117 hh
     267\FChh\F[]
    118268is the 2 digit hour
    119269.RE
    … …  
    127277.IP \(bu 2.3
    128278.\}
    129 mm
     279\FCmm\F[]
    130280is the 2 digit minute
    131281.RE
    … …  
    139289.IP \(bu 2.3
    140290.\}
    141 ss
     291\FCss\F[]
    142292is the 2 digit second\&.
    143293.sp
    … …  
    145295.PP
    146296The
    147 vfs_shadow_copy2
     297\FCvfs_shadow_copy2\F[]
    148298snapshot naming convention can be produced with the following
    149299\fBdate\fR(1)
    … …  
    153303.RS 4
    154304.\}
     305.fam C
     306.ps -1
    155307.nf
     308.if t \{\
     309.sp -1
     310.\}
     311.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     312.sp -1
     313
    156314        TZ=GMT date +@GMT\-%Y\&.%m\&.%d\-%H\&.%M\&.%S
    157315       
    158 .fi
     316.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     317.if t \{\
     318.sp 1
     319.\}
     320.fi
     321.fam
     322.ps +1
    159323.if n \{\
    160324.RE
    … …  
    175339.RS 4
    176340If you enable
    177 shadow:fixinodes
     341\FCshadow:fixinodes \F[]
    178342then this module will modify the apparent inode number of files in the snapshot directories using a hash of the files path\&. This is needed for snapshot systems where the snapshots have the same device:inode number as the original files (such as happens with GPFS snapshots)\&. If you don\'t set this option then the \'restore\' button in the shadow copy UI will fail with a sharing violation\&.
    179343.RE
    … …  
    185349.RS 4
    186350.\}
     351.fam C
     352.ps -1
    187353.nf
     354.if t \{\
     355.sp -1
     356.\}
     357.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     358.sp -1
     359
    188360        \fI[homes]\fR
    189361        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = shadow_copy2\fR\m[]
    190362        \m[blue]\fBshadow:snapdir = /data/snaphots\fR\m[]
    191363        \m[blue]\fBshadow:basedir = /data/home\fR\m[]
    192 .fi
     364.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     365.if t \{\
     366.sp 1
     367.\}
     368.fi
     369.fam
     370.ps +1
    193371.if n \{\
    194372.RE
    … …  
    199377.PP
    200378With Samba or Windows servers,
    201 vfs_shadow_copy2
     379\FCvfs_shadow_copy2\F[]
    202380is designed to be an end\-user tool only\&. It does not replace or enhance your backup and archival solutions and should in no way be considered as such\&. Additionally, if you need version control, implement a version control system\&.
    203381.SH "VERSION"

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_smb_traffic_analyzer.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: smb_traffic_analyzer
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "SMB_TRAFFIC_ANALYZER" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "SMB_TRAFFIC_ANALYZER" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_smb_traffic_analyzer \- log Samba VFS read and write operations through a socket to a helper application
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = smb_traffic_analyzer
     174\FCvfs objects = smb_traffic_analyzer\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 vfs_smb_traffic_analyzer
     183\FCvfs_smb_traffic_analyzer\F[]
    34184VFS module logs client write and read operations on a Samba server and sends this data over a socket to a helper program, which feeds a SQL database\&. More information on the helper programs can be obtained from the homepage of the project at: http://holger123\&.wordpress\&.com/smb\-traffic\-analyzer/
    35185.PP
    36 vfs_smb_traffic_analyzer
     186\FCvfs_smb_traffic_analyzer\F[]
    37187currently is aware of the following VFS operations:
    38188.RS 4
    … …  
    49199.RE
    50200.PP
    51 vfs_smb_traffic_analyzer
     201\FCvfs_smb_traffic_analyzer\F[]
    52202sends the following data in a fixed format seperated by a comma through either an internet or a unix domain socket:
    53203.sp
    … …  
    55205.RS 4
    56206.\}
    57 .nf
     207.fam C
     208.ps -1
     209.nf
     210.if t \{\
     211.sp -1
     212.\}
     213.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     214.sp -1
     215
    58216        BYTES|USER|DOMAIN|READ/WRITE|SHARE|FILENAME|TIMESTAMP
    59217       
    60 .fi
     218.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     219.if t \{\
     220.sp 1
     221.\}
     222.fi
     223.fam
     224.ps +1
    61225.if n \{\
    62226.RE
    … …  
    73237.IP \(bu 2.3
    74238.\}
    75 BYTES
     239\FCBYTES\F[]
    76240\- the length in bytes of the VFS operation
    77241.RE
    … …  
    85249.IP \(bu 2.3
    86250.\}
    87 USER
     251\FCUSER\F[]
    88252\- the user who initiated the operation
    89253.RE
    … …  
    97261.IP \(bu 2.3
    98262.\}
    99 DOMAIN
     263\FCDOMAIN\F[]
    100264\- the domain of the user
    101265.RE
    … …  
    109273.IP \(bu 2.3
    110274.\}
    111 READ/WRITE
     275\FCREAD/WRITE\F[]
    112276\- either "W" for a write operation or "R" for read
    113277.RE
    … …  
    121285.IP \(bu 2.3
    122286.\}
    123 SHARE
     287\FCSHARE\F[]
    124288\- the name of the share on which the VFS operation occured
    125289.RE
    … …  
    133297.IP \(bu 2.3
    134298.\}
    135 FILENAME
     299\FCFILENAME\F[]
    136300\- the name of the file that was used by the VFS operation
    137301.RE
    … …  
    145309.IP \(bu 2.3
    146310.\}
    147 TIMESTAMP
     311\FCTIMESTAMP\F[]
    148312\- a timestamp, formatted as "yyyy\-mm\-dd hh\-mm\-ss\&.ms" indicating when the VFS operation occured
    149313.sp
    … …  
    184348.RS 4
    185349.\}
    186 .nf
     350.fam C
     351.ps -1
     352.nf
     353.if t \{\
     354.sp -1
     355.\}
     356.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     357.sp -1
     358
    187359        \fI[example_share]\fR
    188360        \m[blue]\fBpath = /data/example\fR\m[]
    … …  
    190362        \m[blue]\fBsmb_traffic_analyzer:mode = unix_domain_socket\fR\m[]
    191363       
    192 .fi
     364.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     365.if t \{\
     366.sp 1
     367.\}
     368.fi
     369.fam
     370.ps +1
    193371.if n \{\
    194372.RE
    … …  
    200378.RS 4
    201379.\}
    202 .nf
     380.fam C
     381.ps -1
     382.nf
     383.if t \{\
     384.sp -1
     385.\}
     386.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     387.sp -1
     388
    203389        \fI[example_share]\fR
    204390        \m[blue]\fBpath = /data/example\fR\m[]
    … …  
    207393        \m[blue]\fBsmb_traffic_analyzer:port = 3491\fR\m[]
    208394       
    209 .fi
     395.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     396.if t \{\
     397.sp 1
     398.\}
     399.fi
     400.fam
     401.ps +1
    210402.if n \{\
    211403.RE
    … …  
    217409.RS 4
    218410.\}
    219 .nf
     411.fam C
     412.ps -1
     413.nf
     414.if t \{\
     415.sp -1
     416.\}
     417.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     418.sp -1
     419
    220420        \fI[example_share]\fR
    221421        \m[blue]\fBpath = /data/example\fR\m[]
    … …  
    225425        \m[blue]\fBsmb_traffic_analyzer:anonymize_prefix = User\fR\m[]
    226426       
    227 .fi
     427.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     428.if t \{\
     429.sp 1
     430.\}
     431.fi
     432.fam
     433.ps +1
    228434.if n \{\
    229435.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_streams_depot.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_streams_depot
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_STREAMS_DEPOT" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_STREAMS_DEPOT" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_streams_depot \- EXPERIMENTAL module to store alternate data streams in a central directory\&.
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = streams_depot
     174\FCvfs objects = streams_depot\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    33183.PP
    34184The
    35 vfs_streams_depot
     185\FCvfs_streams_depot\F[]
    36186enables storing of NTFS alternate data streams in the file system\&. As a normal posix file system does not support the concept of multiple data streams per file, the streams_depot module stores the data in files in a separate directory\&.
    37187.SH "OPTIONS"
    … …  
    46196.RS 4
    47197.\}
     198.fam C
     199.ps -1
    48200.nf
     201.if t \{\
     202.sp -1
     203.\}
     204.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     205.sp -1
     206
    49207        \fI[share]\fR
    50208        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = streams_depot\fR\m[]
    51 .fi
     209.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     210.if t \{\
     211.sp 1
     212.\}
     213.fi
     214.fam
     215.ps +1
    52216.if n \{\
    53217.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_streams_xattr.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_streams_xattr
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_STREAMS_XATTR" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_STREAMS_XATTR" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_streams_xattr \- Store alternate data streams in posix xattrs
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = streams_xattr
     174\FCvfs objects = streams_xattr\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 vfs_streams_xattr
     183\FCvfs_streams_xattr\F[]
    34184enables storing of NTFS alternate data streams in the file system\&. As a normal posix file system does not support the concept of multiple data streams per file, the streams_xattr module stores the data in posix extended attributes (xattrs)\&. The name of these attributes is user\&.DosStream\&."ADS\-NAME"\&.
    35185.PP
    … …  
    42192.RS 4
    43193.\}
     194.fam C
     195.ps -1
    44196.nf
     197.if t \{\
     198.sp -1
     199.\}
     200.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     201.sp -1
     202
    45203        \fI[share]\fR
    46204        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = streams_xattr\fR\m[]
    47 .fi
     205.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     206.if t \{\
     207.sp 1
     208.\}
     209.fi
     210.fam
     211.ps +1
    48212.if n \{\
    49213.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_xattr_tdb.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfs_xattr_tdb
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFS_XATTR_TDB" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "VFS_XATTR_TDB" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfs_xattr_tdb \- Save Extended Attributes (EAs) in a tdb file
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfs objects = xattr_tdb
     174\FCvfs objects = xattr_tdb\F[]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 vfs_xattr_tdb
     183\FCvfs_xattr_tdb\F[]
    34184VFS module stores Extended Attributes (EAs) in a tdb file\&. This enables the usage of Extended Attributes on OS and filesystems which do not support Extended Attributes by themselves\&.
    35185.PP
    … …  
    40190.RS 4
    41191Name of the tdb file the EAs are stored in\&. If this option is not set, the default filename
    42 xattr\&.tdb
     192\FCxattr\&.tdb\F[]
    43193is used\&.
    44194.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfstest.1

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: vfstest
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "VFSTEST" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     9.TH "VFSTEST" "1" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170vfstest \- tool for testing samba VFS modules
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 vfstest [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-c\ command] [\-l\ logdir] [\-h]
     174\FCvfstest\F[] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-c\ command] [\-l\ logdir] [\-h]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    30180suite\&.
    31181.PP
    32 vfstest
     182\FCvfstest\F[]
    33183is a small command line utility that has the ability to test dso samba VFS modules\&. It gives the user the ability to call the various VFS functions manually and supports cascaded VFS modules\&.
    34184.SH "OPTIONS"
    … …  
    63213\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    64214parameter in the
    65 smb\&.conf
     215\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    66216file\&.
    67217.RE
    … …  
    75225.RS 4
    76226The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    77 smb\&.conf
     227\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    78228for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    79229.RE
    … …  
    97247.IP \(bu 2.3
    98248.\}
    99 load <module\&.so>
     249\FCload <module\&.so>\F[]
    100250\- Load specified VFS module
    101251.RE
    … …  
    109259.IP \(bu 2.3
    110260.\}
    111 populate <char> <size>
     261\FCpopulate <char> <size>\F[]
    112262\- Populate a data buffer with the specified data
    113263.RE
    … …  
    121271.IP \(bu 2.3
    122272.\}
    123 showdata [<offset> <len>]
     273\FCshowdata [<offset> <len>]\F[]
    124274\- Show data currently in data buffer
    125275.RE
    … …  
    133283.IP \(bu 2.3
    134284.\}
    135 connect
     285\FCconnect\F[]
    136286\- VFS connect()
    137287.RE
    … …  
    145295.IP \(bu 2.3
    146296.\}
    147 disconnect
     297\FCdisconnect\F[]
    148298\- VFS disconnect()
    149299.RE
    … …  
    157307.IP \(bu 2.3
    158308.\}
    159 disk_free
     309\FCdisk_free\F[]
    160310\- VFS disk_free()
    161311.RE
    … …  
    169319.IP \(bu 2.3
    170320.\}
    171 opendir
     321\FCopendir\F[]
    172322\- VFS opendir()
    173323.RE
    … …  
    181331.IP \(bu 2.3
    182332.\}
    183 readdir
     333\FCreaddir\F[]
    184334\- VFS readdir()
    185335.RE
    … …  
    193343.IP \(bu 2.3
    194344.\}
    195 mkdir
     345\FCmkdir\F[]
    196346\- VFS mkdir()
    197347.RE
    … …  
    205355.IP \(bu 2.3
    206356.\}
    207 rmdir
     357\FCrmdir\F[]
    208358\- VFS rmdir()
    209359.RE
    … …  
    217367.IP \(bu 2.3
    218368.\}
    219 closedir
     369\FCclosedir\F[]
    220370\- VFS closedir()
    221371.RE
    … …  
    229379.IP \(bu 2.3
    230380.\}
    231 open
     381\FCopen\F[]
    232382\- VFS open()
    233383.RE
    … …  
    241391.IP \(bu 2.3
    242392.\}
    243 close
     393\FCclose\F[]
    244394\- VFS close()
    245395.RE
    … …  
    253403.IP \(bu 2.3
    254404.\}
    255 read
     405\FCread\F[]
    256406\- VFS read()
    257407.RE
    … …  
    265415.IP \(bu 2.3
    266416.\}
    267 write
     417\FCwrite\F[]
    268418\- VFS write()
    269419.RE
    … …  
    277427.IP \(bu 2.3
    278428.\}
    279 lseek
     429\FClseek\F[]
    280430\- VFS lseek()
    281431.RE
    … …  
    289439.IP \(bu 2.3
    290440.\}
    291 rename
     441\FCrename\F[]
    292442\- VFS rename()
    293443.RE
    … …  
    301451.IP \(bu 2.3
    302452.\}
    303 fsync
     453\FCfsync\F[]
    304454\- VFS fsync()
    305455.RE
    … …  
    313463.IP \(bu 2.3
    314464.\}
    315 stat
     465\FCstat\F[]
    316466\- VFS stat()
    317467.RE
    … …  
    325475.IP \(bu 2.3
    326476.\}
    327 fstat
     477\FCfstat\F[]
    328478\- VFS fstat()
    329479.RE
    … …  
    337487.IP \(bu 2.3
    338488.\}
    339 lstat
     489\FClstat\F[]
    340490\- VFS lstat()
    341491.RE
    … …  
    349499.IP \(bu 2.3
    350500.\}
    351 unlink
     501\FCunlink\F[]
    352502\- VFS unlink()
    353503.RE
    … …  
    361511.IP \(bu 2.3
    362512.\}
    363 chmod
     513\FCchmod\F[]
    364514\- VFS chmod()
    365515.RE
    … …  
    373523.IP \(bu 2.3
    374524.\}
    375 fchmod
     525\FCfchmod\F[]
    376526\- VFS fchmod()
    377527.RE
    … …  
    385535.IP \(bu 2.3
    386536.\}
    387 chown
     537\FCchown\F[]
    388538\- VFS chown()
    389539.RE
    … …  
    397547.IP \(bu 2.3
    398548.\}
    399 fchown
     549\FCfchown\F[]
    400550\- VFS fchown()
    401551.RE
    … …  
    409559.IP \(bu 2.3
    410560.\}
    411 chdir
     561\FCchdir\F[]
    412562\- VFS chdir()
    413563.RE
    … …  
    421571.IP \(bu 2.3
    422572.\}
    423 getwd
     573\FCgetwd\F[]
    424574\- VFS getwd()
    425575.RE
    … …  
    433583.IP \(bu 2.3
    434584.\}
    435 utime
     585\FCutime\F[]
    436586\- VFS utime()
    437587.RE
    … …  
    445595.IP \(bu 2.3
    446596.\}
    447 ftruncate
     597\FCftruncate\F[]
    448598\- VFS ftruncate()
    449599.RE
    … …  
    457607.IP \(bu 2.3
    458608.\}
    459 lock
     609\FClock\F[]
    460610\- VFS lock()
    461611.RE
    … …  
    469619.IP \(bu 2.3
    470620.\}
    471 symlink
     621\FCsymlink\F[]
    472622\- VFS symlink()
    473623.RE
    … …  
    481631.IP \(bu 2.3
    482632.\}
    483 readlink
     633\FCreadlink\F[]
    484634\- VFS readlink()
    485635.RE
    … …  
    493643.IP \(bu 2.3
    494644.\}
    495 link
     645\FClink\F[]
    496646\- VFS link()
    497647.RE
    … …  
    505655.IP \(bu 2.3
    506656.\}
    507 mknod
     657\FCmknod\F[]
    508658\- VFS mknod()
    509659.RE
    … …  
    517667.IP \(bu 2.3
    518668.\}
    519 realpath
     669\FCrealpath\F[]
    520670\- VFS realpath()
    521671.sp
    … …  
    532682.IP \(bu 2.3
    533683.\}
    534 conf <smb\&.conf>
     684\FCconf <smb\&.conf>\F[]
    535685\- Load a different configuration file
    536686.RE
    … …  
    544694.IP \(bu 2.3
    545695.\}
    546 help [<command>]
     696\FChelp [<command>]\F[]
    547697\- Get list of commands or info about specified command
    548698.RE
    … …  
    556706.IP \(bu 2.3
    557707.\}
    558 debuglevel <level>
     708\FCdebuglevel <level>\F[]
    559709\- Set debug level
    560710.RE
    … …  
    568718.IP \(bu 2.3
    569719.\}
    570 freemem
     720\FCfreemem\F[]
    571721\- Free memory currently in use
    572722.RE
    … …  
    580730.IP \(bu 2.3
    581731.\}
    582 exit
     732\FCexit\F[]
    583733\- Exit vfstest
    584734.SH "VERSION"

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/wbinfo.1

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: wbinfo
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: User Commands
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "WBINFO" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     9.TH "WBINFO" "1" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170wbinfo \- Query information from winbind daemon
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 wbinfo [\-a\ user%password] [\-\-all\-domains] [\-\-allocate\-gid] [\-\-allocate\-uid] [\-D\ domain] [\-\-domain\ domain] [\-g] [\-\-getdcname\ domain] [\-\-get\-auth\-user] [\-G\ gid] [\-h] [\-i\ user] [\-I\ ip] [\-K\ user%password] [\-m] [\-n\ name] [\-N\ netbios\-name] [\-\-own\-domain] [\-p] [\-r\ user] [\-\-remove\-uid\-mapping\ uid,sid] [\-\-remove\-gid\-mapping\ gid,sid] [\-s\ sid] [\-\-separator] [\-\-sequence] [\-\-set\-auth\-user\ user%password] [\-\-set\-uid\-mapping\ uid,sid] [\-\-set\-gid\-mapping\ gid,sid] [\-S\ sid] [\-t] [\-u] [\-\-uid\-info\ uid] [\-\-user\-domgroups\ sid] [\-\-user\-sids\ sid] [\-U\ uid] [\-V] [\-Y\ sid] [\-\-verbose]
     174\FCwbinfo\F[] [\-a\ user%password] [\-\-all\-domains] [\-\-allocate\-gid] [\-\-allocate\-uid] [\-D\ domain] [\-\-domain\ domain] [\-g] [\-\-getdcname\ domain] [\-\-get\-auth\-user] [\-G\ gid] [\-h] [\-i\ user] [\-I\ ip] [\-K\ user%password] [\-m] [\-n\ name] [\-N\ netbios\-name] [\-\-own\-domain] [\-p] [\-r\ user] [\-\-remove\-uid\-mapping\ uid,sid] [\-\-remove\-gid\-mapping\ gid,sid] [\-s\ sid] [\-\-separator] [\-\-sequence] [\-\-set\-auth\-user\ user%password] [\-\-set\-uid\-mapping\ uid,sid] [\-\-set\-gid\-mapping\ gid,sid] [\-S\ sid] [\-t] [\-u] [\-\-uid\-info\ uid] [\-\-user\-domgroups\ sid] [\-\-user\-sids\ sid] [\-U\ uid] [\-V] [\-Y\ sid] [\-\-verbose]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    31181.PP
    32182The
    33 wbinfo
     183\FCwbinfo\F[]
    34184program queries and returns information created and used by the
    35185\fBwinbindd\fR(8)
    … …  
    39189\fBwinbindd\fR(8)
    40190daemon must be configured and running for the
    41 wbinfo
     191\FCwbinfo\F[]
    42192program to be able to return information\&.
    43193.SH "OPTIONS"
    … …  
    50200.\}
    51201.RS 4
     202.BM yellow
    52203.it 1 an-trap
    53204.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    61212\fBntlm_auth\fR(1)\&.
    62213.sp .5v
     214.EM yellow
    63215.RE
    64216.RE
    … …  
    294446\fBwinbindd\fR(8)
    295447daemon is not working
    296 wbinfo
     448\FCwbinfo\F[]
    297449will always return failure\&.
    298450.SH "VERSION"
    … …  
    308460The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell\&. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed\&.
    309461.PP
    310 wbinfo
     462\FCwbinfo\F[]
    311463and
    312 winbindd
     464\FCwinbindd\F[]
    313465were written by Tim Potter\&.
    314466.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/winbind_krb5_locator.7

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: winbind_krb5_locator
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: 7
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "WINBIND_KRB5_LOCATOR" "7" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "7"
     9.TH "WINBIND_KRB5_LOCATOR" "7" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "7"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170winbind_krb5_locator \- A plugin for MIT and Heimdal Kerberos for detecting KDCs using Windows semantics\&.
    23171.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    … …  
    28176.PP
    29177
    30 winbind_krb5_locator
     178\FCwinbind_krb5_locator\F[]
    31179is a plugin that permits MIT and Heimdal Kerberos libraries to detect Kerberos Servers (for the KDC and kpasswd service) using the same semantics that other tools of the Samba suite use\&. This include site\-aware DNS service record lookups and caching of closest dc\&. The plugin uses the public locator API provided by most modern Kerberos implementations\&.
    32180.SH "PREREQUISITES"
    … …  
    39187.PP
    40188The
    41 winbind_krb5_locator\&.so
     189\FCwinbind_krb5_locator\&.so\F[]
    42190file needs to be manually copied to the plugin directory of the system Kerberos library\&. For MIT Kerberos this is often:
    43 /usr/lib/krb5/plugins/libkrb5/\&. For Heimdal Kerberos this is often:
    44 /usr/lib/plugin/krb5/\&. Please check your local Kerberos installation for the correct paths\&. No modification in
    45 /etc/krb5\&.conf
     191\FC/usr/lib/krb5/plugins/libkrb5/\F[]\&. For Heimdal Kerberos this is often:
     192\FC/usr/lib/plugin/krb5/\F[]\&. Please check your local Kerberos installation for the correct paths\&. No modification in
     193\FC/etc/krb5\&.conf\F[]
    46194is required to enable the use of this plugin\&.
    47195.PP
    48196After copying the locator plugin to the appropriate plugin directory it should immediately be available for use\&. Users should be able to kinit into their kerberized Windows environment without any modification or servers being put manually into
    49 /etc/krb5\&.conf\&.
     197\FC/etc/krb5\&.conf\F[]\&.
    50198.SH "VERSION"
    51199.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/winbindd.8

    r368 r411  
    1 '\" t
    21.\"     Title: winbindd
    32.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    4 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    5 .\"      Date: 01/14/2010
     3.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     4.\"      Date: 02/22/2010
    65.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    76.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    87.\"  Language: English
    98.\"
    10 .TH "WINBINDD" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     9.TH "WINBINDD" "8" "02/22/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
     10.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     11.\" * (re)Define some macros
     12.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
     13.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     14.\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
     15.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     16.de toupper
     17.tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
     18\\$*
     19.tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
     20..
     21.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     22.\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
     23.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     24.de SH-xref
     25.ie n \{\
     26.\}
     27.toupper \\$*
     28.el \{\
     29\\$*
     30.\}
     31..
     32.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     33.\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
     34.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     35.de1 SH
     36.\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
     37.if t \{\
     38.sp 1
     39.\}
     40.sp \\n[PD]u
     41.nr an-level 1
     42.set-an-margin
     43.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     44.fi
     45.in \\n[an-margin]u
     46.ti 0
     47.HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
     48.it 1 an-trap
     49.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     50.nr an-break-flag 1
     51\." make the size of the head bigger
     52.ps +3
     53.ft B
     54.ne (2v + 1u)
     55.ie n \{\
     56.\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
     57.toupper \\$*
     58.\}
     59.el \{\
     60.nr an-break-flag 0
     61.\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
     62\\$1
     63.in \\n[an-margin]u
     64.ti 0
     65.\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
     66.sp -.6
     67\l'\n(.lu'
     68.\}
     69..
     70.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     71.\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
     72.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     73.de1 SS
     74.sp \\n[PD]u
     75.nr an-level 1
     76.set-an-margin
     77.nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
     78.fi
     79.in \\n[IN]u
     80.ti \\n[SN]u
     81.it 1 an-trap
     82.nr an-no-space-flag 1
     83.nr an-break-flag 1
     84.ps \\n[PS-SS]u
     85\." make the size of the head bigger
     86.ps +2
     87.ft B
     88.ne (2v + 1u)
     89.if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
     90..
     91.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     92.\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
     93.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     94.de BB
     95.if t \{\
     96.sp -.5
     97.br
     98.in +2n
     99.ll -2n
     100.gcolor red
     101.di BX
     102.\}
     103..
     104.de EB
     105.if t \{\
     106.if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     107.sp -1
     108.\}
     109.br
     110.di
     111.in
     112.ll
     113.gcolor
     114.nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
     115.nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
     116.ne \\n(BHu+.5v
     117.ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
     118\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     119.\}
     120.el \{\
     121\M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     122.\}
     123.in 0
     124.sp -.5v
     125.nf
     126.BX
     127.in
     128.sp .5v
     129.fi
     130.\}
     131..
     132.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     133.\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
     134.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
     135.de BM
     136.if t \{\
     137.br
     138.ll -2n
     139.gcolor red
     140.di BX
     141.\}
     142..
     143.de EM
     144.if t \{\
     145.br
     146.di
     147.ll
     148.gcolor
     149.nr BH \\n(dn
     150.ne \\n(BHu
     151\M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
     152.in 0
     153.nf
     154.BX
     155.in
     156.fi
     157.\}
     158..
    11159.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    12160.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    19167.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    20168.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    21 .SH "NAME"
     169.SH "Name"
    22170winbindd \- Name Service Switch daemon for resolving names from NT servers
    23 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
     171.SH "Synopsis"
     172.fam C
    24173.HP \w'\ 'u
    25 winbindd [\-D] [\-F] [\-S] [\-i] [\-Y] [\-d\ <debug\ level>] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>] [\-n]
     174\FCwinbindd\F[] [\-D] [\-F] [\-S] [\-i] [\-Y] [\-d\ <debug\ level>] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>] [\-n]
     175.fam
    26176.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    27177.PP
    … …  
    30180suite\&.
    31181.PP
    32 winbindd
     182\FCwinbindd\F[]
    33183is a daemon that provides a number of services to the Name Service Switch capability found in most modern C libraries, to arbitrary applications via PAM and
    34 ntlm_auth
     184\FCntlm_auth\F[]
    35185and to Samba itself\&.
    36186.PP
    37187Even if winbind is not used for nsswitch, it still provides a service to
    38 smbd,
    39 ntlm_auth
     188\FCsmbd\F[],
     189\FCntlm_auth\F[]
    40190and the
    41 pam_winbind\&.so
     191\FCpam_winbind\&.so\F[]
    42192PAM module, by managing connections to domain controllers\&. In this configuraiton the
    43193\m[blue]\fBidmap uid\fR\m[]
    … …  
    46196parameters are not required\&. (This is known as `netlogon proxy only mode\'\&.)
    47197.PP
    48 The Name Service Switch allows user and system information to be obtained from different databases services such as NIS or DNS\&. The exact behaviour can be configured throught the
    49 /etc/nsswitch\&.conf
     198The Name Service Switch allows user and system information to be obtained from different databases services such as NIS or DNS\&. The exact behaviour can be configured through the
     199\FC/etc/nsswitch\&.conf\F[]
    50200file\&. Users and groups are allocated as they are resolved to a range of user and group ids specified by the administrator of the Samba system\&.
    51201.PP
    52202The service provided by
    53 winbindd
     203\FCwinbindd\F[]
    54204is called `winbind\' and can be used to resolve user and group information from a Windows NT server\&. The service can also provide authentication services via an associated PAM module\&.
    55205.PP
    56206The
    57 pam_winbind
     207\FCpam_winbind\F[]
    58208module supports the
    59209\fIauth\fR,
    … …  
    64214\fIaccount\fR
    65215module simply performs a getpwnam() to verify that the system can obtain a uid for the user, as the domain controller has already performed access control\&. If the
    66 libnss_winbind
     216\FClibnss_winbind\F[]
    67217library has been correctly installed, or an alternate source of names configured, this should always succeed\&.
    68218.PP
    … …  
    72222.RS 4
    73223If specified, this parameter causes the server to operate as a daemon\&. That is, it detaches itself and runs in the background on the appropriate port\&. This switch is assumed if
    74 winbindd
     224\FCwinbindd\F[]
    75225is executed on the command line of a shell\&.
    76226.RE
    … …  
    79229.RS 4
    80230This feature is only available on IRIX\&. User information traditionally stored in the
    81 hosts(5)
     231\FChosts(5)\F[]
    82232file and used by
    83 gethostbyname(3)
     233\FCgethostbyname(3)\F[]
    84234functions\&. Names are resolved through the WINS server or by broadcast\&.
    85235.RE
    … …  
    88238.RS 4
    89239User information traditionally stored in the
    90 passwd(5)
     240\FCpasswd(5)\F[]
    91241file and used by
    92 getpwent(3)
     242\FCgetpwent(3)\F[]
    93243functions\&.
    94244.RE
    … …  
    97247.RS 4
    98248Group information traditionally stored in the
    99 group(5)
     249\FCgroup(5)\F[]
    100250file and used by
    101 getgrent(3)
     251\FCgetgrent(3)\F[]
    102252functions\&.
    103253.RE
    104254.PP
    105255For example, the following simple configuration in the
    106 /etc/nsswitch\&.conf
     256\FC/etc/nsswitch\&.conf\F[]
    107257file can be used to initially resolve user and group information from
    108 /etc/passwd
     258\FC/etc/passwd \F[]
    109259and
    110 /etc/group
     260\FC/etc/group\F[]
    111261and then from the Windows NT server\&.
    112262.sp
    … …  
    114264.RS 4
    115265.\}
     266.fam C
     267.ps -1
    116268.nf
     269.if t \{\
     270.sp -1
     271.\}
     272.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     273.sp -1
     274
    117275passwd:         files winbind
    118276group:          files winbind
    … …  
    122280hosts:          files dns wins
    123281
     282.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     283.if t \{\
     284.sp 1
     285.\}
    124286.fi
     287.fam
     288.ps +1
    125289.if n \{\
    126290.RE
    … …  
    128292.PP
    129293The following simple configuration in the
    130 /etc/nsswitch\&.conf
     294\FC/etc/nsswitch\&.conf\F[]
    131295file can be used to initially resolve hostnames from
    132 /etc/hosts
     296\FC/etc/hosts\F[]
    133297and then from the WINS server\&.
    134298.sp
    … …  
    136300.RS 4
    137301.\}
     302.fam C
     303.ps -1
    138304.nf
     305.if t \{\
     306.sp -1
     307.\}
     308.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     309.sp -1
     310
    139311hosts:          files wins
     312.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     313.if t \{\
     314.sp 1
     315.\}
    140316.fi
     317.fam
     318.ps +1
    141319.if n \{\
    142320.RE
    … …  
    147325.RS 4
    148326If specified, this parameter causes the main
    149 winbindd
     327\FCwinbindd\F[]
    150328process to not daemonize, i\&.e\&. double\-fork and disassociate with the terminal\&. Child processes are still created as normal to service each connection request, but the main process does not exit\&. This operation mode is suitable for running
    151 winbindd
     329\FCwinbindd\F[]
    152330under process supervisors such as
    153 supervise
     331\FCsupervise\F[]
    154332and
    155 svscan
     333\FCsvscan\F[]
    156334from Daniel J\&. Bernstein\'s
    157 daemontools
     335\FCdaemontools\F[]
    158336package, or the AIX process monitor\&.
    159337.RE
    … …  
    162340.RS 4
    163341If specified, this parameter causes
    164 winbindd
     342\FCwinbindd\F[]
    165343to log to standard output rather than a file\&.
    166344.RE
    … …  
    178356\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    179357parameter in the
    180 smb\&.conf
     358\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    181359file\&.
    182360.RE
    … …  
    190368.RS 4
    191369The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    192 smb\&.conf
     370\FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
    193371for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    194372.RE
    … …  
    209387.RS 4
    210388Tells
    211 winbindd
     389\FCwinbindd\F[]
    212390to not become a daemon and detach from the current terminal\&. This option is used by developers when interactive debugging of
    213 winbindd
     391\FCwinbindd\F[]
    214392is required\&.
    215 winbindd
     393\FCwinbindd\F[]
    216394also logs to standard output, as if the
    217 \-S
     395\FC\-S\F[]
    218396parameter had been given\&.
    219397.RE
    … …  
    231409.PP
    232410Users and groups on a Windows NT server are assigned a security id (SID) which is globally unique when the user or group is created\&. To convert the Windows NT user or group into a unix user or group, a mapping between SIDs and unix user and group ids is required\&. This is one of the jobs that
    233 winbindd
     411\FC winbindd\F[]
    234412performs\&.
    235413.PP
    … …  
    240418.PP
    241419Configuration of the
    242 winbindd
     420\FCwinbindd\F[]
    243421daemon is done through configuration parameters in the
    244422\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    … …  
    381559.PP
    382560In
    383 /etc/nsswitch\&.conf
     561\FC/etc/nsswitch\&.conf\F[]
    384562put the following:
    385563.sp
    … …  
    387565.RS 4
    388566.\}
     567.fam C
     568.ps -1
    389569.nf
     570.if t \{\
     571.sp -1
     572.\}
     573.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     574.sp -1
     575
    390576passwd: files winbind
    391577group:  files winbind
     578.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     579.if t \{\
     580.sp 1
     581.\}
    392582.fi
     583.fam
     584.ps +1
    393585.if n \{\
    394586.RE
    … …  
    396588.PP
    397589In
    398 /etc/pam\&.d/*
     590\FC/etc/pam\&.d/*\F[]
    399591replace the
    400592\fI auth\fR
    … …  
    404596.RS 4
    405597.\}
     598.fam C
     599.ps -1
    406600.nf
     601.if t \{\
     602.sp -1
     603.\}
     604.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     605.sp -1
     606
    407607auth  required    /lib/security/pam_securetty\&.so
    408608auth  required    /lib/security/pam_nologin\&.so
    … …  
    410610auth  required    /lib/security/pam_unix\&.so \e
    411611                  use_first_pass shadow nullok
     612.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     613.if t \{\
     614.sp 1
     615.\}
    412616.fi
    413 .if n \{\
    414 .RE
    415 .\}
    416 .sp
    417 .if n \{\
    418 .sp
    419 .\}
    420 .RS 4
     617.fam
     618.ps +1
     619.if n \{\
     620.RE
     621.\}
     622.sp
     623.if n \{\
     624.sp
     625.\}
     626.RS 4
     627.BM yellow
    421628.it 1 an-trap
    422629.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    430637The PAM module pam_unix has recently replaced the module pam_pwdb\&. Some Linux systems use the module pam_unix2 in place of pam_unix\&.
    431638.sp .5v
     639.EM yellow
    432640.RE
    433641.PP
    … …  
    440648Now replace the account lines with this:
    441649.PP
    442 account required /lib/security/pam_winbind\&.so
     650\FCaccount required /lib/security/pam_winbind\&.so \F[]
    443651.PP
    444652The next step is to join the domain\&. To do that use the
    445 net
     653\FCnet\F[]
    446654program like this:
    447655.PP
    448 net join \-S PDC \-U Administrator
     656\FCnet join \-S PDC \-U Administrator\F[]
    449657.PP
    450658The username after the
    … …  
    453661.PP
    454662Next copy
    455 libnss_winbind\&.so
     663\FClibnss_winbind\&.so\F[]
    456664to
    457 /lib
     665\FC/lib\F[]
    458666and
    459 pam_winbind\&.so
     667\FCpam_winbind\&.so \F[]
    460668to
    461 /lib/security\&. A symbolic link needs to be made from
    462 /lib/libnss_winbind\&.so
     669\FC/lib/security\F[]\&. A symbolic link needs to be made from
     670\FC/lib/libnss_winbind\&.so\F[]
    463671to
    464 /lib/libnss_winbind\&.so\&.2\&. If you are using an older version of glibc then the target of the link should be
    465 /lib/libnss_winbind\&.so\&.1\&.
     672\FC/lib/libnss_winbind\&.so\&.2\F[]\&. If you are using an older version of glibc then the target of the link should be
     673\FC/lib/libnss_winbind\&.so\&.1\F[]\&.
    466674.PP
    467675Finally, setup a
    … …  
    472680.RS 4
    473681.\}
     682.fam C
     683.ps -1
    474684.nf
     685.if t \{\
     686.sp -1
     687.\}
     688.BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     689.sp -1
     690
    475691[global]
    476692        winbind separator = +
    … …  
    483699        security = domain
    484700        password server = *
     701.EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
     702.if t \{\
     703.sp 1
     704.\}
    485705.fi
     706.fam
     707.ps +1
    486708.if n \{\
    487709.RE
    … …  
    489711.PP
    490712Now start winbindd and you should find that your user and group database is expanded to include your NT users and groups, and that you can login to your unix box as a domain user, using the DOMAIN+user syntax for the username\&. You may wish to use the commands
    491 getent passwd
     713\FCgetent passwd\F[]
    492714and
    493 getent group
     715\FCgetent group \F[]
    494716to confirm the correct operation of winbindd\&.
    495717.SH "NOTES"
    496718.PP
    497719The following notes are useful when configuring and running
    498 winbindd:
     720\FCwinbindd\F[]:
    499721.PP
    500722\fBnmbd\fR(8)
    501723must be running on the local machine for
    502 winbindd
     724\FCwinbindd\F[]
    503725to work\&.
    504726.PP
    … …  
    506728.PP
    507729If more than one UNIX machine is running
    508 winbindd, then in general the user and groups ids allocated by winbindd will not be the same\&. The user and group ids will only be valid for the local machine, unless a shared
     730\FCwinbindd\F[], then in general the user and groups ids allocated by winbindd will not be the same\&. The user and group ids will only be valid for the local machine, unless a shared
    509731\m[blue]\fBidmap backend\fR\m[]
    510732is configured\&.
    … …  
    514736.PP
    515737The following signals can be used to manipulate the
    516 winbindd
     738\FCwinbindd\F[]
    517739daemon\&.
    518740.PP
    … …  
    527749.RS 4
    528750The SIGUSR2 signal will cause
    529 winbindd
     751\FC winbindd\F[]
    530752to write status information to the winbind log file\&.
    531753.sp
    … …  
    534756.SH "FILES"
    535757.PP
    536 /etc/nsswitch\&.conf(5)
     758\FC/etc/nsswitch\&.conf(5)\F[]
    537759.RS 4
    538760Name service switch configuration file\&.
    … …  
    542764.RS 4
    543765The UNIX pipe over which clients communicate with the
    544 winbindd
     766\FCwinbindd\F[]
    545767program\&. For security reasons, the winbind client will only attempt to connect to the winbindd daemon if both the
    546 /tmp/\&.winbindd
     768\FC/tmp/\&.winbindd\F[]
    547769directory and
    548 /tmp/\&.winbindd/pipe
     770\FC/tmp/\&.winbindd/pipe\F[]
    549771file are owned by root\&.
    550772.RE
    … …  
    553775.RS 4
    554776The UNIX pipe over which \'privileged\' clients communicate with the
    555 winbindd
     777\FCwinbindd\F[]
    556778program\&. For security reasons, access to some winbindd functions \- like those needed by the
    557 ntlm_auth
     779\FCntlm_auth\F[]
    558780utility \- is restricted\&. By default, only users in the \'root\' group will get this access, however the administrator may change the group permissions on $LOCKDIR/winbindd_privileged to allow programs like \'squid\' to use ntlm_auth\&. Note that the winbind client will only attempt to connect to the winbindd daemon if both the
    559 $LOCKDIR/winbindd_privileged
     781\FC$LOCKDIR/winbindd_privileged\F[]
    560782directory and
    561 $LOCKDIR/winbindd_privileged/pipe
     783\FC$LOCKDIR/winbindd_privileged/pipe\F[]
    562784file are owned by root\&.
    563785.RE
    … …  
    573795\fI\-\-with\-lockdir\fR
    574796option\&. This directory is by default
    575 /usr/local/samba/var/locks\&.
     797\FC/usr/local/samba/var/locks \F[]\&.
    576798.RE
    577799.PP
    … …  
    585807.SH "SEE ALSO"
    586808.PP
    587 nsswitch\&.conf(5),
     809\FCnsswitch\&.conf(5)\F[],
    588810\fBsamba\fR(7),
    589811\fBwbinfo\fR(1),
    … …  
    595817The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell\&. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed\&.
    596818.PP
    597 wbinfo
     819\FCwbinfo\F[]
    598820and
    599 winbindd
     821\FCwinbindd\F[]
    600822were written by Tim Potter\&.
    601823.PP
Note: See TracChangeset for help on using the changeset viewer.